(the legacy) Ka Ho oilina

Ka Ho‘oilinathe legacy

Ka

Ho

‘oilin

a(t

he

leg

ac

y)

PU

KE

(VO

LUM

E) 2

200

3

He mälama pono ‘ia ma nä hale waihona palapalakahiko like ‘ole ma kahi o ka hapahä miliona ‘ao‘aoi pa‘i ‘ia ma ka ‘ölelo Hawai‘i; ‘o ia mau ‘ao‘ao kaHo‘oilina Hawai‘i, kekahi o nä waihona palapalakahiko ‘öiwi nui loa o ka honua nei a puni. Pa‘i ‘iama loko o këia puke pai nä Palapala Ho‘oilina maka pela kumu, ka pela hö‘ano hou, a me ka unuhina‘ölelo Pelekänia, me nä kuhia kikokikona a me nä‘ölelo mua ma nä ‘ölelo ‘elua.

No ka Mahi‘ai ‘Ana, Mähele 3. Pa‘i ‘ia me nä unuhinaka loea ‘imi na‘auao Hawai‘i ‘o Mary Kawena Pukui.

Nä Kumukänäwai o ka Makahiki 1864. Hekumukänäwai i ho‘opa‘apa‘a ‘ia.

Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1834, Mähele 3. Nänüpepa mua loa o Hawai‘i nei.

Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1892, Mähele 3. Nä‘atikala mai këlä makahiki ko‘iko‘i a hiki i kaho‘okahuli ‘ia ‘ana o ke aupuni Mö‘ï.

Ka Puke Haumäna ‘o ‘Anatomia, Mähele 3. Kamähele ‘ekolu o ka puke no ka ‘anatomia kanaka noke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Lahaina Luna, MH 1838.

He Moena Päwehe Küikawä. He noi küikawä i keaupuni Hawai‘i i ulana ‘ia i nä MH 1870 ma kamoena makaloa.

Perhaps a quarter-million pages of Hawaiian language materials, carefully preserved andsafeguarded by several different archives andlibraries, make up the Hawaiian Legacy; togetherthey represent one of the largest indigenousarchives in the world. Legacy Materials are presentedhere in their original spelling, in modern Hawaiianspelling, and in English translation, accompaniedby bilingual introductions and textual notes.

Agricultural Lore, Part 3. Includes edited trans-lations from Hawaiian scholar Mary Kawena Pukui.

The 1864 Constitution. A controversial constitution.

The 1834 Newspapers, Part 3. The earliest news-papers of Hawai‘i.

The 1892 Newspapers, Part 3. Articles from thecritical year leading up to the overthrow of themonarchy.

Students’ Materials, Anatomy, Part 3. The thirdinstallment of a human anatomy textbook fromthe College of Hawai‘i at Lahaina Luna, 1838.

A Specially-Designed Mat. An unusual 1870s peti-tion to the Hawaiian government woven into a matof makaloa reeds.

ISSN 1535-3133

university of hawai‘i press

ka ho‘oilina (the legacy) PUKE (volume) 2 2003

KamehamehaSchoolsPress

Puke PAI ‘Ölelo Hawai‘iJOURNAL OF HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE SOURCES

Luna Ho‘oponopono (Editor): Kalena Silva,Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language),Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)

Hope Luna Ho‘oponopono (Associate Editor): Janet Zisk,Hale Waihona Palapala Kahiko o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools Archives)

Ho‘okahua ‘ia e ALU LIKE(Founded by ALU LIKE)

Käko‘o pü ‘ia e(Cosponsored by)

‘AHA PÜNANA LEO(Language Nest Organization)

‘AHAHUI ‘ÖLELO HAWAI‘I(Hawaiian Language Association)

KA HAKA ‘ULA O KE‘ELIKÖLANI,KE KULANUI O HAWAI‘I MA HILO

(College of Hawaiian Language, University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)

KAMAKAKÜOKALANI, KE KULANUI O HAWAI‘I MA MÄNOA(Gladys K. ‘Ainoa Brandt Center for Hawaiian Studies, University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)

KÖMIKE MÄLAMA A KILO I KA MO‘OMEHEU, PÄHEONA A ‘ÖLELO HAWAI‘I, KE KULANUI O HAWAI‘I MA MÄNOA(Committee for the Preservation & Study of Hawaiian Language, Arts & Culture, University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)

LEO KAIÄULU HAWAI‘I(Native Hawaiian Community Based Education Learning Center)

KE‘ENA ‘ÖLELO HAWAI‘I,KE KULANUI O HAWAI‘I MA MÄNOA

(Hawaiian Language Section, University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)

‘OIHANA HO‘ONA‘AUAO O HAWAI‘I(State Department of Education)

Kuleana kope © 2003 na Nä Kula ‘o KamehamehaCopyright © 2003 by Kamehameha Schools


Ho‘opuka ‘ia ‘o Ka Ho‘oilina: Puke Pai ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (The Legacy:Journal of Hawaiian Language Sources) ho‘okahi manawa o ka makahikie ka Hale Pa‘i o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha me ke kökua o ka Hale Pa‘i oKe Kulanui o Hawai‘i no ALU LIKE.

‘O ke kumu kü‘ai ho‘omoe makahiki (2003) no ka hui, he $40 ‘Amelika;no ke kanaka ho‘okahi, he $20 ‘Amelika; no ka haumäna, he $10‘Amelika. No ka halilele ‘ana aku i nä wahi ma waho o ‘Amelika, e noihou ‘ia ana he $12 ‘Amelika hou o ka makahiki ho‘okahi.

‘O ke kumu kü‘ai no nä hale kü‘ai puke, he $25 ‘Amelika.

E käkau i pila kïko‘o a pila ‘oka kälä paha ma ke kälä ‘Amelika i kaUniversity of Hawai‘i Press a ho‘ouna aku i ka University of Hawai‘iPress, Journals Department, 2840 Kolowalu Street, Honolulu, Hawai‘i96822, USA.

Pa‘i ‘ia ma ‘Amelika Hui Pü ‘Ia.

E ka Luna Leka, e ho‘ouna mai i nä helu wahi i loli iä Ka Ho‘oilina,2840 Kolowalu Street, Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822, USA.

Ua kü ka pepa o nei puke i nä koina palena iki o ka American NationalStandard for Library Sciences–Permanence of Paper for Publicationsand Documents in Libraries and Archives ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992(R1997).

Ka Ho‘oilina: Puke Pai ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (The Legacy: Journal of HawaiianLanguage Sources) is published annually by Kamehameha Schools Pressin association with University of Hawai‘i Press for ALU LIKE.

Annual subscription rates (2003) for institutions are US$40; rates forindividuals are US$20; rates for students are US$10. Airmail delivery tonon-U.S. addresses is an additional US$12 per year.

The suggested retail price for bookstores is US$25.

Check or money order in U.S. funds should be made payable toUniversity of Hawai‘i Press and sent to University of Hawai‘i Press,Journals Department, 2840 Kolowalu Street, Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822,USA.

Printed in the United States of America.

Postmaster: Send address changes to Ka Ho‘oilina, 2840 KolowaluStreet, Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822, USA.

The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Library Sciences–Permanenceof Paper for Publications and Documents in Libraries and ArchivesANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (R1997).

ISBN 0-87336-080-X ISSN 1535-3133

E nänä iä Ka Ho‘oilina ma: http://hooilina.org.Ma laila nä ‘ikamu a pau o ka puke, nä ki‘i kikoho‘eo këlä ‘ikamu këia ‘ikamu, a me ka waihona o nämänaleo Hawai‘i i heluhelu i këlä ‘ikamu këia ‘ikamu.

Ua noa i ka lehulehu äkea nä mea a pau ma loko onei puke pai i pa‘i ‘ia a i ho‘olele kahua pünaewele ‘iaho‘i me ke koina na‘e penei: Ke ho‘ohana ‘ia ka ‘ölelohö‘ano hou a unuhi ‘ölelo Pelekänia paha, e ho‘okomopü ‘ia i loko o ia kikokikona ho‘okahi a ma ke kuhia olalo paha, ka ‘ölelo kümole. He hö‘ike këia i ko neipuke pai küpa‘a ma hope o ka waiwai nui o ka ‘ölelokümole ma ka ‘imi a ho‘omaopopo ‘ana i ka ‘ike.

No ka ‘ike hou e pili pü ana, e kipa i këia mau kahuapünaewele:

ALU LIKE ma www.alulike.org

Hale Waihona Puke ‘Öiwi Hawai‘i mawww.alulike.org/library

Ulukau, Waihona Puke Uila Hawai‘i mahttp://ulukau.org

Hale Pa‘i o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha mahttp://kspress.ksbe.edu

Ke‘ena Puke Pai o ka Hale Pa‘i o Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘ima www.uhpress.hawaii.edu/journals

Visit Ka Ho‘oilina at: http://hooilina.org.The site includes all Legacy Materials published in theprinted journal. Also included are digital images ofeach original Legacy piece and MP3 files of all piecesas read in Hawaiian.

All materials on the site are freely available, and thepublic is invited to download and use them with thiscondition: Any quoted use of the contemporarystandardized orthography or the English translationmust be accompanied in the same writing or in anassociated footnote with a corresponding quoted copyof the source orthography. This reflects this journal’scommitment to recognizing the source orthography asvital to accessing and understanding the materials ofthe Hawaiian Legacy.

For other related information, visit these websites:

ALU LIKE at www.alulike.org

Native Hawaiian Library at www.alulike.org/library

Ulukau, Hawaiian Electronic Library athttp://ulukau.org

Kamehameha Schools Press at http://kspress.ksbe.edu

University of Hawai‘i Press Journals Department atwww.uhpress.hawaii.edu/journals

Inä paha ua ‘ike ‘ia he Palapala Ho‘oilina i loa‘a ‘ole ma kekahi waihona palapala ma‘amau, e leka uila mai iä Bob Stauffer i ke ke‘ena papahana ma:

Papahana Ho‘oilina ‘Ölelo Hawai‘iALU LIKE458 Alanui KeaweHonolulu, Hawai‘i 96813Kelepona: (808) 535-1357Leka uila: [email protected]

Inä paha ho‘i he ‘atikala, leka, a ‘ano Palapala Ho‘oilina‘ë a‘e paha kä kekahi i küpono ke komo ‘ana, e ‘olu‘olue ho‘omaopopo mai nö i ke ke‘ena papahana.

Anyone aware of Legacy Materials not already held inestablished archives is urged to contact Bob Stauffer atthe program’s office at:

Papahana Ho‘oilina ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i(Hawaiian Language Legacy Program)ALU LIKE458 Keawe StreetHonolulu, Hawai‘i 96813Phone: (808) 535-1357E-mail: [email protected]

Likewise, anyone who would like to suggest articles, letters, or other types of Legacy Material worthy ofinclusion in this journal should feel free to contact theprogram’s office.

Nä kumuwaiwai (RESOURCES)

Ka ‘Ölelo Mua na ka Luna Ho‘oponopono iii(Editor’s Introduction)

Kuhia Puke Kümole v(Bibliographic Sources)

Ka Papa Kaha vi(Table of Marks)

No ka Mahi‘ai ‘Ana, Mähele 3 2(Agricultural Lore, Part 3)Kaliko Trapp

Laekahi ‘ölelo (senior language specialist)

Ke Kumukänäwai o ka Makahiki 1864 16(The 1864 Constitution)Jason Käpena Achiu


Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1834, Mähele 3 60(The 1834 Newspapers, Part 3)Kapulani Antonio läua ‘o (and) Lökahi Antonio

Nä laekahi ‘ölelo (senior language specialists)

Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1892, Mähele 3 92(The 1892 Newspapers, Part 3)Lalepa Koga


Ka Puke Haumäna ‘o ‘Anatomia, Mähele 3 122(Students’ Materials, Anatomy, Part 3)Kaliko Trapp


puke (volume) 2 2003

Papa Kuhikuhi (Contents)

The Hawaiian Language Legacy Program(Papahana Ho‘oilina ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i) was createdto preserve, publish, and disseminate 19th and20th century Hawaiian language materials(collectively called here the “Legacy Materials”)for the teaching and revitalization of theHawaiian language and culture.

Four columns appear for each piece. The firstcolumn presents a copy of the original words ofthe Legacy piece. The second column presentscontemporary standardized orthography(modern spelling), and generally will correctmisspellings from the first column. Names ofpeople and places are spelled in column two asthey are in column one with the exception ofnames that have another widely known modernspelling. The third column provides an Englishtranslation that may be an edited reprintingfrom another source. The fourth column, unlessotherwise specified, provides textual notes.

Each of the sections of this second volumewas worked on by a language specialist. Thespecialist’s work was then copyedited by twocopyeditors, edited or reviewed by the editorialboard, and ultimately edited by myself. Changeswere made at each of these three editorial levels.The specialists and copy editors are listed in theContents, and members of the editorial board arelisted in the Acknowledgments. A large numberof additional individuals assisted the process.

The several dozen individuals listed in theAcknowledgments all contributed to this journalin their own way and are sincerely thanked.The work of many others, not listed, is alsoappreciated.

Ua ho‘okumu ‘ia ka Papahana Ho‘oilina ‘ÖleloHawai‘i (Hawaiian Language Legacy Program)me ka mana‘o e mälama, ho‘opuka, a ho‘olahaaku i nä ‘ölelo Hawai‘i i palapala ‘ia ma kekenekulia 19 me ka 20 (i kapa ‘ia ma ‘ane‘i ‘o nä“Palapala Ho‘oilina”) i mea a‘o e ola a laupa‘i aika ‘ölelo a mo‘omeheu Hawai‘i.

He ‘ehä kolamu o këlä me këia ‘ikamu. Aia ma kekolamu mua he kope o nä ‘ölelo o ka palapalakümole. Aia ma ke kolamu ‘elua ka ‘ölelo ihö‘ano hou ‘ia a i ho‘opololei ‘ia nä pa‘i hewa oke kolamu mua. Ua pela ‘ia nä inoa känaka a‘äina ma ke kolamu ‘elua e like me ko ke kolamumua, koe nä inoa i laha kekahi pela ‘ana ‘ë a‘e okëia manawa. Aia ma ke kolamu ‘ekolu ka unuhi‘ölelo Pelekänia. I kekahi manawa, ua lawe ‘iamai ia unuhi mai kekahi kümole ‘ë a‘e. Ke ‘ole ekomo kekahi mea, aia ma ke kolamu ‘ehä näkuhia kikokikona.

Ua ho‘omäkaukau ‘ia këlä me këia mähele o këiapuke ‘elua e kekahi laekahi ‘ölelo. Ua loihape ‘iaakula ia hana e nä loihape ‘elua, ho‘oponoponoa nä‘ana ‘ia akula paha e ka papa lunaho‘oponopono, a ho‘oponopono hope ‘ia akulae a‘u. Ua komo nä loli ma ia mau paeho‘oponopono ‘ekolu päkahi a pau. He helu ‘ianä laekahi ‘ölelo a me nä loihape ma ka PapaKuhikuhi, a helu ‘ia ho‘i nä papa lunaho‘oponopono ma Nä ‘Ölelo Ho‘omaika‘i. Ua nuihou aku ka po‘e i kökua ma këia ka‘ina hana.

Ua komo ka hana a këlä me këia kanaka i helu ‘iama Nä ‘Ölelo Ho‘omaika‘i i loko o nei puke pai, ake mahalo nui ‘ia aku nei läkou päkahi a pau. Uanui pü ka mahalo i nä känaka ‘ë a‘e i helu ‘ole ‘ianä inoa ma ‘ane‘i.

Ka ‘Ölelo MuaNa Ka Luna Ho‘oponopono

(Editor’s Introduction)

iii

He Moena Päwehe Küikawä 150(A Specially-Designed Mat)Kiele Akana-Gooch

Laekahi ‘ölelo (language specialist)

Nä ‘Ölelo Ho‘omaika‘i 175(Acknowledgments)

Nä Loihape (Copy Editors):Kiele Akana-Gooch

Kaliko Trapp

Ua haku ‘ia ‘o “puke pai” no ka hua‘öleloPelekänia ‘o “journal” me ka mana‘o e pai ‘ia,‘o ia ho‘i, e häpai ‘ia kekahi kumuhana i mua oka lehulehu heluhelu.

Ke ki‘i ma ka ‘ili o mua: Ke ki‘i o ka iwi kuamo‘oo ke kanaka i pa‘i mua ‘ia ma ka puke ‘o‘Anatomia na ka mikionali a kumu kula ‘o GerritJudd ma ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Lahaina Lunama ka makahiki 1838. Aia ma ko ke ki‘i kä‘ei kuahe moena makaloa (Cyperus laevigatus). ‘O iakekahi o nä hana lima no‘eau nani lua ‘ole oHawai‘i nei. ‘Ae ‘olu‘olu ‘ia mai e ka mea pa‘i ki‘i‘o David Franzen.

The term “puke pai” has been coined as anequivalent for “journal” because a journal is apublication (“puke”) that promotes (“pai”) asubject area.

Cover photograph: Illustration depicting thehuman spinal column published in the book‘Anatomia by the missionary-teacher Gerrit Juddat the College of Hawai‘i at Lahaina Luna, Maui,in 1838. The background photograph shows amakaloa mat, woven from the makaloa perennialsedge (Cyperus laevigatus), a material art uniqueto Hawai‘i. It is used with the kind permission ofthe photographer, David Franzen.

ii

Where possible in the introductions to theindividual Legacy pieces, reference is made tobibliographic sources that provide backgroundon that Legacy piece:

“Chapin” = Helen G. Chapin; Guide toNewspapers of Hawai‘i, 1834-2000; Honolulu:Hawaiian Historical Society, 2000.

“Forbes” = David Forbes; Hawaiian NationalBibliography 1780-1900; 4 volumes, Honolulu:University of Hawai‘i Press, 1999-2003.

“Judd/Bell/Murdoch” = Bernice Judd, Janet Bell,and Clare Murdoch; Hawaiian LanguageImprints, 1822-1899, a Bibliography; Honolulu:Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society and theUniversity of Hawai‘i Press, 1978.

“Mo‘okini” = Esther K. Mo‘okini; The HawaiianNewspapers; Honolulu: Topgallant PublishingCompany, Ltd., 1974.

Ke hiki ma nä ‘ölelo ho‘olauna o këlä me këiaPalapala Ho‘oilina, kuhikuhi ‘ia nä puke kümole ikäkau ‘ia ai kekahi ‘ölelo ho‘äkäka no ia palapalapenei:

“Chapin” = Helen G. Chapin; Guide toNewspapers of Hawai‘i, 1834-2000; Honolulu: HuiMö‘aukala Hawai‘i, 2000.

“Forbes” = David Forbes; Hawaiian NationalBibliography 1780-1900; ‘ehä puke, Honolulu:Hale Pa‘i o Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i, 1999-2003.

“Judd/Bell/Murdoch” = Bernice Judd, Janet Bell,a me Clare Murdoch; Hawaiian LanguageImprints, 1822-1899, a Bibliography; Honolulu:Hui Kamali‘i Mikiona Hawai‘i a me ka Hale Pa‘io Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i, 1978.

“Mo‘okini” = Esther K. Mo‘okini; The HawaiianNewspapers; Honolulu: Topgallant PublishingCompany, Ltd., 1974.

Kuhia Puke Kümole(Bibliographic Sources)

v

Finally, this journal would not be possible butfor the lives, knowledge, and sacrifice of theHawaiian language authors who have passed onand whose works are published here. Althoughthey have all now entered the sleep that knowsno seasons, the authors’ words may be heardthrough the rustling of these pages as theyare turned. Ka Ho‘oilina is presented with loveand gratitude to those whose priceless legacyimmeasurably enriches us all.

Kalena SilvaKa Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani

Hilo, Hawai‘i

E ‘ole ke ola, ka ‘ike, a me ka pa‘u nui a nä meakäkau ‘ölelo Hawai‘i i hala akula e ho‘opuka ‘ianei kä läkou hana ma ‘ane‘i, ua pa‘a maila kekahua o nei puke pai. ‘Oiai ke moe maila ia maumea käkau i ka moe kau a ho‘oilo, ke ö mailanö kä läkou ‘ölelo i ka nehenehe lolelole o nä‘ao‘ao nei. He mau ‘ao‘ao ia e waiho ‘ia aku nei imua o ka lehulehu me ke aloha a me ka mahalomao ‘ole i ia ho‘oilina waiwai nui launa ‘ole epömaika‘i ai käkou a me nä hanauna o këiamua aku.

Kalena SilvaKa Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani

Hilo, Hawai‘i

iv

Ka Papa Kaha(Table of Marks)

( )

[ ]

< >

…

Kahaapo. He ho‘okomo ‘ia ma kahiho‘okahi i loa‘a ma ka palapala kümole.Ma nä wahi käka‘ikahi i loa‘a ke kahaapokihikihi ma ke kümole, ua ho‘okomo ‘iahe kahaapo.

Kahaapo kihikihi. He hö‘ike i ka hua‘ölelo a huapalapala paha ipöwehiwehi hapa a pöwehiwehi loa pahaa i loa‘a ‘ole paha. Ma kahi i hiki, uaho‘okomo ‘ia nä hua‘ölelo a huapalapalapaha i mana‘o ‘ia he pololei.

Kahaapo ‘oi. He hö‘ike i ka ‘ölelo hou iho‘okomo ‘ia ma ka unuhina ‘öleloPelekänia mua i ho‘omöakäka a kü pihapaha i ka ‘ölelo Hawai‘i.

Kiko kolu. He hö‘ike i ke käpae ‘ia okekahi mähele o ke kikokikona kümole.

‘A‘ole i ho‘ä‘o nei puke pai e pa‘i hou i kekinona hua ho‘okahi o ko nä palapalakümole kahiko. ‘A‘ole ho‘i i pa‘i ‘ia nälaina i kaha küikawä ‘ia ma ka ‘ili puke a‘ao‘ao po‘o inoa paha. Hö‘ike ‘ia nö na‘enä hua hiö, nä mea i kahalalo ‘ia, NÄHUA MA‘AKA, nä hua na‘ina‘i, nä hua

ma‘aka li‘ili‘i, a me nä ki‘i a pau i loa‘ama ka palapala kümole kahiko. Ua hikike ho‘oili ‘ia nä ki‘i kikoho‘e o nä palapala kümole mai ko ka puke paikahua pünaewele ma http://hooilina.org.

Parentheses. Included where they occurin the original source. In rare caseswhere the original used square brackets,they are reproduced in the journal asparentheses.

Square brackets. Indicate an originalword or letter partially or completelyobscured or missing. Where possible,suggested letter(s) or word(s) areinserted.

Pointed brackets. Enclose material newlyadded to an existing English translationto clarify or to more fully reflect theoriginal Hawaiian.

Ellipses. Used to indicate that some ofthe original text has been deleted.

Note: Although no attempt has beenmade to precisely reproduce the originalfont styles, included are the originalitalics, underscores, UPPER and lowercases, and small caps. Illustrationswithin Legacy pieces are reproduced.Specialized graphical lines on a bookcover, cover page, or elsewhere aregenerally not reproduced. Images of theoriginal Legacy Materials are availablefor downloading from the journal’swebsite at http://hooilina.org.

vi


Puke PAI ‘Ölelo Hawai‘iJOURNAL OF HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE SOURCES

3

Agricultural Lore, Part 3Introduction to the HEN Collection

The Hawaiian Ethnological Notes (HEN) collection of Hawaiian manuscript material in Bishop MuseumArchives is part of the legacy of Mary Kawena Pukui’s years of employment at Bishop Museum. Thecollection consists of materials she gathered from many sources, including Hawaiian languagenewspapers, journals, and other papers and personal accounts. (In some cases, the sources of theseoriginal materials are not known.) Although these various pieces are diverse in origin and content, allof them are evidence of Mrs. Pukui’s efforts in gathering, interpreting, and translating these manydocuments for the continuing benefit of researchers, years after she completed her work. The majorityof the translations in HEN are Mrs. Pukui’s. In other cases, however, complete translations (and/oredits) were done by different people, some of whom remain unidentified. Further study into translationor handwriting styles may clarify who worked on each piece.

There are many levels of translation work within the collection, ranging from drafts and lists ofquestions and summaries to pieces that have been carefully completed. Within this assembly, Mrs.Pukui’s own growth can be seen, from the work of a young woman to the mastery of her mature years.HEN was assembled as a repository for Mrs. Pukui herself, as well as for those seeking her assistance.With that in mind, researchers should be aware that the translated works reflect only a portion of theknowledge that Mrs. Pukui compiled. Those who study this material should recognize that thereremained far more knowledge than is found in HEN. This knowledge was held in the mind of Mrs.Pukui and was never reduced to writing.

HEN served in part as a tool to remind and clarify subjects for Mrs. Pukui, who herself was alreadyvery familiar with the customs and native language of the Hawaiian people. This familiarity meantthat explanations and final translations that would make the readings easier were not always included.With this in mind, the HEN material should be utilized as an initial step or as a point of entry intowhatever original document resources are available.

This section of the journal relies upon these translations of Kawena Pukui. In keeping with standardpublishing procedures, some minor editing of the English texts has been done. (These changes are notindicated here.) In cases where Mrs. Pukui wrote only a partial translation of an original Hawaiian piece,an entirely new translation by a modern writer has been substituted. The authorship of such new worksis noted. For further study, the nearly 8,000 pages of the Hawaiian Ethnological Notes are available toeveryone during Bishop Museum Archives’ public hours.

2

No ka Mahi‘ai ‘Ana, Mähele 3‘Ölelo Mua no ka ‘Ohina HEN

‘O ka Hawaiian Ethnological Notes (HEN), he ‘ohina palapala ‘ölelo Hawai‘i ia ma ke Ke‘ena WaihonaPalapala Kahiko o ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha. He mähele ia ‘ohina o ka ho‘oilina a Mary KawenaPukui i waiho mai ai mai kona mau makahiki e hana ana ma ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha. Aiama ka HEN nä ‘ano palapala like ‘ole a Mrs. Pukui i ‘ohi ai mai nä molekumu he nui e like ho‘i me nänüpepa ‘ölelo Hawai‘i, nä puke pai, a me nä pepa a mo‘olelo pilikino (‘a‘ole i maopopo loa ka molekumuo ia mau palapala a pau). ‘Oiai ua ‘oko‘a ke ‘ano a me ka molekumu o ia mau palapala, he hö‘ike läkoui kä Mrs. Pukui hana nui ma ka ‘ohi ‘ana, ke kälailai ‘ana, a me ka unuhi ‘ana no ka pono o nä känaka‘imi na‘auao a hiki loa mai i këia wä. Na Mrs. Pukui ka nui o nä unuhi ma ka HEN. Na kekahi po‘e ‘ë a‘e,i pa‘a ‘ole mai ka inoa o ka nui, ke koena o nä unuhi a me nä ho‘oponopono ‘ana. E möakäka hou maipaha ka mea näna i hana ma këlä palapala këia palapala i ke kilo ‘ana i ke kaila unuhi a lima käkau paha.

Ua nui nä pae unuhi i loko o ka HEN, mai ke kämua me ka papa helu o nä nïnau a me ka hö‘ulu‘ulumana‘o i nä unuhi no‘eau i ho‘opa‘a maiau ‘ia. I loko o ia ‘ohina e ‘ike ‘ia ai ka ulu ‘ana o ka mäkaukau oMrs. Pukui, mai ka hana a ke kaikamahine ‘öpiopio a hiki i ka loea launa ‘ole o ka wahine o‘o. Ua ‘ohi ‘iaka HEN i waihona no Mrs. Pukui pono‘ï iho nö, a no ka nui po‘e e noi mai ana i kona kökua. No laila, eho‘omaopopo ke kanaka noi‘i ë he mähele wale nö ia mau unuhi o ka ‘ike a Mrs. Pukui i ‘ohi ai. Ua nuiho‘i ka ‘ike i koe i mälama ‘ia i ka waihona no‘ono‘o o Mrs. Pukui äna i ho‘opa‘a ‘ole iho ai ma luna oka pepa.

Ma kekahi ‘ano, he mea kökua ka HEN iä Mrs. Pukui i maopopo a möakäka hou mai ai nä kumuhanalike ‘ole, ‘oiai ua pa‘a mua iä ia ka ‘ölelo a me nä kuluma o ka po‘e Hawai‘i. No ia ‘ike i pa‘a mua iä ia,‘a‘ole ‘o ia i ho‘okomo mau i nä wehewehe ‘ana a me nä unuhi piha pono e ma‘alahi hou mai ai kaheluhelu ‘ana o ka po‘e ‘ike ‘ole. No laila, e ho‘ohana ‘ia ka HEN i ke‘ehi mua a puka komo paha i loko o nä waihona palapala molekumu ‘ë a‘e he nui.

Na Kawena Pukui ka nui o nä unuhi ma këia mähele o nei puke pai. E like me nä hana ho‘opuka pukema‘amau, ua ho‘oponopono iki ‘ia kekahi o nä unuhi ‘ölelo Pelekänia. (‘A‘ole i hö‘ike ‘ia ma ‘ane‘i nämea i ho‘oponopono ‘ia.) No ka palapala i unuhi hapa ‘ia e Mrs. Pukui, ua hana ‘ia he unuhi hou loa nakekahi o nä laekahi ‘ölelo o Ka Ho‘oilina i hö‘ike ‘ia ka inoa. No ke kilo a noi‘i hou ‘ana aku, ua noa kaHEN – he ‘ane‘ane nö e piha 8,000 ‘ao‘ao – i nä po‘e a pau ma nä hola e hämama ai ke Ke‘ena WaihonaPalapala Kahiko o ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha.

no ka mahi‘ai ‘ana, mähele 3 5

1. WHEN THE RAIN FELL AT KAHOAEA, WHERE WERE YOU?

These words were used with great wisdom by ourparents, words given here as the title. What is thehidden thought within the question asked?

2. In the life of the people of Ni‘ihau, since thesweet potato was their principal food, eachfamily cared for its gardens and selected the slipsto be planted at the proper planting time. Thiswe know in our living in Hawai‘i: some familiesremain in one place while others travel to visitrelatives on the other islands in the chain. Sometraveled when it was near to the sweet potatoplanting season. The farmers watched, and whenthey saw signs in the sky telling them that therains were about to fall, they made their gardensready by weeding and planting the sweet potatoslips before the rains came.

3. After the slips were planted, the rains fell andthe earth received its moisture. This moisturelasted until the slips grew.

4. The travellers went on their visits and thenreturned to their island. When the crops maturedthe farmer pulled up the vines, dug into his sweetpotato mounds and baked some food for hisfamily. When the food was cooked and takenfrom the underground oven, the fragrant smoke

This article, presented in Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press), on July 20, 1922, was written toshow the newspaper’s readers that the Hawaiian people of old were not lazy. The lesson is based on anancient expression that originated with Ni‘ihau’s people: “When the rain fell at Kahoaea, where wereyou?” The author of this article is unknown. Forbes 2440 (III:296-298); Mo‘okini 36-37; Chapin 78-80.

When the Rain Fell at Kahoaea, Where were You?

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O ka lau ka mea e ulu hou ai ka ‘uala ke kanu ‘ia,‘a‘ole ho‘i ‘o ka ‘ano‘ano.

Sweet potatoes are not grown from seed, but fromportions of the vine cut off, called “slips,” andplanted.

4 ka ho‘oilina: journal of hawaiian language sources • 2003

1. HÄ‘ULE KA UA I KAHOAEA, I HEA ‘OE?

He na‘auao maoli nö ke ki‘ina ‘ölelo a nä mäkuao käkou, ma këia mau mämala ‘ölelo e kau a‘elama luna. He aha lä nä mana‘o huna o këia mau‘ölelo i puka a‘e ai ‘o këia nïnau?

2. Ma ka noho ‘ana o ko Ni‘ihau mau kini, a ‘oiaiho‘i he ‘uala ka ‘ai makua o ia ‘äina, e noho anakëlä a me këia ‘ohana me ka maka‘ala ‘ana i nämahina ‘ai a me nä lau ‘uala e kanu aku ai, no nälä küpono i ke kanu lau.1 He mea maopopo loa iko käkou noho ‘ana o Hawai‘i nei: e noho pa‘aana kekahi ‘ohana, a e ka‘ahele mäka‘ika‘i a hele‘ike makamaka a ‘ohana nö ho‘i kekahi makekahi moku aku o ka pae ‘äina. Aia i këiaka‘ahele ‘ana i ka wä kokoke o ke kanu ‘uala, ‘ike‘ia akula e ka po‘e mahi‘ai nä kähoaka ma ka lanie hö‘ike mai ana, he hä‘ule ua a hiki iho; no laila,ho‘omäkaukau a‘ela nä mahi‘ai i kä läkou maumahina ‘ai me ka waele ‘ana no ke kanu aku i nälau ‘uala ma mua o ka hä‘ule ‘ana iho o ka ua.

3. Pau nä lau i ke kanu, hä‘ule ka ua, ‘o ka ma‘üihola nö ia o ka lepo; ‘o ka ma‘ü nö ia a ulu nälau ‘uala.

4. I ka hele ‘ana o ka po‘e hele mäka‘ika‘i a ho‘i ika ‘äina, a hiki maila ka wä o ke o‘o ‘ana, huhukimaila nä mahi‘ai i nä lau, a pä‘eli nö ho‘i i näwahi pu‘e ‘uala, no ke kälua aku i ‘ai na ka‘ohana. I ke kälua ‘ana a mo‘a a hua‘i, moe akulaka uahi ‘a‘ala o ka ‘uala a ka mea kahu imu, a

1. HAULE KA UA I KAHOAEA, IHEA OE?

He naauao maoli no ke kiina olelo a na makua okakou, ma keia mau mamalaolelo e kau ae lamaluna. Heaha la na manao huna o keia mauolelo i puka ae ai o keia ninau?

2. Ma ka noho ana o ko Niihau mau kini, a oiaihoi, he uala ka ai makua o ia aina; e noho anakela ame keia ohana, me ka makaala ana i namahinaai ame na lau uala e kanu aku ai, no na lakupono i ke kanu lau. He mea maopopo loa i kokakou noho ana o Hawaii nei; e noho paa anakekahi ohana, a e kaahele makaikai a hele ikemakamaka a ohana no hoi kekahi ma kekahimoku aku o ka paeaina. Aia i keia kaahele ana ika wa kokoke o ke kanu uala, ikeia aku la e kapoe mahiai na kahoaka ma ka lani, e hoikemai ana, he haule ua a hiki iho; nolaila,hoomakaukau ae la na mahiai i ka lakou maumahinaai me ka waele ana no ke kanu aku i nalau uala mamua o ka haule ana iho o ka ua.

3. Pau na lau i ke kanu, haule ka ua, o ka ma-uiho la no ia o ka lepo; o ka ma-u no ia a ulu nalau uala.

4. I ka hele ana o ka poe hele makaikai a hoi i kaaina, ahiki mai la ka wa o ke oo ana, huhuki maila na mahiai i na lau, a paeli no hoi i na wahi pu’euala, no ke kalua aku i ai na ka ohana. I ke kaluaana a mo’a a huai, moe aku la ka uwahi aala o kauala, a ka mea kahuimu, a loaa ka poe kaahele i

He ‘atikala këia i pa‘i ‘ia ma Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a o ka lä 20 o Iulai, 1922, no ka hö‘ike ‘ana i ka po‘eheluhelu ë ua hana nui ka po‘e kahiko, ‘a‘ole nö i moloä. Kükulu ‘ia ia ha‘awina ma luna a‘e o kekahi‘ölelo no‘eau a ko Ni‘ihau, ‘o ia ho‘i, “Hä‘ule ka ua i Kahoaea, i hea ‘oe?” ‘A‘ole ‘ike ‘ia na wai këia‘atikala i käkau. Forbes 2440 (III:296-298); Mo‘okini 36-37; Chapin 78-80.

Hä‘ule ka Ua i Kahoaea, i Hea ‘Oe?


kolamu (column) 2

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “kau” ‘o ia ‘o “kaua.”

“Kau” was changed to “kaua.”

3. Aia ka ‘äina ‘o Waimea ma ka ‘ao‘ao komohana oKaua‘i e huli ana i ka mokupuni ‘o Ni‘ihau.

Waimea is a village on the west coast of the island ofKaua‘i, facing Ni‘ihau.

of the sweet potatoes cooked by the builder of theoven lay close to the ground and was smelled bythe travellers who had gone about and returned.These travellers awoke and traced the fragranceof the sweet potato to where it came from.

5. As the oven maker opened up his oven, thetravellers arrived hoping to get some. Becausethey could not get some without asking, theyasked. When they asked, the owner of the sweetpotatoes raised his head and asked the questiongiven as our title, “When the rain fell at Kahoaea,where were you?”

6. If the answer was, “I was at Waimea,” or“I was on Kaua‘i,” then they received some sweetpotatoes. But if the answer was, “On Ni‘ihau,”they would receive none. Because, said thepeople of Ni‘ihau, if a person was on Ni‘ihauwhen the rains fell, it was very well understoodthat the person was one of the laziest people onthe island of Ni‘ihau and deserved to die ofstarvation because of idleness. Truly, this waswise of the people of Ni‘ihau. This was a lesson toeach person on that island to work in order to getsome food and not depend on others.

7. Dear reader, how much does this apply to useven though we are not of Ni‘ihau? Here it is:because we do not live on the island where thissaying originated, we have become weakenedby opening our underground ovens of sweetpotatoes of days past and giving to those whowere too lazy to plant. Not only that, but lazy inevery kind of work. Consequently we have manyloafers in the land today; because of this we havebeen made notorious as a whole race of loafers.The truth is that in the past we were not. This weknow and understand.


loa‘a ka po‘e ka‘ahele i ho‘i mai; ala a‘ela ua po‘eka‘ahele lä, a ho‘okolo akula ma kahi o ke ‘ala‘uala i hiki mai ai.

5. I nä kahu imu e hua‘i ana, kü ana ua po‘e nei ika‘ahele me ka mana‘o e loa‘a mai kauwahi ‘uala.No ka loa‘a ‘ole mai me ke noi ‘ole aku, noi ‘oko‘a.I ke noi ‘ana aku, ea a‘e ke po‘o o ka mea nänaka ‘uala, a nïnau mai i këia wahi nïnau e kaua‘ela ma ke po‘omana‘o a käkou, “Hä‘ule ka uai Kahoaea, i hea ‘oe?”

6. Inä e kü ka pane, “I Waimea au,” a i ‘ole, “IKaua‘i au,” a laila, e loa‘a ana ka ‘uala. Akä, i küka pane, “I Ni‘ihau au,” ‘a‘ole e loa‘a ka ‘uala; ano ka mea, wahi a ko Ni‘ihau po‘e, inä nö iakanaka i Ni‘ihau i ka wä i hä‘ule ai ‘o ka ua, hemea maopopo loa, ‘o ia kekahi o nä känakapalaualelo loa o ka mokupuni o Ni‘ihau, a hemea pono e make ‘o ia, no ka pöloli no kaua2

mea ‘o ka moloä.3 He ‘oia‘i‘o, a he na‘auao këiahana a ko Ni‘ihau po‘e. He mea ia e a‘o aku anai këlä a me këia o ia mokupuni, e hana i loa‘a ka‘ai, a mai kauka‘i wale i kä ha‘i.

7. E ku‘u mea heluhelu, he aha ke kohu o këia‘ölelo iä käua, ‘oiai ‘a‘ole käua he Ni‘ihau? Eia nö,ma muli o ko käua noho ‘ole ‘ana ma ka ‘äinanäna këia ‘ölelo, ua hemahema käua, ma muli oko käua hua‘i ‘ana i kä käua imu ‘uala o nä lä ihala a hä‘awi wale aku na ka po‘e moloä i kekanu ‘uala. ‘A‘ole wale ‘o ia, he moloä ma nähana like ‘ole a pau. No laila, ua nui mai ka po‘emoloä i loko o ka ‘äina; no ia mea, ho‘okaulana‘ia ka lähui holo‘oko‘a i ka lähui moloä. ‘O ka‘oia‘i‘o na‘e ma nä wä i hala, ‘a‘ole. Pëlä ko käua‘ike a me ka ho‘omaopopo.

hoi mai; ala ae la ua poe kaahele la, a hookoloaku la ma kahi o ke ala uala i hiki mai ai.

5. I na kahu imu e hua’i ana, ku ana ua poe nei ikaahele me ka manao e loaa mai kauwahi uala.No ka loaa ole mai me ke noi ole aku, noi okoa.I ke noi ana aku, ea ae ke poo o ka mea nanaka uala, a ninau mai i keia wahi ninau, e kauae la ma ke poomanao a kakou, “Haule ka uai Kahoaea, ihea oe?”

6. Ina e ku ka pane, “I Waimea au,” a i ole, “IKauai au,” alaila, e loaa ana ka uala. Aka, i ku kapane, “I Niihau au,” aole e loaa ka uala; a no kamea, wahi a ko Niihau poe, ina no ia kanaka iNiihau i ka wa i haule ai o ka ua, he mea maopopoloa, oia kekahi o na kanaka palaualelo loa o kamokupuni o Niihau, a he mea pono e make oia,no ka pololi no kau mea o ka molowa. He oiaio, ahe naauao keia hana a ko Niihau poe. He mea iae a’o aku ana i kela ame keia o ia mokupuni, ehana i loaa ka ai, a mai kauka’i wale i ka ha’i.

7. E kuu mea heluhelu, heaha ke kohu o keiaolelo ia kaua, oiai aole kaua he Niihau? Eia no,mamuli o ko kaua noho ole ana ma ka aina nanakeia olelo, ua hemahema kaua, mamuli o ko kauahuai ana i ka kaua imu uala o na la i hala a haawiwale aku na ka poe molowa i ke kanu uala. Aolewale o ia, he molowa ma na hana like ole apau.Nolaila, ua nui mai ka poe molowa iloko o kaaina; no ia mea, hookaulanaia ka lahui holookoai ka lahui molowa. O ka oiaio nae ma na wa ihala, aole. Pela ko kaua ike ame ka hoomaopopo.


1. Remove the Mulch While the Rain is in the Sky

All of our lands in Hawai‘i are good lands exceptthe lands covered by lava or lands without water.

2. In the days of our ancestors, arable lands oneither side of the lava beds were covered withplants, from good lands to rocky ones.

3. It is an idle thing to say, “What good are rockylands?” The topic above refers to rocky lands,dear reader. Such lands were tilled.

4. Rocky pähoehoe lands in the olden days werewalled up all around with the big and smallstones of the field until there was a wall abouttwo feet high. Piled up in the enclosure wereplants of every kind, ‘ama‘u tree ferns (Sadleriaspp.) and so on, which were then topped wellwith soil taken from the same field to enrich it, inother words to compost the rubbish and plantsand make soil.

5. After several long months, the compostedplants were truly converted into soil of the bestgrade. While the farmer waited for the time when

Published in Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press) on March 24, 1922, this article of unknownauthorship contains lessons reflecting the author’s knowledge of certain valuable, traditional Hawaiianagricultural methods. Applicable to a non-agricultural context, one timeless lesson teaches the value ofcompleting work in a timely fashion.

Some parts of this article relate to politics and were omitted by Mary Kawena Pukui in her translationbelow.

Remove the Mulch While the Rain is in the Sky

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O ia ho‘i, ma mua o ka ua ‘ana mai.

In other words, before it rains.

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “kaupai” ‘o ia ‘o “kapua‘i.”

“Kaupai” was changed to “kapua‘i.”


1. I Luna nö ka Ua,1 Waele ‘ë ke Pulu

‘O nä ‘äina a pau e waiho mai nei o käkou oHawai‘i nei, he mau ‘äina maika‘i wale nö, koenä ‘äina i uhi pa‘apü ‘ia e ka pähoehoe, i ‘ole, nä‘äina nele loa i ka wai.

2. I ka wä o nä küpuna, ‘o nä ‘äina mahi e waihoana me nä pähoehoe ma ‘ane‘i a ma ‘ö, e uhipa‘apü ‘ia ana ia ‘äina i nä mea kanu, mai ka‘äina maika‘i a ka ‘äina pähoehoe.

3. He wahi ‘ölelo palaualelo wale ka ‘ölelo a‘e:He aha ka pono o këlä mau pähoehoe? No ia mau‘äina pähoehoe këia wahi po‘omana‘o a käua eku‘u mea heluhelu. He hana nö ko ia ‘ano ‘äina.

4. ‘O këia pähoehoe, ma ka wä kahiko, he paepae‘ia mai a puni me nä pöhaku nunui a me ke unuo ka mahakea; i ka puni ‘ana i ka pä o ‘elua pahakapua‘i2 ke ki‘eki‘e, e lilo ana ia i pä ho‘ähu nonä weuweu like ‘ole, ‘o ke ‘ama‘u, a pëlä aku, meka lü ‘ia o kekahi lepo ma luna iho a pa‘a pono,mai ka mahakea a‘e nö, no ka ho‘opulu ‘ana, ama kekahi ‘ölelo, ka ho‘opopopo ‘ana a lilo i lepoi këia mau ‘öpala a weuweu.

5. I ka hala ‘ana o kekahi mau malama lö‘ihi, elilo ‘i‘o ana këia mau weuweu i ho‘opulu ‘ia i lepoo ke ‘ano helu ‘ekahi; a no laila, i ke kanaka

1. Iluna No Ka Ua Waele e Ke Pulu

O na aina apau e waiho mai nei o kakou o Hawaiinei, he mau aina maikai wale no, koe na aina iuhi paapu ia e ka pahoehoe, i ole, na aina nele loai ka wai.

2. I ka wa o na kupuna, o na aina mahi e waihoana me na pahoehoe maanei a ma o, e uhi paapuia ana ia aina i na mea kanu, mai ka aina maikaia ka aina pahoehoe.

3. He wahi olelo palaualelo wale ka olelo ae:Heaha ka pono o kela mau pahoehoe? No ia mauaina pahoehoe keia wahi poomanao a kaua e kuumea heluhelu. He hana no ko ia ano aina.

4. O keia pahoehoe, ma ka wa kahiko, hepaepaeia mai apuni me na pohaku nunui ame keunu o ka mahakea; i ka puni ana i ka pa o eluapaha kaupai ke kiekie; e lilo ana ia i pa hoahu nona weuweu like ole, o ke amau, a pela aku, me kaluia o kekahi lepo maluna iho a paa pono, mai kamahakea ae no, no ka hoopulu ana, a ma kekahiolelo, ka hoopopopo ana a lilo i lepo i keia mauopala a weuweu.

5. I ka hala ana o kekahi mau malama loihi e liloio ana keia mau weuweu i hoopuluia i lepo o keano helu ekahi; a nolaila, i ke kanaka mahiai e

Ua pa‘i ‘ia ka ‘atikala ma lalo iho nei ma Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a i ka 24 Malaki, 1922. Aia ma ia ‘atikala näha‘awina e hö‘ike ana i ka pa‘a i ka mea käkau o kekahi mau hana waiwai ma ka mahi‘ai ‘ana o ka wäkahiko. ‘O kekahi ha‘awina i pili kona waiwai i nä pö‘aiapili a pau, ‘o ia ka ho‘opau pono ‘ana i ka hana iloko o ka wä küpono.

He pili kekahi mau mähele o këia ‘atikala i nä hana kälai‘äina, a ua käpae ‘ia e Mary Kawena Pukui makäna unuhina ma lalo iho nei.

I Luna nö ka Ua, Waele ‘ë ke Pulu


kolamu (column) 2

3. ‘O ka lau ka mea e ulu hou ai ka ‘uala ke kanu ‘ia,‘a‘ole ho‘i ‘o ka ‘ano‘ano.

Sweet potatoes are not grown from seed, but fromportions of the vine cut off, called “slips,” andplanted.

4. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “apulu” ‘o ia ‘o “pulu.”

“Apulu” was changed to “pulu.”

5. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “la” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia.”

“La” was changed to “i ia.”

6. Aia ‘o Pana‘ewa ma Hilo, Hawai‘i.

Pana‘ewa is located in the Hilo district on the islandof Hawai‘i.

7. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “o” ‘o ia ‘o “a.”

“O” was changed to “a.”

8. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ka” ‘o ia ‘o “ko.”

“Ka” was changed to “ko.”

the rains would fall, he made the enclosure readyfor planting. If for sweet potatoes, the farmermade mounds for them and for taro, too, insome places in Hawai‘i.

6. In the planting of sweet potato slips or taro,the work ended when the rains fell. When therains came, the farmer’s heart was gladdenedbecause it gave the slips a start. The roots beganto creep and his troubles were all over.

7. Another way of doing this was to makecompost from plant materials where the soil wasgood and then carry it to fill the hollows formedon the pähoehoe and then plant whatever plantsone chose.

8. Dear reader, the proof of these things is inHawai‘i. There are the pähoehoe lava beds walledin by the ancestors, in which sweet potatoes andsugarcane were planted, which are still growingtoday. Not only one or two, but several timesforty of them. The house sites are still there, notone or two but several times four hundred in theforest of Pana‘ewa. Our indigenous bananas,which are growing wild, were planted by thehands of our ancestors.

. . .

10. The sweet potatoes grown on the pähoehoelava beds were both large and sweet. The farmerwatched his mounds to see whether there wereany potatoes or not.

11. If the mound decreased in size then therewere no potatoes, but if they increased in sizethen there were potatoes, for the tubers forcedthe earth outward.


mahi‘ai e noho ana me ka ‘ike i nä wä o ka ua,ho‘omäkaukau a‘ela ‘o ia i ua wahi lä no ke kanu‘ana; inä paha he ‘uala, pu‘epu‘e a‘ela ‘o ia a kanuakula i ka ‘uala, a kalo nö, ma kekahi mau wahio Hawai‘i.

6. I ke kanu ‘ana nö i nä wahi lau ‘uala a kalopaha a pau, a hä‘ule ka ua, ua pau ka hana.3 Ika hä‘ule ‘ana o ka ua, hau‘oli a‘e ka mana‘o oke kanaka mahi‘ai, a no ka mea, na këia wai eho‘omakamaka a‘e i nä wahi lau; ‘o ke kolo akulanö ia ‘o ke a‘a, pau ka pilikia.

7. ‘O kekahi hana ‘ana nö, ‘o ka ho‘opulu nöi këia mau weuweu ma kahi o ka lepo maika‘ia pulu,4 a laila hao, a lü i loko o këia maukïpohopoho i hana ‘ia ma luna o nä pähoehoe,a kanu aku i ia5 mea kanu i mana‘o ‘ia.

8. E ku‘u mea heluhelu, aia nö nä hö‘ike o këiamea ke waiho maila ma Hawai‘i. Nä pähoehoe oia ‘ano i paepae ‘ia e nä küpuna, a i kanu ‘ia ho‘ii ka ‘uala a kö, ke ulu lä nö i këia lä. ‘A‘ole heho‘okahi a ‘elua wale nö, akä, he mau ka‘au o ia‘ano. Nä kahua hale, aia nö ke waiho mai nei,‘a‘ole ho‘okahi a ‘elua wale nö, akä, he mau lauo ia ‘ano ma ka nahele o Pana‘ewa.6 Nä mai‘aHawai‘i a7 käkou he nahele ia i këia wä, ka meaa nä küpuna i kanu ai me ko8 läkou mau lima.

. . .

10. ‘O ka hua ‘ana nö o nä lau ‘uala o luna o këiamau pähoehoe, he nunui a momona. Noho akulanö ke kanaka mahi‘ai a nänä aku i ke ‘ano o kapu‘e, ma laila e ‘ike ai i ka ‘uala a ‘uala ‘ole.

11. Inä e emi ka pu‘e, ua ‘uala ‘ole; akä, inä e‘ano mähuahua a‘e ka pu‘e e ho‘omaopopo ‘ia ua‘uala ‘o lalo, a no ka mea, na ka ‘uala e ho‘okë lä ika lepo.

noho ana me ka ike i na wa o ka ua,hoomakaukau ae la oia i ua wahi la, no ke kanuana, ina paha he uwala, puepue ae la oia a kanuaku la i ka uwala, a kalo no, ma kekahi mau wahio Hawaii.

6. I ke kanu ana no i na wahi lau uwala a kalopaha apau, a haule ka ua ua pau ka hana. I kahaule ana o ka ua, hauoli ae ka manao o kekanaka mahiai, a no ka mea na keia wai ehoomakamaka ae i na wahi lau o ke kolo aku lano ia o ke aa, pau ka pilikia.

7. O kekahi hana ana no, o ka hoopulu no i keiamau weuweu ma kahi o ka lepo maikai a apulu,alaila hao, a lu iloko o keia mau kipohopoho ihanaia maluna o na pahoehoe, a kanu aku lameakanu i manaoia.

8. E kuu mea heluhelu, aia no na hoike o keiamea ke waiho mai la ma Hawaii. Na pahoehoe oia ano i paepaeia e na kupuna, a i kanuia hoi i kauwala a ko, ke ulu la no i keia la. Aole he hookahia elua wale no, aka, he mau kaau o ia ano. Nakahua hale, aia no ke waiho mai nei, aole hookahia elua wale no, aka, he mau lau o ia ano ma kanahele o Panaewa. Na maia Hawaii o kakou henahele ia i keia wa; ka mea a na kupuna i kanuai me ka lakou mau lima.

. . .

10. O ka hua ana no o na lau uwala oluna o keiamau pahoehoe, he nunui a momona. Noho akula no ke kanaka mahiai a nana aku i ke ano o kapu’e, malaila e ike ai i ka uwala a uwala ole.

11. Ina e emi ka pu’e, ua uwala ole; aka, ina eano mahuahua ae ka pu’e e hoomaopopoia uauwala olalo a no ka mea na ka uwala e hooke lai ka lepo.


kolamu (column) 2

9. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia wa” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia wä.”

“Ia wa” was changed to “i ia wä.”

10. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ikaika han[a]” ‘o ia ‘o “ikaika ma kahana.”

“Ikaika han[a]” was changed to “ikaika ma ka hana.”

12. Another thing was removing the tubers fromthe mounds. We pull the whole plant up.

13. The ancients took only the large potatoesand left the small ones for the next time.

14. There was a great deal of wisdom, careful-ness, and economy because our ancestors didnot eat wastefully. The only part thrown out tothe chickens and the pigs was that which wasunfit for people, such as the taro and sweetpotato peelings.

15. The sweat of the brow was familiar becausethey knew hard labor and had patience in therain and the heat of the sun.

16. I believe that this knowledge will return tous in the near future, for by much working withour hands shall we see and understand the thingsour ancestors always practiced. The knowledgewill reawaken in us, for we came from them. Thetraits shall not be lost, the traits from generationsof skilled workers.

. . .

30. Down in Wai‘anae are good places for grow-ing melon since the olden days. It is a dry place,but the watermelons are sweet.

31. The old timers there, in days gone by,cleared the land, and, in the months ofSeptember, October, November, or December,they planted in order to receive the rain late inDecember or early in January. If the planting


12. ‘O ia mea nö ia ‘o ka hua‘i ‘ana o ka ‘uala maika pu‘e mai. I kä käkou, ‘o ka huki nö a pau.

13. Kä nä küpuna, ‘ohi pololei aku nö, a nä ‘ualanunui, lawe mai, waiho aku nö i nä ‘uala li‘ili‘i nokekahi hua‘i ‘ana aku.

14. He nui maoli ka na‘auao, ‘a‘ole paha hena‘auao, he akahele me ka ho‘omakauli‘i paha, ano ka mea, ‘a‘ole he ‘ai ‘uha‘uha ‘ana o ia mau läo nä küpuna. ‘O nä mea wale nö e lele aku i ‘ai naka moa a pua‘a paha, ‘o ia nö nä mea küpono ‘olei ke kanaka ke ‘ai – ‘o ia nö ka ‘ili o ke kalo a ‘uala.

15. He ho‘omaopopo loa ‘ia këia mea ‘o ka houo ka lae i ia wä,9 a no ka mea, ua ‘ike i ka luhi ame ka ho‘omanawanui ‘ana i ka ua a me ka welao ka lä.

16. Ke ‘ike ‘ë aku nei nö au i ka hö‘ea hou maio këia ‘ike i o käkou nei i këia mua iho, a noka mea, ma ka hana lima ‘ana e ‘ike iho ai aho‘omaopopo a‘e, a me këlä ‘ano kuluma o näküpuna i loko o ia hana, e ala hou a‘e ai ia ‘ike iloko o käkou, a no ka mea, mai laila mai käkou.‘A‘ole e nalowale ia ëwe, ka ëwe a nä hanauna‘ike a ikaika ma ka hana.10

. . .

30. Aia ma lalo a‘e nei o Wai‘anae he wahimaika‘i loa i ke kanu ipu, mai ka wä kahiko loamai. He päpa‘a lä këia wahi, a eia na‘e nui kamomona o ka ipu ‘ai waha.

31. ‘O nä kama‘äina o këia wahi o nä lä i hala,e waele ana i ka ‘äina i loko o nä malama ‘oKepakemapa, ‘Okakopa, a Nowemapa a i ‘oleKekemapa; kanu, i loa‘a i ke kuäua o nä lä hope oKekemapa a i ‘ole o Ianuali. Ke hala nö ke kanu

12. O ia mea no ia o ka huai ana o ka uwala maika pu’e mai. I ka kakou, o ka huki no apau.

13. Ka na kupuna ohi pololei aku no a na uwalanunui lawe mai, waiho aku no i na uwala liilii nokekahi huai ana aku.

14. He nui maoli ka naauao, aole paha henaauao, he akahele me ka hoomakaulii paha, ano ka mea aole he ai uhauha ana o ia mau la o nakupuna. O na mea wale no e lele aku i ai na kamoa a puaa paha, o ia no na mea kupono ole i kekanaka ke ai – o ia no ka ili o ke kalo a uwala.

15. He hoomaopopo loa ia keia mea o ka hou oka lae ia wa, a no ka mea, ua ike i ka luhi ame kahoomanawanui ana i ka ua ame ka wela o ka la.

16. Ke ike e aku nei no au i ka hoea hou maio keia ike i o kakou nei i keia mua iho; A noka mea, ma ka hana lima ana, e ike iho ai ahoomaopopo ae, a ma kela ano kuluma o nakupuna i loko o ia hana, e ala hou ae ai ia ike iloko o kakou, a no ka mea, mai laila mai kakou.Aole e nalowale ia ewe, ka ewe a na hanauna ikea ikaika han[a].

. . .

30. Aia malalo ae nei o Waianae he wahi maikailoa i ke kanu ipu, mai ka wa kahiko loa mai. HePapaala keia wahi, a eia nae nui ka momona o kaipu aiwaha.

31. O na kamaaina o keia wahi, o na la i hala,e waele ana i ka aina iloko o na malama oSepatemaba, Okatoba, a Novemaba a i oleDekemaba kanu, i loaa i ke kuaua o na la hope oDekemaba a i ole o Ianuari. Ke hala no ke kanu


came after the showers, the plants would fail togrow. They would wither and would not grow,because the only water that aided the cropswas rain.

32. To know the right time to plant and then toplant without delay was wise, lest the rain fallearly and the work be wasted.


‘ana ma hope o ka ua, ka pau ‘ana a‘ela ia. Emalo‘o ana ‘a‘ole e puka, a no ka mea, ‘o ka waiwale ihola nö ia o këia wahi e pono ai ka mahi‘ana–he ua.

32. ‘O ka ho‘omaopopo i ka wä pono e kanu aime ka ho‘ohäkälia ‘ole, o hä‘ule ‘ë ka ua a pilikiaka hana.

ana mahope o ka ua, ka pau ana ae la ia. E malooana aole e puka, a no ka mea o ka wai wale iho lano ia o keia wahi e pono ai ka mahi ana – he ua.

32. O ka hoomaopopo i ka wa pono e kanu aime ka hoohakalia ole, o haule e ka ua a pilikiaka hana.

1. CONSTITUTION

Granted by His Majesty Kamehameha V,by the Grace of God, King of the

Hawaiian Islands, on the Twentieth

Day of August, A.D. 18641

Article 1. God hath endowed all men2 withcertain inalienable rights; among which are life,liberty, and the right of acquiring, possessing,and protecting property, and of pursuing andobtaining safety and happiness.

2. Article 2. All men are free to worshipGod according to the dictates of their ownconsciences; but this sacred privilege herebysecured, shall not be so construed as to justifyacts of licentiousness, or practices inconsistentwith the peace or safety of the kingdom.

3. Article 3. All men may freely speak, write,and publish their sentiments on all subjects,being responsible for the abuse of that right, andno law shall be enacted to restrain the liberty ofspeech, or of the press, except such laws as maybe necessary for the protection of His Majesty theKing and the royal family.

This section of the journal reproduces government documents, starting with the constitutions ofHawai‘i.

In 1864, a small group of individuals, working with the monarch, illegally cancelled the existingConstitution of 1852, ruled for a short time without any law, and then issued a new constitution withoutbenefit of public participation or approval. This new fundamental law, established on August 20, 1864,was substantially less democratic than its predecessor, the Constitution of 1852. Published as NäKänäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V, Honolulu, 1865, and Laws of His Majesty, Kamehameha V,Honolulu, 1865. Forbes 2633 (III:394-395), 2632 (III:394).

The 1864 Constitution

17

kolamu (column) 3

1. ‘O këia unuhi ‘ölelo Pelekänia, mai ka ho‘opukakühelu mai nö ia na ke aupuni o Hawai‘i, a, makauwahi, ‘a‘ole he unuhi häiki.

This English translation is from the officialpublication of the government of Hawai‘i and, inparts, is not a literal translation.

2. ‘Oiai he pili ka mana‘o o “nä känaka” i ke käne a meka wahine, ua unuhi ‘ia ia ‘ölelo ‘o “men” ia ma ka‘ölelo Pelekänia.

While “nä känaka” refers to people and is gender-neutral, the term is translated as “men” in the Englishversion.

1. KUMUKÄNÄWAI

I HÄ‘AWI ‘IA E KA MÖ‘Ï KAMEHAMEHA V, MA KA LOKOMAIKA‘I O KE AKUA, KE ALI‘I O

KO HAWAI‘I PAE ‘ÄINA, MA KA LÄ 20 O‘AUKAKE, MH 1864

Paukü 1. Ua hä‘awi mai ke Akua i nä känaka apau he mau pono e pili pa‘a loa iä läkou; ‘o iaho‘i, ‘o ke ola, ‘o ka noho ho‘opilikia ‘ole ‘ia mai,a me nä pono e loa‘a mai ai, a e maluhia ‘i‘o aika waiwai, a e ‘imi aku i nä mea e ‘olu‘olu ai kanoho ‘ana.

2. Paukü 2. E ho‘omalu ‘ia nä känaka a pau iko läkou ho‘omana ‘ana iä Iëhowa e like me koläkou mana‘o; ‘a‘ole na‘e e hana ‘ia ma lalo iho okëia ha‘awina maika‘i kekahi hana kolohe, a meke kü‘ë i ka maluhia a me ka pono o ke aupuni.

3. Paukü 3. E hiki nö i nä känaka a pau ke‘ölelo, a ke palapala, a ke ho‘olaha wale aku pahai ko läkou mana‘o no nä mea a pau, a ma lunao läkou ka hihia; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e kau ‘ia kekahikänäwai e ho‘ohäiki ana i ka ‘ölelo a i ke pa‘ipalapala, koe wale nö nä känäwai küpono no kaho‘omalu ‘ana i ka Mö‘ï a me ka ‘ohana Mö‘ï.

1. KUMUKANAWAI

I HAAWIIA E KA MOI KAMEHAMEHA V., MA KA LOKOMAIKAI O KE AKUA, KE ALII O

KO HAWAII PAE AINA, MA KA LA 20 OAUGATE, M. H. 1864

Pauku 1. Ua haawi mai ke Akua i na kanaka apau he mau pono e pili paa loa ia lakou; oia hoi,o ke ola, o ka noho hoopilikia ole ia mai, a me napono e loaa mai ai, a e maluhia io ai ka waiwai, ae imi aku i na mea e oluolu ai ka noho ana.

2. Pauku 2. E hoomaluia na kanaka a pau i kolakou hoomana ana ia Iehova e like me ko lakoumanao; aole nae e hanaia malalo iho o keiahaawina maikai kekahi hana kolohe, a me ke kuei ka maluhia a me ka pono o ke Aupuni.

3. Pauku 3. E hiki no i na kanaka a pau ke olelo,a ke palapala, a ke hoolaha wale aku paha i kolakou manao no na mea a pau, a maluna o lakouka hihia; aole hoi e kauia kekahi kanawai ehoohaiki ana i ka olelo a i ke paipalapala, koewale no na kanawai kupono no ka hoomalu ana ika Moi a me ka Ohana Moi.

E ho‘opuka këia mähele o ka puke pai i nä palapala aupuni, e ho‘omaka ana me nä kumukänäwai oHawai‘i.

I ka makahiki 1864, ua käpae malü ‘ia ke Kumukänäwai o ka MH 1852 e kekahi hui li‘ili‘i e hana aname ka Mö‘ï. Ua noho aupuni läkou no ka manawa pökole me ke känäwai ‘ole, a ho‘opuka a‘ela ikumukänäwai hou me ke noi ‘ole i nä mana‘o me ka ‘äpono o ka lehulehu äkea. ‘O këia mau känäwai iho‘okumu ‘ia ma ka lä 20 o ‘Aukake, 1864, ua emi mai ka mana lehulehu ma loko ona ma mua o keKumukänäwai o ka MH 1852. Ua pa‘i ‘ia ‘o ia Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V, Honolulu, 1865,a me Laws of His Majesty, Kamehameha V, Honolulu, 1865. Forbes 2633 (III:394-395), 2632 (III:394).

Ke Kumukänäwai o ka Makahiki 1864

16

ke kumukänäwai o ka makahiki 1864 19

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ke” ‘o ia ‘o “ka.”

“Ke” was changed to “ka.”

2. Ua ho‘okumu mua ‘ia nä ‘aha ho‘okolokolo ho‘omalukülanakauhale no nä kalaima ma ke kai, a ua mälama‘ia ma nä kaona awa kü moku nui o Hawai‘i i iamanawa, ‘o ia ho‘i, ma Honolulu a me Lahaina kamua, a ma kauwahi ma hope mai.

Police courts were initially established as maritimecourts, and were held in the major port towns ofHawai‘i at the time–Honolulu and Lahaina first, andlater others.

kolamu (column) 3

3. He mana pela ‘o “offence” o “offense.”

“Offence” is a spelling variant of “offense.”



5. He mana pela ‘o “offences” o “offenses.”

“Offences” is a spelling variant of “offenses.”



7. He mana pela ‘o “defence” o “defense.”

“Defence” is a spelling variant of “defense.”

4. Article 4. All men shall have the right, inan orderly and peaceable manner, to assemble,without arms, to consult upon the commongood, and to petition the King or LegislativeAssembly for redress of grievances.

5. Article 5. The privilege of the writ of habeascorpus belongs to all men, and shall not besuspended, unless by the King, when in casesof rebellion or invasion, the public safety shallrequire its suspension.

6. Article 6. No person shall be subject topunishment for any offence,3 except on dueand legal conviction thereof, in a court havingjurisdiction of the case.

7. Article 7. No person shall be held to answerfor any crime or offence,4 (except in cases ofimpeachment, or for offences5 within thejurisdiction of a police or district justice, or insummary proceedings for contempt,) unlessupon indictment, fully and plainly describingsuch crime or offence,6 and he shall have theright to meet the witnesses who are producedagainst him face to face; to produce witnessesand proofs in his own favor; and by himself orhis counsel, at his election, to examine thewitnesses produced by himself, and cross-examine those produced against him, and to befully heard in his defence.7 In all cases in whichthe right of trial by jury has been heretoforeused, it shall be held inviolable forever, exceptin actions of debt or assumpsit in which theamount claimed is less than fifty dollars.


4. Paukü 4. E hiki nö i nä känaka a pau ke‘äkoakoa mälie, me ka ho‘olako ‘ole i nä meakaua, e kükäkükä pü no ko läkou mau pono; anonoi aku i ke Ali‘i, a i ka ‘Aha‘ölelo o ke Aupuni,e wehe i ko läkou mau pilikia.

5. Paukü 5. ‘O ka pono o ka palapala ku‘u kino,no nä känaka a pau; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e lawe ‘ia aku uapono nei. Akä, i ka manawa i ho‘opilikia ‘ia a‘eka maluhia o ka lehulehu no ke kipi a kaua paha,‘o ka Mö‘ï wale nö ka mea mana näna e wehe.

6. Paukü 6. ‘A‘ole e ho‘opa‘i ‘ia kekahi kanakano ka hewa ‘openi, ke ho‘okolokolo ‘ole ‘ia mamua i loko o ka1 ‘aha ho‘okolokolo küpono i këlähewa; a ho‘oholo ‘ia ka ‘ölelo ho‘opa‘i no ka hewae like me ke känäwai.

7. Paukü 7. ‘A‘ole e ho‘okolokolo ‘ia kekahikanaka no kekahi kalaima, a ‘openi paha, ke‘ole ka palapala ho‘opi‘i küpono, e ho‘omaopopole‘a ana i kona kalaima, a i kona ‘openi paha,(koe na‘e ka ho‘opi‘i luna nui ‘ana, a me nä‘openi küpono i ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ia i loko o nä‘aha ho‘okolokolo ho‘omalu külanakauhale,2

a me nä ‘aha o nä luna känäwai ‘äpana, a me kaho‘opa‘i koke no ka ho‘owahäwahä i nä ‘ahaho‘okolokolo), a ma ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana ikekahi kanaka no kona hewa, e kü nö ia i mua onä hö‘ike no kona hewa, he alo nö he alo; e hikinö iä ia ke ki‘i i nä hö‘ike kökua i kona ‘ao‘ao, ame nä mea e maopopo ai kona pono; a e hiki ho‘iiä ia, a i kona kökua paha, inä pëlä kona mana‘o,e nïnau i nä hö‘ike äna i lawe mai ai, a e nïnau nöho‘i i nä hö‘ike o këlä ‘ao‘ao, a me ka ha‘i aku inä mea e maopopo ai ka pono o kona ‘ao‘ao. Manä hihia a pau, ma laila ka pono e ho‘okolokolo‘ia i mua o ke kiule ma mua, e ho‘omau loa ‘ia nöia pono ma nëia hope aku, koe na‘e nä ho‘opi‘ino ka ‘ai‘ë a me ka ho‘olimalima, ‘o nä kälä e koi‘ia ana ua emi iho ma lalo o nä kälä he kanalima.

4. Pauku 4. E hiki no i na kanaka a pau keakoakoa malie, me ka hoolako ole i na mea kaua,e kukakuka pu no ko lakou mau pono; a nonoiaku i ke Alii, a i ka Ahaolelo o ke Aupuni, e wehei ko lakou mau pilikia.

5. Pauku 5. O ka pono o ka palapala kuu kino,no na kanaka a pau; aole hoi e laweia’ku ua pononei. Aka, i ka manawa i hoopilikiaia ae ka maluhiao ka lehulehu no ke kipi a kaua paha, o ka Moiwale no ka mea mana nana e wehe.

6. Pauku 6. Aole e hoopaiia kekahi kanaka noka hewa ofeni, ke hookolokolo ole ia mamuailoko o ke Ahahookolokolo kupono i kela hewa;a hooholoia ka olelo hoopai no ka hewa e likeme ke kanawai.

7. Pauku 7. Aole e hookolokoloia kekahi kanakano kekahi karaima, a ofeni paha, ke ole kapalapala hoopii kupono, e hoomaopopo lea anai kona karaima, a i kona ofeni paha, (koe naeka hoopii luna nui ana, a me na ofeni kupono ika hookolokoloia iloko o na AhahookolokoloHoomalu kulanakauhale, a me na Aha o naLunakanawai Apana, a me ka hoopai koke no kahoowahawaha i na Ahahookolokolo), a ma kahookolokolo ana i kekahi kanaka no kona hewa,e ku no ia imua o na hoike no kona hewa, he alono he alo; e hiki no ia ia ke kii i na hoike kokuai kona aoao, a me na mea e maopopo ai konapono; a e hiki hoi ia ia, a i kona kokua paha, inapela kona manao, e ninau i na hoike ana i lawemai ai, a e ninau no hoi i na hoike o kela aoao, ame ka hai aku i na mea e maopopo ai ka pono okona aoao. Ma na hihia a pau, malaila ka pono ehookolokoloia imua o ke jure mamua, e hoomauloa ia no ia pono ma neia hope aku, koe nae nahoopii no ka aie a me ka hoolimalima, o na dala ekoiia ana ua emi iho malalo o na dala he kanalima.


kolamu (column) 3



9. ‘Oiai he pili ka mana‘o o “mea ho‘okahi” a me “po‘e‘ano ho‘okahi” i ke käne a me ka wahine, ua unuhi ‘iaia mau ‘ölelo ‘o “any one man” a me “family or classof men” ma ka ‘ölelo Pelekänia.

While “mea ho‘okahi” refers to any one person, and“po‘e ‘ano ho‘okahi” to a class of people, the termsare translated as “any one man” and “family or classof men,” respectively, in the English version.

8. Article 8. No person shall be required toanswer again for any offence,8 of which he hasbeen duly convicted, or of which he has beenduly acquitted upon a good and sufficientindictment.

9. Article 9. No person shall be compelled,in any criminal case, to be a witness againsthimself; nor to be deprived of life, liberty, orproperty without due process of law.

10. Article 10. No person shall sit as a judgeor juror, in any case in which his relative isinterested, either as a plaintiff or defendant, orin the issue of which the said judge or juror,may have, either directly or through a relative,any pecuniary interest.

11. Article 11. Involuntary servitude, exceptfor crime, is forever prohibited in this kingdom;whenever a slave shall enter Hawaiian territory,he shall be free.

12. Article 12. Every person has the right tobe secure from all unreasonable searches andseizures of his person, his house, his papers,and effects; and no warrants shall issue, but onprobable cause, supported by oath or affirma-tion, and describing the place to be searched,and the persons or things to be seized.

13. Article 13. The King conducts his govern-ment for the common good; and not for theprofit, honor, or private interest of any one man,family, or class of men9 among his subjects.


8. Paukü 8. Inä ua ho‘okolokolo ‘ia kekahikanaka no kekahi ‘openi, a ua ho‘opa‘i ‘ia, a uaho‘opuka ‘ia paha ma muli o ka palapala ho‘opa‘iküpono, a laila, ‘a‘ole e hiki ke ho‘okolokolo houiä ia no ia hewa ho‘okahi.

9. Paukü 9. Ma ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana no kekahikalaima, ‘a‘ole e koi ‘ia kekahi kanaka e hö‘ikekü‘ë iä ia iho, ‘a‘ole ho‘i ia e ho‘onele ‘ia i ke ola,a i ka malu, a i ka waiwai paha; aia wale nö mamuli o ke känäwai.

10. Paukü 10. ‘A‘ole nö e noho kekahi i lunakänäwai, a i mea kiule paha, e ho‘okolokoloi kona hoahänau, inä ‘o ia ka mea ho‘opi‘i aho‘opi‘i ‘ia paha; ‘a‘ole ho‘i i ka mea i pili iä ia, ai kona hoahänau paha, ma ke ‘ano hui waiwai.

11. Paukü 11. ‘A‘ole loa e noho kauä kuapa‘akekahi kanaka ma loko o këia aupuni, koe kaho‘opa‘i ‘ana no ke kalaima. Inä ho‘i e hiki maikekahi kauä kuapa‘a ma këia pae ‘äina, ‘o konalanakila nö ia.

12. Paukü 12. E malu nö këlä kanaka me këiakanaka ma kona kino, a me kona hale, a me känamau palapala, a me kona waiwai; ‘a‘ole e hopu‘ia, ‘a‘ole ho‘i e huli ‘ia me ke kumu ‘ole; ‘a‘oleho‘i e ho‘opuka ‘ia ka palapala kënä ke maopopo‘ole ke kumu pono ma ka ho‘ohuoi, a ma kaho‘ohiki ‘ia o ka mea näna i ho‘opi‘i; a e ho‘äkäka‘ia i loko o ua palapala nei, kahi e huli ‘ia a me näkänaka, a mea ‘ë a‘e paha e hopu ‘ia.

13. Paukü 13. Ke ho‘omalu nei ka Mö‘ï i konaaupuni, no ka pono o nä känaka a pau ma laloona; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e ‘imi ‘ia ka pono a me kahanohano, a me ka waiwai o ka mea ho‘okahi,a o ka ‘ohana ho‘okahi paha, a o ka po‘e ‘anoho‘okahi paha o kona lähui känaka.

8. Pauku 8. Ina ua hookolokoloia kekahi kanakano kekahi ofeni, a ua hoopaiia, a ua hoopukaiapaha mamuli o ka palapala hoopai kupono,alaila, aole e hiki ke hookolokolo hou ia ia no iahewa hookahi.

9. Pauku 9. Ma ka hookolokolo ana no kekahikaraima, aole e koiia kekahi kanaka e hoike kueia ia iho, aole hoi ia e hoonele ia i ke ola, a i kamalu, a i ka waiwai paha; aia wale no mamuli oke kanawai.

10. Pauku 10. Aole no e noho kekahi ilunakanawai, a i mea jure paha, e hookolokolo ikona hoahanau, ina oia ka mea hoopii a hoopiiiapaha; aole hoi i ka mea i pili ia ia, a i konahoahanau paha, ma ke ano hui waiwai.

11. Pauku 11. Aole loa e noho kauwa kuapaakekahi kanaka maloko o keia Aupuni, koe kahoopai ana no ke karaima. Ina hoi e hiki maikekahi kauwa kuapaa ma keia Pae Aina, o konalanakila no ia.

12. Pauku 12. E malu no kela kanaka me keiakanaka ma kona kino, a me kona hale, a me kanamau palapala a me kona waiwai; aole e hopuia,aole hoi e huliia me ke kumu ole; aole hoi ehoopukaia ka palapala kena ke maopopo ole kekumu pono ma ka hoohuoi, a ma ka hoohikiia oka mea nana i hoopii; a e hoakakaia iloko o uapalapala nei, kahi e huliia a me na kanaka, a meae ae paha e hopuia.

13. Pauku 13. Ke hoomalu nei ka Moi i konaAupuni, no ka pono o na kanaka a pau malaloona; aole hoi e imiia ka pono a me ka hanohano,a me ka waiwai o ka mea hookahi, a o ka ohanahookahi paha, a o ka poe ano hookahi paha okona lahuikanaka.


kolamu (column) 3

10. He mana pela ‘o “therefor” o “therefore.”

“Therefor” is a spelling variant of “therefore.”

14. Article 14. Each member of society has aright to be protected by it, in the enjoyment ofhis life, liberty, and property, according to law;and, therefore, he shall be obliged to contributehis proportional share to the expense of thisprotection, and to give his personal services, oran equivalent when necessary; but no part of theproperty of any individual shall be taken fromhim, or applied to public uses, without his ownconsent, or the enactment of the LegislativeAssembly, except the same shall be necessaryfor the military operation of the kingdom in timeof war or insurrection; and whenever the publicexigencies may require that the property of anyindividual should be appropriated to public uses,he shall receive a reasonable compensationtherefor.10

15. Article 15. No subsidy, duty or tax of anydescription shall be established or levied, withoutthe consent of the Legislative Assembly; nor shallany money be drawn from the public treasurywithout such consent, except when betweenthe sessions of the Legislative Assembly theemergencies of war, invasion, rebellion, pesti-lence, or other public disaster shall arise, andthen not without the concurrence of all theCabinet, and of a majority of the whole PrivyCouncil; and the minister of finance shall rendera detailed account of such expenditure to theLegislative Assembly.

16. Article 16. No retrospective laws shall everbe enacted.

17. Article 17. The military shall always besubject to the laws of the land; and no soldiershall, in time of peace, be quartered in any housewithout the consent of the owner; nor in time ofwar, but in a manner to be prescribed by theLegislature.


14. Paukü 14. He kuleana ko këlä kanaka këiakanaka e noho ana ma loko o ka lähui, eho‘omalu pono ‘ia ma nä mea maika‘i o kona ola,a o kona waiwai, a o kona ke‘ake‘a kumu ‘ole ‘iapaha, e like me nä känäwai; a no laila, e koi ‘iaaku ‘o ia e hä‘awi mai i kekahi mähele küponoo kona waiwai, i mea e mau ai ia maluhia; a ekökua mai ho‘i me kona kino pono‘ï; a i ‘ole ia,me kekahi mea like paha, ke pono. Akä, ‘a‘olena‘e e ‘ohi ‘ia ke kauwahi o ka waiwai o kekahikanaka, ‘a‘ole ho‘i e hä‘awi ‘ia no ka pömaika‘io ke aupuni, me kona ‘ae ‘ole; a i ‘ole ia ma kaho‘oholo ‘ana o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, koe na‘e nähana kaua o ke aupuni, i ka wä kaua, a me kamanawa ho‘ohaunaele küloko. Inä e lawe ‘ia ikekahi manawa ka waiwai o kekahi kanaka noka pilikia o ke aupuni, e loa‘a nö iä ia ka ukuküpono no ia waiwai.

15. Paukü 15. ‘A‘ole loa e kaulia, a e ‘ohi ‘iakekahi kälä kökua, a ‘o kekahi kuke paha, a ‘okekahi ‘auhau paha, o këlä ‘ano këia ‘ano, me ka‘ae ‘ole o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e unuhi‘ia a‘e kekahi kälä o loko o ka waihona kälä o keaupuni, me ka ‘ae ‘ole o ia ‘Aha‘ölelo, koe na‘e kahiki ‘ana mai o nä pilikia, ‘o ia ke kaua, ke kaua‘ia mai e ka ‘äina ‘ë, ke kipi, ka ma‘i ahulau, a menä pö‘ino ‘ë a‘e o ka lehulehu, i ka wä i ‘äkoakoa‘ole ai ka ‘Aha‘ölelo; ‘a‘ole ho‘i ma ia manawa meka ‘ae ‘ole o nä kuhina a pau, a me ka hapanui onä hoa a pau o ka ‘Aha Kükäkükä Malü. A na kekuhina waiwai e hö‘ike päkahi aku i ka ‘Aha‘ölelono ia mau kälä i ho‘olilo ‘ia.

16. Paukü 16. ‘A‘ole loa e kaulia kekahi känäwaii pili i kekahi hana i hala ‘ë ma mua.

17. Paukü 17. E noho nö nä koa a pau ma laloiho o nä känäwai o ka ‘äina; ‘a‘ole loa e ho‘onoho‘ia kekahi koa ma ka hale o kekahi kanaka i kawä haunaele ‘ole, me ka ‘ae ‘ole o ka mea hale;‘a‘ole ho‘i i ka wä kaua, akä, ma ke ‘ano wale nö iho‘äkäka ‘ia e ka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai.

14. Pauku 14. He kuleana ko kela kanaka keiakanaka e noho ana maloko o ka lahui, e hoomalupono ia ma na mea maikai o kona ola, a o konawaiwai, a o kona keakea kumu ole ia paha, e likeme na kanawai; a nolaila, e koiia aku oia e haawimai i kekahi mahele kupono o kona waiwai, imea e mau ai ia maluhia; a e kokua mai hoi mekona kino ponoi; a i ole ia, me kekahi mea likepaha, ke pono. Aka, aole nae e ohiia ke kauwahio ka waiwai o kekahi kanaka, aole hoi e haawiiano ka pomaikai o ke Aupuni, me kona ae ole; a iole ia ma ka hooholo ana o ka Hale Ahaolelo, koenae na hana kaua o ke Aupuni, i ka wa kaua, ame ka manawa hoohaunaele kuloko. Ina e laweiai kekahi manawa ka waiwai o kekahi kanaka noka pilikia o ke Aupuni, e loaa no ia ia ka ukukupono no ia waiwai.

15. Pauku 15. Aole loa e kaulia, a e ohiia kekahidala kokua, a o kekahi dute paha, a o kekahiauhau paha, o kela ano keia ano, me ka ae ole oka Hale Ahaolelo; aole hoi e unuhiia’e kekahidala oloko o ka Waihona Dala o ke Aupuni, meka ae ole o ia Ahaolelo, koe nae ka hiki ana mai ona pilikia, oia ke kaua, ke kauaia mai e ka aina e,ke kipi, ka mai ahulau, a me na poino e ae o kalehulehu, i ka wa i akoakoa ole ai ka Ahaolelo;aole hoi ma ia manawa me ka ae ole o na Kuhinaa pau, a me ka hapanui o na hoa a pau o kaAhakukakukamalu. A na ke Kuhina Waiwai ehoike pakahi aku i ka Ahaolelo no ia mau dalai hooliloia.

16. Pauku 16. Aole loa e kaulia kekahi kanawai ipili i kekahi hana i hala e mamua.

17. Pauku 17. E noho no na koa a pau malaloiho o na kanawai o ka aina; aole loa e hoonohoiakekahi koa ma ka hale o kekahi kanaka i ka wahaunaele ole, me ka ae ole o ka mea hale; aole hoii ka wa kaua, aka, ma ke ano wale no i hoakakaiae ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai.


kolamu (column) 3

11. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “preform” ‘o ia ‘o “perform.”

“Preform” was changed to “perform.”

18. Article 18. Every elector shall be privilegedfrom arrest on election days, during his atten-dance at election, and in going to and returningtherefrom, except in cases of treason, felony, orbreach of the peace.

19. Article 19. No elector shall be so obliged toperform11 military duty, on the day of election,as to prevent his voting; except in time of war, orpublic danger.

20. Article 20. The supreme power of thekingdom in its exercise, is divided into theExecutive, Legislative, and Judicial; these shallalways be preserved distinct, and no judge of acourt of record shall ever be a member of theLegislative Assembly.

21. Article 21. The government of thiskingdom is that of a constitutional monarchy,under His Majesty Kamehameha V, his heirsand successors.

22. Article 22. The crown is hereby permanentlyconfirmed to His Majesty Kamehameha V, andto the heirs of his body lawfully begotten, and totheir lawful descendants in a direct line; failingwhom, the crown shall descend to Her RoyalHighness the Princess Victoria KamämaluKa‘ahumanu, and the heirs of her body, lawfullybegotten, and their lawful descendants in a directline. The succession shall be to the senior malechild, and to the heirs of his body; failing a malechild, the succession shall be to the senior femalechild, and to the heirs of her body. In case thereis no heir as above provided, then the successorshall be the person whom the Sovereign shallappoint with the consent of the Nobles, andpublicly proclaim as such during the King’s life;but should there be no such appointment andproclamation, and the throne should becomevacant, then the Cabinet Council, immediatelyafter the occurring of such vacancy, shall cause a


18. Paukü 18. ‘A‘ole nö e hopu ‘ia kekahi kanakakoho ma ka lä koho, ‘oiai kona noho ‘ana ma iahana; a pëlä ho‘i i kona hele ‘ana mai, a i konaho‘i ‘ana aku mai kahi o ke koho ‘ana, ‘a‘ole ia ehopu ‘ia, koe na‘e nä hihia kipi, ka peloni, a meka ho‘ohaunaele.

19. Paukü 19. ‘A‘ole ‘au‘a ‘ia kekahi kanakakoho ma ka ‘oihana koa i ka lä koho a hiki ‘ole iäia ke koho, ke ‘ole ia he wä kaua, a he wä pilikiapaha o ke aupuni.

20. Paukü 20. E mähele ‘ia ka mana nui o keaupuni i ‘ekolu ‘äpana ‘oko‘a, ‘o ia ho‘i, ka manaHo‘okö, ka mana Kau Känäwai, a me ka manaHo‘okolokolo. E kü ka‘awale ia mau mana ‘ekolu;‘a‘ole ho‘i e noho kekahi luna känäwai ‘aha käkaui loko o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo.

21. Paukü 21. ‘O ke ‘ano o këia aupuni, heaupuni ali‘i e ho‘oponopono ‘ia ma lalo o keKumukänäwai; ma lalo ho‘i o ka Mö‘ïKamehameha V, a me kona mau ho‘oilina, a me kona mau hope.

22. Paukü 22. E ho‘omau loa ‘ia ka lei ali‘i noka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V, a me nä ho‘oilina akuo kona kino i häpai ‘ia ma lalo o ke känäwai, a ikä läkou mau mamo aku ma ke känäwai, maka lälani pololei; a i nele ia, e ili aku ka lei ali‘i ika Mea Ki‘eki‘e ke Kamäli‘i Wahine, VictoriaKamämalu Ka‘ahumanu, a me nä ho‘oilina aku okona kino i häpai ‘ia ma lalo o ke känäwai, a i käläkou mamo aku ma ke känäwai, ma ka lälanipololei. E ili aku i ke keiki käne hänau mua a menä ho‘oilina aku o kona kino; a i nele i ke keikikäne ‘ole, a laila, i ke kaikamahine hänau mua, ame nä ho‘oilina aku o kona kino. A i nele loa i kaho‘oilina ‘ole e like me ka ‘ölelo ma luna iho, alaila, e ili aku ka lei ali‘i i ka mea i koho ‘ia e kaMö‘ï me ka ‘ae ‘ana o nä Ali‘i, a i ho‘olaha ‘iaho‘i, ‘oiai e ola ana ka Mö‘ï; akä, inä ‘a‘ole i koho‘ia a i ho‘olaha ‘ia pëlä, a ua hakahaka ka nohoali‘i, a laila, na ka ‘Aha Kuhina ma hope iho o ka‘ikea ‘ana o ia hakahaka, e kauoha koke aku e

18. Pauku 18. Aole no e hopuia kekahi kanakakoho ma ka la koho, oiai kona noho ana ma iahana; a pela hoi i kona hele ana mai, a i kona hoiana’ku mai kahi o ke koho ana, aole ia e hopu ia,koe nae na hihia kipi, ka feloni, a me kahoohaunaele.

19. Pauku 19. Aole auaia kekahi kanaka kohoma ka oihana koa i ka la koho a hiki ole ia ia kekoho, ke ole ia he wa kaua, a he wa pilikia pahao ke Aupuni.

20. Pauku 20. E maheleia ka Mana Nui o keAupuni, i ekolu apana okoa, oia hoi, ka ManaHooko, ka Mana Kau Kanawai, a me ka ManaHookolokolo. E kukaawale ia mau mana ekolu;aole hoi e noho kekahi Lunakanawai Ahakakauiloko o ka Hale Ahaolelo.

21. Pauku 21. O ke ano o keia Aupuni, heAupuni Alii e hooponopono ia malalo o keKumukanawai; malalo hoi o ka MoiKamehameha V, a me kona mau Hooilina, a me kona mau Hope.

22. Pauku 22. E hoomau loa ia ka Leialii noka Moi Kamehameha V, a me na hooilina akuo kona kino i hapaiia malalo o ke Kanawai, a ika lakou mau mamo aku ma ke Kanawai, maka lalani pololei; a i nele ia, e ili aku ka Leialii ika Mea Kiekie ke Kama Alii Wahine, VictoriaKamamalu Kaahumanu, a me na hooilina aku okona kino i hapaiia malalo o ke Kanawai, a i kalakou mamo aku ma ke Kanawai, ma ka lalanipololei. E ili aku i ke keikikane hanau mua a mena hooilina aku o kona kino; a i nele i kekeikikane ole, alaila, i ke kaikamahine hanaumua, a me na hooilina aku o kona kino. A i neleloa i ka hooilina ole e like me ka olelo malunaiho, alaila, e ili aku ka Leialii i ka mea i kohoia eka Moi me ka ae ana o na ’Lii, a i hoolahaia hoi,oiai e ola ana ka Moi; aka, ina aole i kohoia a ihoolahaia pela, a ua hakahaka ka Noho Alii,alaila, na ka Aha Kuhina mahope iho o ka ikeaana o ia hakahaka, e kauoha koke aku e halawai


kolamu (column) 2

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia.”

“Ia” was changed to “i ia.”







7. ‘O ka ‘ölelo ‘o “pupule” a me “hüpö” i ho‘opuka ‘iama ‘ane‘i a ma kauwahi o këia kumukänäwai, ‘o ia näinoa kühelu no kekahi mau ‘ano ma‘i no‘ono‘o i ia wä.

“Insane” and “idiot,” as presented here and elsewherein this constitution, were terms officially used at thetime for types of mental illness.

meeting of the Legislative Assembly, who shallelect by ballot some native ali‘i of the kingdom assuccessor to the throne; and the successor soelected shall become a new stirps for a royalfamily; and the succession from the sovereignthus elected, shall be regulated by the same lawas the present royal family of Hawai‘i.

23. Article 23. It shall not be lawful for anymember of the royal family of Hawai‘i who mayby law succeed the throne, to contract marriagewithout the consent of the reigning Sovereign.Every marriage so contracted shall be void, andthe person so contracting a marriage, may, bythe proclamation of the reigning Sovereign, bedeclared to have forfeited his or her right to thethrone, and after such proclamation, the right ofsuccession shall vest in the next heir as thoughsuch offender were dead.

24. Article 24. His Majesty Kamehameha Vwill, and his successors upon coming to thethrone, shall take the following oath: I solemnlyswear in the presence of Almighty God, tomaintain the Constitution of the kingdom wholeand inviolate, and to govern in conformitytherewith.

25. Article 25. No person shall ever sit uponthe throne, who has been convicted of anyinfamous crime, or who is insane, or an idiot.

26. Article 26. The King is the commander-in-chief of the army and navy, and of all othermilitary forces of the kingdom, by sea and land;and has full power by himself, or by any officeror officers he may appoint, to train and governsuch forces, as he may judge best for the defenseand safety of the kingdom. But he shall neverproclaim war without the consent of theLegislative Assembly.


häläwai ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, a na ia kau ‘Aha‘öleloe koho ma ka päloka i kekahi ali‘i hänau o ka‘äina i ali‘i e noho ma ka noho ali‘i, a ma muli oia ho‘onoho ‘ia ‘ana, e ho‘omaka ai he ‘ohanaMö‘ï hou; a e pili iä ia a me kona mau mamoaku ke känäwai e kau nei no ka ili ‘ana aku o kalei ali‘i i ka ‘ohana Mö‘ï o Hawai‘i nei.

23. Paukü 23. ‘A‘ole nö e kü i ke känäwai kamale ‘ana o kekahi o ka ‘ohana Mö‘ï o Hawai‘inei, inä ho‘i he ho‘oilina ia no ka lei ali‘i ma laloo ke känäwai, me ka ‘ae ‘ole ma mua o ka Mö‘ïe noho ana i ia3 manawa. ‘O nä mea a pau o ka‘ohana Mö‘ï i hana i ku‘ikahi male ma ia ‘ano,e lilo ko läkou male ‘ana i mea ‘ole; a ‘o ka meai hana i ia4 ku‘ikahi male, e hiki nö ke käpae‘ia kona kuleana i ka noho ali‘i ma muli o kaho‘olaha ‘ia ‘ana pëlä e ka Mö‘ï. Ma hope iho o iaho‘olaha ‘ana, e ho‘olilo ‘ia ke kuleana Mö‘ï o kamea i hana i ia5 hewa i ka ho‘oilina ma hope ihoona, e like me he mea lä ua make ka mea näna ihana i ia6 hewa.

24. Paukü 24. E ho‘ohiki ka Mö‘ï KamehamehaV, a ‘o kona mau hope ali‘i i ko läkou wä e hikiaku ai i ka noho ali‘i, penei: Ke ho‘ohiki nei au imua o ke Akua Mana Loa, e mälama mau i keKumukänäwai o ke aupuni, a e ho‘oponopononö au i ke aupuni e like me ke Kumukänäwai.

25. Paukü 25. ‘A‘ole loa e noho ma ka noho ali‘ikekahi kanaka i ho‘ähewa ‘ia ma mua no kekahikalaima nui, ‘a‘ole ho‘i kekahi pupule a hüpö7

paha.

26. Paukü 26. ‘O ke Ali‘i ka ‘alihikaua ma lunao nä koa a me nä manuä, a me nä mea kaua ‘ëa‘e ma ka moana a ma ka ‘äina, a nona ka manama ona iho, a ma o kekahi luna koa, a mau lunapaha äna e koho ai, e a‘o a e ho‘oponopono i uamau mea kaua nei, ma muli o kona mana‘o hepono a e malu ai ke aupuni. Akä, ‘a‘ole e ponoiä ia ke häpai i ke kaua me ka ‘ae ‘ole o ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo.

ka Hale Ahaolelo, a na ia kau Ahaolelo e koho maka balota i kekahi alii hanau o ka aina, i Alii enoho ma ka Nohoalii, a mamuli o ia hoonohoiaana, e hoomaka ai he Ohana Moi hou; a e pili iaia a me kona mau mamo aku, ke kanawai e kaunei no ka ili ana’ku o ka Leialii i ka Ohana Moi oHawaii nei.

23. Pauku 23. Aole no e ku i ke Kanawai kamare ana o kekahi o ka Ohana Moi o Hawaii nei,ina hoi he hooilina ia no ka Leialii malalo o keKanawai, me ka ae ole mamua o ka Moi e nohoana ia manawa. O na mea a pau o ka Ohana Moii hana i kuikahi mare ma ia ano, e lilo ko lakoumare ana i mea ole; a o ka mea i hana ia kuikahimare, e hiki no ke kapaeia kona kuleana i kaNohoalii mamuli o ka hoolahaia ana pela e kaMoi. Mahope iho o ia hoolaha ana, e hooliloiake kuleana Moi o ka mea i hana ia hewa, i kahooilina mahope iho ona, e like me he mea laua make ka mea nana i hana ia hewa.

24. Pauku 24. E hoohiki ka Moi KamehamehaV, a o kona mau Hope Alii i ko lakou wa e hikiaku ai i ka Nohoalii, penei: Ke hoohiki nei auimua o ke Akua Mana Loa, e malama mau i keKumukanawai o ke Aupuni, a e hooponoponono au i ke Aupuni e like me ke Kumukanawai.

25. Pauku 25. Aole loa e noho ma ka Nohoaliikekahi kanaka i hoahewaia mamua no kekahikaraima nui, aole hoi kekahi pupule a hupo paha.

26. Pauku 26. O ke Alii ka Alihikaua maluna ona koa a me na manuwa, a me na mea kaua e aema ka moana a ma ka aina, a nona ka mana maona iho, a ma o kekahi Luna Koa, a mau Lunapaha ana e koho ai, e ao a e hooponopono i uamau mea kaua nei, mamuli o kona manao hepono a e malu ai ke Aupuni. Aka, aole e ponoia ia ke hapai i ke kaua me ka ae ole o ka HaleAhaolelo.


kolamu (column) 2

8. ‘Oiai ‘a‘ole i ho‘äkäka ‘ia ma këia paukü Pelekänia ama kauwahi ‘ë a‘e o ke kumukänäwai na wai kaho‘opi‘i luna nui ‘ana, hö‘ike ka Hawai‘i na nä Ali‘i ia,e like me ka mea i häpai ‘ia ma ka Paukü 59.

Although the English version here and elsewhere inthis constitution does not clarify who carries out animpeachment, the Hawaiian states that it is done bythe Nobles, as provided in Article 59.

9. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “aia kakau” ‘o ia ‘o “aia a käkau.”

“Aia kakau” was changed to “aia a käkau.”

kolamu (column) 3

12. He mana pela ‘o “offences” o “offenses.”

“Offences” is a spelling variant of “offenses.”

13. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “to their” ‘o ia ‘o “to confirm their.”

“To their” was changed to “to confirm their.”

27. Article 27. The King, by and with theadvice of his Privy Council, has the power togrant reprieves and pardons, after conviction, forall offences,12 except in cases of impeachment.

28. Article 28. The King, by and with theadvice of his Privy Council, convenes theLegislative Assembly at the seat of government,or at a different place, if that should becomedangerous from an enemy, or any dangerousdisorder; and in case of disagreement betweenHis Majesty and the Legislative Assembly, headjourns, prorogues, or dissolves it, but notbeyond the next ordinary session; under anygreat emergency, he may convene the LegislativeAssembly to extraordinary sessions.

29. Article 29. The King has the power to maketreaties. Treaties involving changes in the tariffor in any law of the kingdom, shall be referredfor approval to the Legislative Assembly. The Kingappoints public ministers, who shall be commis-sioned, accredited, and instructed agreeably tothe usage and law of nations.

30. Article 30. It is the King’s prerogativeto receive and acknowledge public ministers;to inform the Legislative Assembly by royalmessage, from time to time, of the state of thekingdom, and to recommend to its considerationsuch measures as he shall judge necessary andexpedient.

31. Article 31. The person of the King isinviolable and sacred. His ministers areresponsible. To the King belongs the executivepower. All laws that have passed the LegislativeAssembly, shall require His Majesty’s signaturein order to confirm their13 validity.


27. Paukü 27. Na ka Mö‘ï e kükäkükä pü aname kona ‘Aha Kükäkükä Malü, e ho‘opane‘e ika ho‘opa‘i, a e kala aku i ka hala, ma hope o kaho‘ähewa ‘ia ‘ana, no nä hewa a pau, koe na‘e näho‘opi‘i luna nui i mua o nä Ali‘i.8

28. Paukü 28. Na ka Mö‘ï e kükäkükä pü aname kona ‘Aha Kükäkükä Malü, e ho‘äkoakoa ika ‘Aha‘ölelo ma kahi e noho ai ke aupuni, a makahi ‘ë paha, ke pilikia ia wahi no kekahi ‘enemi,a no kekahi ma‘i ‘ino paha; a inä e kü‘ë ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo me ka Mö‘ï, näna nö e ho‘opane‘e, aho‘opau, a ho‘oku‘u paha i ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo,‘a‘ole na‘e ma waho o këlä häläwai a‘e. Inä ho‘ihe pilikia, e hiki nö iä ia ke ho‘äkoakoa mai i kaHale ‘Aha‘ölelo no ia wä pilikia.

29. Paukü 29. Na ka Mö‘ï ka mana e hana i näku‘ikahi. ‘O nä ku‘ikahi e ho‘ololi ana i nä kukema luna o ka waiwai o nä ‘äina ‘ë mai, a e ho‘ololiana paha i kekahi känäwai, e hö‘ike ‘ia i mua oka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo no kona ‘ae ‘ana. Na ka Mö‘ïe koho i nä ‘elele aupuni e ho‘ouna ‘ia aku, ae hä‘awi ‘ia kä läkou palapala ho‘okohu a menä kauoha e like me nä känäwai i waena o näaupuni.

30. Paukü 30. Na ka Mö‘ï nö e ‘ae, a e hö‘oia inä ‘elele aupuni i ho‘ouna ‘ia mai; näna nö ho‘ie ha‘i aku i mua o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo i ke ‘ano oka noho ‘ana o ke aupuni i këlä manawa i këiamanawa, ma käna ‘ölelo ali‘i; a e ha‘i aku ho‘i iäläkou i nä mea äna i mana‘o ai he pono na läkoue ‘imi.

31. Paukü 31. He kapu loa ke kino o ka Mö‘ï ame ka maluhia; ma luna o nä kuhina ka hihia onä ‘oihana. Na ka Mö‘ï ka mana ho‘okö. ‘A‘olenö e pa‘a nä känäwai i ho‘oholo ‘ia e ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo, aia a9 käkau ka Mö‘ï i kona inoa.

27. Pauku 27. Na ka Moi e kukakuka pu ana mekona Ahakukakukamalu, e hoopanee i ka hoopai,a e kala aku i ka hala, mahope o ka hoahewaiaana, no na hewa a pau, koe nae na hoopii lunanui imua o na ’Lii.

28. Pauku 28. Na ka Moi e kukakuka pu aname kona Ahakukakukamalu, e hoakoakoa i kaAhaolelo ma kahi e noho ai ke Aupuni, a makahi e paha, ke pilikia ia wahi no kekahi enemi,a no kekahi mai ino paha; a ina e kue ka HaleAhaolelo me ka Moi, nana no e hoopanee, ahoopau, a hookuu paha i ka Hale Ahaolelo,aole nae mawaho o kela halawai ae. Ina hoi hepilikia, e hiki no ia ia ke hoakoakoa mai i kaHale Ahaolelo no ia wa pilikia.

29. Pauku 29. Na ka Moi ka mana e hana i nakuikahi. O na kuikahi e hoololi ana i na dutemaluna o ka waiwai o na aina e mai, a e hoololiana paha i kekahi kanawai, e hoikeia imua o kaHale Ahaolelo no kona ae ana. Na ka Moi e kohoi na Elele Aupuni e hoounaia’ku, a e haawiia kalakou palapala hookohu a me na kauoha e likeme na kanawai iwaena o na aupuni.

30. Pauku 30. Na ka Moi no e ae, a e hooia i naElele Aupuni i hoounaia mai; nana no hoi e haiaku imua o ka Hale Ahaolelo i ke ano o ka nohoana o ke Aupuni i kela manawa i keia manawa,ma kana Olelo Alii; a e hai aku hoi ia lakou i namea ana i manao ai he pono na lakou e imi.

31. Pauku 31. He kapu loa ke kino o ka Moi ame ka maluhia; maluna o na Kuhina ka hihia ona Oihana. Na ka Moi ka Mana Hooko. Aole no epaa na kanawai i hooholoia e ka Hale Ahaolelo,aia kakau ka Moi i kona inoa.


kolamu (column) 2



kolamu (column) 3

14. He mana pela ‘o “chose” o “choose.”

“Chose” is a spelling variant of “choose.”

32. Article 32. Whenever, upon the decease ofthe reigning Sovereign, the heir shall be less thaneighteen years of age, the royal power shall beexercised by a regent or council of regency, ashereinafter provided.

33. Article 33. It shall be lawful for the Kingat any time when he may be about to absenthimself from the kingdom, to appoint a regentor council of regency, who shall administer thegovernment in his name; and likewise the Kingmay, by his last will and testament, appoint aregent or council of regency to administer thegovernment during the minority of any heir tothe throne; and should a Sovereign decease,leaving a minor heir, and leaving no last willand testament, the Cabinet Council at the timeof such decease shall be a council of regency,until the Legislative Assembly, which shall becalled immediately, may be assembled, and theLegislative Assembly immediately that it isassembled shall proceed to chose14 by ballot,a regent or council of regency, who shalladminister the government in the name of theKing, and exercise all the powers which areconstitutionally vested in the King, until he shallhave attained the age of eighteen years, whichage is declared to be the legal majority of suchSovereign.

34. Article 34. The King is Sovereign of all thechiefs and of all the people; the kingdom is his.

35. Article 35. All titles of honor, orders andother distinctions, emanate from the King.


32. Paukü 32. Inä ma kekahi manawa i ka make‘ana o ka Mö‘ï, ua emi nä makahiki o ka ho‘oilinama lalo o ka ‘umikumamäwalu makahiki, a laila,e ho‘okö ‘ia ka mana Mö‘ï e kekahi kahu mälamaaupuni; a i ‘ole ia, e ka ‘aha kahu aupuni, e likeme ia i ho‘äkäka ‘ia ma hope a‘e nei.

33. Paukü 33. Inä he mana‘o ko ka Mö‘ï i kekahimanawa e hele aku ma waho o këia aupuni, alaila, e hiki nö iä ia e koho i kekahi i kahumälama aupuni, a i ‘aha kahu aupuni paha,näna e ho‘oponopono i ke aupuni ma ka inoao ka Mö‘ï; a pëlä nö e hiki ai i ka Mö‘ï ma känapalapala kauoha hope, e koho i kekahi i kahumälama aupuni, a i ‘aha kahu aupuni paha nänae ho‘oponopono i ke aupuni no ka manawa ilawa ‘ole ai nä makahiki o ka ho‘oilina Mö‘ï;a i ka make ‘ana o kekahi Mö‘ï, a e ola anakona ho‘oilina ma lalo na‘e o nä makahiki he‘umikumamäwalu, me ka hana ‘ole o ka Mö‘ï ikona palapala kauoha hope, a laila, e ho‘olilo‘ia ka ‘Aha Kuhina e noho ana i ia10 wä i ‘ahakahu aupuni, ‘oiai ka manawa e ‘äkoakoa anaka ‘Aha‘ölelo; a e kauoha läkou e häläwai kokeka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo. Ma ia häläwai ‘ana o ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo, e koho koke nö läkou ma ka pälokai kekahi i kahu mälama aupuni, a i ‘aha kahuaupuni paha, näna e ho‘oponopono i ke aupunima ka inoa o ka Mö‘ï, a e ho‘okö i nä hana apau i hä‘awi ‘ia na ka Mö‘ï e hana ma lalo o keKumukänäwai, a hiki aku ia i ka pau ‘ana o nämakahiki he ‘umikumamäwalu, ‘o ia ho‘i nämakahiki e o‘o ai ka Mö‘ï.

34. Paukü 34. ‘O ka Mö‘ï, ‘o ia ke Ali‘i Nui maluna o nä ali‘i a me nä känaka a pau. Nona nöke aupuni.

35. Paukü 35. ‘O nä inoa hanohano a pau a meka nani, a me ka ho‘äli‘i ‘ana, mai ka Mö‘ï mainö läkou.

32. Pauku 32. Ina ma kekahi manawa i ka makeana o ka Moi, ua emi na makahiki o ka Hooilinamalalo o ka umikumamawalu makahiki, alaila,e hookoia ka Mana Moi e kekahi Kahu MalamaAupuni; a i ole ia, e ka Aha Kahu Aupuni, e likeme ia i hoakakaia mahope ae nei.

33. Pauku 33. Ina he manao ko ka Moi i kekahimanawa e hele aku mawaho o keia Aupuni,alaila, e hiki no ia ia e koho i kekahi i KahuMalama Aupuni, a i Aha Kahu Aupuni paha,nana e hooponopono i ke Aupuni ma ka inoao ka Moi; a pela no e hiki ai i ka Moi ma kanapalapala kauoha hope, e koho i kekahi i KahuMalama Aupuni, a i Aha Kahu Aupuni paha nanae hooponopono i ke Aupuni no ka manawa i lawaole ai na makahiki o ka Hooilina Moi; a i ka makeana o kekahi Moi, a e ola ana kona Hooilinamalalo nae o na makahiki he umikumamawalu,me ka hana ole o ka Moi i kona palapala kauohahope, alaila, e hooliloia ka Aha Kuhina e nohoana ia wa i Aha Kahu Aupuni, oiai ka manawae akoakoa ana ka Ahaolelo; a e kauoha lakou ehalawai koke ka Hale Ahaolelo. Ma ia halawaiana o ka Hale Ahaolelo, e koho koke no lakou maka balota i kekahi i Kahu Malama Aupuni, a iAha Kahu Aupuni paha, nana e hooponopono ike Aupuni ma ka inoa o ka Moi, a e hooko i nahana a pau i haawiia na ka Moi e hana malaloo ke Kumukanawai, a hiki aku ia i ka pau anao na makahiki he umikumamawalu, oia hoi namakahiki e oo ai ka Moi.

34. Pauku 34. O ka Moi, oia ke Alii Nui malunao na ’Lii a me na kanaka a pau. Nona no keAupuni.

35. Pauku 35. O na inoa hanohano a pau a meka nani, a me ka hoalii ana, mai ka Moi maino lakou.


36. Article 36. The King coins money, andregulates the currency by law.

37. Article 37. The King, in the case ofinvasion or rebellion, can place the wholekingdom or any part of it under martial law.

38. Article 38. The national ensign shall not bechanged, except by act of the Legislature.

39. Article 39. The King’s private lands andother property are inviolable.

40. Article 40. The King cannot be sued orheld to account in any court or tribunal ofthe realm.

41. Article 41. There shall continue to be aCouncil of State, for advising the King in allmatters for the good of the state, wherein hemay require its advice, and for assisting himin administering the executive affairs of thegovernment, in such manner as he may direct;which Council shall be called the King’s PrivyCouncil of State, and members thereof shall beappointed by the King, to hold office during HisMajesty’s pleasure.

42. Article 42. The King’s Cabinet shall consistof the minister of foreign affairs, the minister ofthe interior, the minister of finance, and theattorney general of the kingdom, and these shallbe His Majesty’s special advisers in the executiveaffairs of the kingdom; and they shall be ex officiomembers of His Majesty’s Privy Council of State.They shall be appointed and commissioned bythe King, and hold office during His Majesty’spleasure, subject to impeachment. No act of theKing shall have any effect unless it be counter-signed by a minister, who by that signaturemakes himself responsible.


36. Paukü 36. Na ka Mö‘ï e hana i ke kälä a eho‘oponopono i ke kälä ma ke känäwai.

37. Paukü 37. E hiki nö i ka Mö‘ï i ka wä i kaua‘ia mai, a haunaele paha no ke kipi, ke ho‘olilo ikona aupuni a pau, a i kekahi hapa paha, ma laloo ke känäwai koa.

38. Paukü 38. ‘A‘ole e hö‘ano ‘ë ‘ia ka hae oke aupuni me ka ‘ae ‘ole o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo KauKänäwai.

39. Paukü 39. Ua kapu loa ko ka Mö‘ï mau ‘äinapono‘ï a me kona waiwai ‘ë a‘e.

40. Paukü 40. ‘A‘ole nö e hiki ke ho‘opi‘i ‘ia aho‘okolokolo ‘ia ka Mö‘ï i loko o kekahi ‘ahaho‘okolokolo o ke aupuni.

41. Paukü 41. E mau nö ka ‘Aha Kükäkükä o keAupuni, e ‘imi pü me ka Mö‘ï ma nä mea a pau epili ana i ka pömaika‘i o ke aupuni, i nä manawaa pau a ka Mö‘ï e makemake ai, a e kökua iä iama ka ho‘oponopono ‘ana i nä mea i pili i nä‘oihana ho‘okö o ke aupuni, e like me känakauoha; a e kapa ‘ia aku ia ‘Aha, ‘o ka ‘AhaKükäkükä Malü o ka Mö‘ï. Na ka Mö‘ï e kohoi nä hoa o ia ‘Aha, a e noho läkou ‘oiai ko keAli‘i makemake.

42. Paukü 42. Eia nä hoa kükä o ka ‘Aha Kuhinao ka Mö‘ï: ‘o ke kuhina no ko nä ‘äina ‘ë, ‘o kekuhina kälai‘äina, ‘o ke kuhina waiwai, a me kaloio kuhina o ke aupuni; a e noho läkou i mauhoa ma ka ‘Aha Kükäkükä Malü o ka Mö‘ï. Na keAli‘i e koho a e ho‘okohu iä läkou, a e noho läkouma ka ‘oihana ‘oiai ko ka Mö‘ï makemake; e hikinö na‘e ke ho‘opi‘i ‘ia i mua o nä Ali‘i. ‘A‘ole epa‘a kekahi hana a ka Mö‘ï ke ‘ole i käkau inoa ‘iae kekahi kuhina, a ma ia käkau ‘ana a ke kuhina,ua ili ka hihia ma luna ona.

36. Pauku 36. Na ka Moi e hana i ke dala, a ehooponopono i ke dala ma ke kanawai.

37. Pauku 37. E hiki no i ka Moi i ka wa i kauaiamai, a haunaele paha no ke kipi, ke hoolilo i konaAupuni a pau, a i kekahi hapa paha, malalo o kekanawai koa.

38. Pauku 38. Aole e hoanoeia ka Hae o keAupuni, me ka ae ole o ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai.

39. Pauku 39. Ua kapu loa ko ka Moi mau ainaponoi, a me kona waiwai e ae.

40. Pauku 40. Aole no e hiki ke hoopiiia ahookolokoloia ka Moi iloko o kekahiAhahookolokolo o ke Aupuni.

41. Pauku 41. E mau no ka Aha Kukakuka o keAupuni, e imi pu me ka Moi ma na mea a pau epili ana i ka pomaikai o ke Aupuni, i na manawaa pau a ka Moi e makemake ai, a e kokua ia ia maka hooponopono ana i na mea i pili i na OihanaHooko o ke Aupuni, e like me kana kauoha; a ekapaia’ku ia Aha, o ka Ahakukakukamalu o kaMoi. Na ka Moi e koho i na hoa o ia Aha, a enoho lakou oiai ko ke Alii makemake.

42. Pauku 42. Eia na hoa kuka o ka Aha Kuhinao ka Moi: o ke Kuhina no ko na Aina e, o keKuhina Kalaiaina, o ke Kuhina Waiwai, a me kaLoio Kuhina o ke Aupuni; a e noho lakou i mauhoa ma ka Ahakukakukamalu o ka Moi. Na keAlii e koho a e hookohu ia lakou, a e noho lakouma ka oihana oiai ko ka Moi makemake; e hikino nae ke hoopiiia imua o na ’Lii. Aole e paakekahi hana a ka Moi ke ole i kakauinoaia ekekahi Kuhina, a ma ia kakau ana a ke Kuhina,ua ili ka hihia maluna ona.


kolamu (column) 2

11. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “polelei” ‘o ia ‘o “pololei.”

“Polelei” was changed to “pololei.”

43. Article 43. Each member of the King’sCabinet shall keep an office at the seat ofgovernment, and shall be accountable for theconduct of his deputies and clerks. The ministryhold seats ex officio, as Nobles, in the LegislativeAssembly.

44. Article 44. The minister of finance shallpresent to the Legislative Assembly in the nameof the government, on the first day of the meetingof the Legislature, the financial budget, in theHawaiian and English languages.

45. Article 45. The Legislative power of thethree estates of this kingdom is vested in theKing, and the Legislative Assembly; whichAssembly shall consist of the Nobles appointedby the King, and of the Representatives of thepeople, sitting together.

46. Article 46. The Legislative Body shallassemble biennially, in the month of April,and at such other time as the King may judgenecessary, for the purpose of seeking the wel-fare of the nation. This body shall be styled theLegislature of the Hawaiian Kingdom.

47. Article 47. Every member of the LegislativeAssembly shall take the following oath: I mostsolemnly swear, in the presence of Almighty God,that I will faithfully support the Constitution ofthe Hawaiian kingdom, and conscientiously andimpartially discharge my duties as a member ofthis Assembly.

48. Article 48. The Legislature has full powerand authority to amend the Constitution ashereinafter provided; and from time to timeto make all manner of wholesome laws, notrepugnant to the provisions of the Constitution.


43. Paukü 43. E ho‘onoho ‘ia ko läkou mauke‘ena ‘oihana ma kahi e noho ai ke aupuni; ama luna o läkou päkahi ka hewa o ka hana a koläkou mau hope me nä käkau ‘ölelo. E noho nöläkou ma muli o kä läkou ‘oihana ma ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo, ma waena o nä Ali‘i.

44. Paukü 44. E hö‘ike aku ke kuhina waiwaii mua o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, ma ka inoa o keaupuni, ma ka lä mua o ka häläwai ‘ana o ka‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai, i ka palapala hö‘ike o näloa‘a me nä lilo o ka waihona kälä, ma ka ‘öleloHawai‘i me ka ‘ölelo ‘Enelani.

45. Paukü 45. ‘O ka mana Kau Känäwai o nä‘äpana ‘ekolu o këia aupuni, aia nö i ka Mö‘ï a meka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo. Aia nö i loko o ia ‘Aha‘ölelonä Ali‘i i ho‘onoho ‘ia e ka Mö‘ï, a me ka Po‘e iKoho ‘ia e nä maka‘äinana, e noho pü ana.

46. Paukü 46. E ‘äkoakoa ka ‘Aha‘ölelo KauKänäwai i këlä ‘alua këia ‘alua makahiki ma kamalama o ‘Apelila, a i ka manawa ‘ë a‘e e like meka mana‘o ‘ana o ka Mö‘ï he pono, e ‘imi i nämea e pono ai ke aupuni. E kapa ‘ia këia ‘Aha, ‘oka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai o ke Aupuni Hawai‘i.

47. Paukü 47. E ho‘ohiki päkahi këlä hoa këiahoa o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, penei: Ke ho‘ohiki neiau i mua o ke Akua Mana Loa, e kökua au mamuli o ke Kumukänäwai o ke aupuni Hawai‘i, ae hana pololei11 me ka ‘ewa‘ewa ‘ole i ka‘u hanai loko o këia Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo.

48. Paukü 48. Na ka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai kamana e ho‘ololi i ke Kumukänäwai e like me ka‘ölelo ma hope a‘e nei, a e kau i këlä manawa këiamanawa i nä känäwai küpono a pau, ke kü‘ë ‘olena‘e i këia Kumukänäwai.

43. Pauku 43. E hoonohoia ko lakou mau KeenaOihana ma kahi e noho ai ke Aupuni; a maluna olakou pakahi ka hewa o ka hana a ko lakou mauhope me na kakauolelo. E noho no lakou mamulio ka lakou oihana ma ka Hale Ahaolelo,mawaena o na ’Lii.

44. Pauku 44. E hoike aku ke Kuhina Waiwaiimua o ka Hale Ahaolelo, ma ka inoa o keAupuni, ma ka la mua o ka halawai ana o kaAhaolelo kau Kanawai, i ka palapala hoike o naloaa me na lilo o ka Waihona Dala, ma ka oleloHawaii me ka olelo Enelani.

45. Pauku 45. O ka mana kau kanawai o naapana ekolu o keia Aupuni, aia no i ka Moi a meka Hale Ahaolelo. Aia no iloko o ia Ahaolelo na’Lii i hoonohoia e ka Moi, a me ka Poeikohoia ena makaainana, e noho pu ana.

46. Pauku 46. E akoakoa ka Ahaolelo kauKanawai i kela alua keia alua makahiki ma kamalama o Aperila, a i ka manawa e ae e like meka manao ana o ka Moi he pono, e imi i na meae pono ai ke Aupuni. E kapaia keia aha, o kaAhaolelo kau Kanawai o ke Aupuni Hawaii.

47. Pauku 47. E hoohiki pakahi kela hoa keiahoa o ka Hale Ahaolelo, penei: Ke hoohiki nei auimua o ke Akua Mana Loa, e kokua au mamuli oke Kumukanawai o ke Aupuni Hawaii, a e hanapolelei me ka ewaewa ole i ka’u hana iloko o keiaHale Ahaolelo.

48. Pauku 48. Na ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai kamana e hoololi i ke Kumukanawai e like me kaolelo mahope ae nei, a e kau i kela manawa keiamanawa i na kanawai kupono a pau, ke kue olenae i keia Kumukanawai.


kolamu (column) 3

15. He mana pela ‘o “chose” o “choose.”

“Chose” is a spelling variant of “choose.”



49. Article 49. The King shall signify hisapproval of any bill or resolution, which shallhave passed the Legislative Assembly, by sign-ing the same previous to the final rising of theLegislature. But if he shall object to the passingof such bill or resolution, he will return it to theLegislative Assembly, who shall enter the factof such return on its journal, and such bill orresolution shall not be brought forward there-after during the same session.

50. Article 50. The Legislative Assembly shallbe the judge of the qualifications of its ownmembers, and a majority shall constitute aquorum to do business; but a smaller numbermay adjourn from day to day, and compel theattendance of absent members, in such mannerand under such penalties as the Assembly mayprovide.

51. Article 51. The Legislative Assembly shallchose15 its own officers and determine the rulesof its own proceedings.

52. Article 52. The Legislative Assembly shallhave authority to punish by imprisonment,not exceeding thirty days, every person, not amember, who shall be guilty of disrespect to theAssembly, by any disorderly or contemptuousbehavior in its presence; or who, during the timeof its sitting, shall publish any false report of itsproceedings, or insulting comments upon thesame; or who shall threaten harm to the body orestate of any of its members, for anything said ordone in the Assembly; or who shall assault any ofthem therefor,16 or who shall assault or arrestany witness, or other person ordered to attendthe Assembly, in his way going or returning; orwho shall rescue any person arrested by orderof the Assembly.


49. Paukü 49. E hö‘ike aku ka Mö‘ï i kona ‘ae ‘anai kekahi pila a ‘ölelo ho‘oholo paha i ho‘oholo ‘iae ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, ma ke kau ‘ana i kona inoa,ma mua o ka ho‘opane‘e loa ‘ana o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo.Akä, inä ua pono ‘ole ua pila nei i kona mana‘o,e ho‘iho‘i aku nö ‘o ia i ua pila lä i ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo; a e käkau ‘ia ia ho‘iho‘i ‘ana mai i lokoo ka puke mo‘olelo o ua Hale nei, a laila, ‘a‘ole ehana hou ‘ia ua pila lä ma ia ‘äkoakoa ‘ana.

50. Paukü 50. Na ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo eho‘oponopono i ka noho ‘ana o kona po‘e pono‘ï;a na ka hapanui e ho‘oholo i nä hana a pau; akä,e hiki nö i ka hapa ‘u‘uku ke ho‘opane‘e i kahäläwai i këlä lä i këia lä, a e koi aku nö ho‘i i nämea i hiki ‘ole mai e ‘äkoakoa pü me läkou, mamuli o ka hana a me ka ho‘opa‘i i ho‘oholo ‘ia eua Hale lä.

51. Paukü 51. Na ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo e koho ikona mau luna, a e kau i nä känäwai e holo aikäna hana.

52. Paukü 52. Na ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo e ho‘opa‘ima ka hale pa‘ahao no nä lä ‘a‘ole ‘oi aku mamua o ke kanakolu, i këlä kanaka i këia kanaka,‘a‘ole ‘o ia no läkou, ke ho‘omä‘ewa‘ewa ‘o iai ua Hale nei ma ka hana ho‘ohaunaele, aho‘owahäwahä paha i loko ona, a ke ho‘olaha‘o ia i kekahi mo‘olelo wahahe‘e no ka hana oka ‘Aha‘ölelo, a he ‘ölelo hö‘ino‘ino paha, a keho‘oweliweli paha ‘o ia i kekahi o ua Hale nei maka hana ‘ino i kona kino, a i käna waiwai paha,no kekahi mea äna i hana ai, a i ‘ölelo ai pahai loko o ua Hale nei; a ke lele ‘ino paha ‘o ia ikekahi o ua po‘e lä no ua mau mea nei, a ke lele‘ino a hopu paha ‘o ia i kekahi hö‘ike, a i kekahikanaka ‘ë a‘e paha i kauoha ‘ia e ka Hale i konahele ‘ana i laila, a ho‘i ‘ana paha, a ke ho‘opakelepaha ‘o ia i kekahi kanaka i hopu ‘ia ma muli oke kauoha a ua Hale nei.

49. Pauku 49. E hoike aku ka Moi i kona ae anai kekahi bila a olelo hooholo paha i hooholoia eka Hale Ahaolelo, ma ke kau ana i kona inoa,mamua o ka hoopanee loa ana o ka Ahaolelo.Aka, ina ua pono ole ua bila nei i kona manao, ehoihoi aku no oia i ua bila la i ka Hale Ahaolelo;a e kakauia ia hoihoi ana mai iloko o ka bukemooolelo o ua Hale nei, alaila, aole e hana houia ua bila la ma ia akoakoa ana.

50. Pauku 50. Na ka Hale Ahaolelo ehooponopono i ka noho ana o kona poe ponoi; ana ka hapanui e hooholo i na hana a pau; aka, ehiki no i ka hapa uuku ke hoopanee i ka halawaii kela la i keia la, a e koi aku no hoi i na mea ihiki ole mai e akoakoa pu me lakou, mamuli oka hana a me ka hoopai i hooholoia e ua hale la.

51. Pauku 51. Na ka Hale Ahaolelo e koho ikona mau Luna, a e kau i na kanawai e holo aikana hana.

52. Pauku 52. Na ka Hale Ahaolelo e hoopai maka halepaahao no na la aole oi aku mamua o kekanakolu, i kela kanaka i keia kanaka, aole oia nolakou, ke hoomaewaewa oia i ua hale nei ma kahana hoohaunaele, a hoowahawaha paha ilokoona, a ke hoolaha oia i kekahi mooolelo wahaheeno ka hana o ka Ahaolelo, a he olelo hoinoinopaha, a ke hooweliweli paha oia i kekahi o uaHale nei ma ka hana ino i kona kino, a i kanawaiwai paha, no kekahi mea ana i hana ai, a iolelo ai paha iloko o ua Hale nei; a ke lele inopaha oia i kekahi o ua poe la no ua mau mea nei,a ke lele ino a hopu paha oia i kekahi hoike, a ikekahi kanaka e ae paha i kauohaia e ka Halei kona hele ana ilaila, a hoi ana paha, a kehoopakele paha oia i kekahi kanaka i hopuiamamuli o ke kauoha a ua Hale nei.


53. Article 53. The Legislative Assembly maypunish its own members for disorderly behavior.

54. Article 54. The Legislative Assembly shallkeep a journal of its proceedings; and the yeasand nays of the members, on any question, shall,at the desire of one-fifth of those present, beentered on the journal.

55. Article 55. The members of the LegislativeAssembly shall, in all cases, except treason,felony, or breach of the peace, be privileged fromarrest during their attendance at the sessions ofthe Legislature, and in going to and returningfrom the same; and they shall not be held toanswer for any speech or debate made in theAssembly, in any other court or place whatsoever.

56. Article 56. The Representatives shallreceive for their services a compensation to beascertained by law, and paid out of the publictreasury, but no increase of compensation shalltake effect during the year in which it shall havebeen made; and no law shall be passed, increasingthe compensation of said Representatives beyondthe sum of one hundred and fifty dollars foreach session.

57. Article 57. The King appoints the Nobles,who shall hold their appointments during life,subject to the provisions of Article 53; but theirnumber shall not exceed twenty.

58. Article 58. No person shall be appointed aNoble who shall not have attained the age oftwenty-one years and resided in the kingdomfive years.


53. Paukü 53. Na ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo e ho‘opa‘i ikona po‘e pono‘ï no nä hana ho‘ohaunaele.

54. Paukü 54. E mälama ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo ipuke mo‘olelo no käna mau hana; a inä emakemake ka hapalima ho‘okahi o ka po‘e enoho ana i ka hale, a laila, e käkau ‘ia i loko oua puke nei, nä inoa o ka po‘e ‘ae a me ka po‘ehö‘ole o ka Hale i këlä hana këia hana.

55. Paukü 55. ‘A‘ole loa e hopu ‘ia kekahi o kapo‘e ‘Aha‘ölelo, ‘oiai e noho ana ‘o ia ma muli oia ‘Aha, a e hele ana i laila, a e ho‘i aku ana paha,koe na‘e ke kipi, ka peloni, a me ka ho‘ohaunaele;‘a‘ole e ho‘okolokolo ‘ia kekahi o läkou i muao kekahi ‘aha ho‘okolokolo ‘ë, a i kauwahi ‘ëpaha, no kekahi ‘ölelo, a ‘ölelo paio paha ma kaHale ‘Aha‘ölelo.

56. Paukü 56. E uku ‘ia ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nämaka‘äinana, no kä läkou hana e like me kamea i ‘ölelo ‘ia ma ke känäwai, no loko a‘e o kawaihona kälä aupuni; ‘a‘ole nö na‘e e ho‘onui ‘iakëia uku i ka makahiki i ho‘oholo ‘ia ai ka ‘öleloe ho‘onui i ka uku; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e kaulia kekahikänäwai e ho‘omähuahua ana i ka uku o uaPo‘e lä, ma mua o nä kälä ho‘okahi haneli mekanalima no këlä häläwai ‘ana këia häläwai ‘anao ka ‘Aha‘ölelo.

57. Paukü 57. Na ka Mö‘ï nö e koho i nä Ali‘i, ae noho läkou ma ia ‘oihana a pau ko läkou ola, elike na‘e me ka Paukü 53; ‘a‘ole na‘e e ‘oi aku koläkou nui ma mua o ka iwakälua.

58. Paukü 58. ‘A‘ole e koho ‘ia kekahi he Ali‘ike hiki ‘ole aku kona mau makahiki heiwakäluakumamäkahi, a ke ‘ole ho‘i ‘o ia i noho inä makahiki ‘elima ma këia aupuni.

53. Pauku 53. Na ka Hale Ahaolelo e hoopai ikona poe ponoi no na hana hoohaunaele.

54. Pauku 54. E malama ka Hale Ahaolelo ibuke mooolelo no kana mau hana; a ina emakemake ka hapalima hookahi o ka poe e nohoana i ka hale, alaila, e kakauia iloko o ua bukenei, na inoa o ka poe ae a me ka poe hoole o kaHale i kela hana keia hana.

55. Pauku 55. Aole loa e hopuia kekahi o ka poeAhaolelo, oiai e noho ana oia mamuli o ia Aha,a e hele ana ilaila, a e hoi aku ana paha, koe naeke kipi, ka feloni, a me ka hoohaunaele; aole ehookolokoloia kekahi o lakou imua o kekahiAhahookolokolo e, a i kauwahi e paha, no kekahiolelo, a olelo paio paha ma ka Hale Ahaolelo.

56. Pauku 56. E uku ia ka Poeikohoia e namakaainana, no ka lakou hana e like me ka mea ioleloia ma ke kanawai, noloko ae o ka WaihonaDala Aupuni; aole no nae e hoonuiia keia ukui ka makahiki i hooholoia ai ka olelo e hoonuii ka uku; aole hoi e kaulia kekahi kanawai ehoomahuahua ana i ka uku o ua poe la, mamuao na dala hookahi haneri me kanalima no kelahalawai ana keia halawai ana o ka Ahaolelo.

57. Pauku 57. Na ka Moi no e koho i na Alii, ae noho lakou ma ia Oihana a pau ko lakou ola,e like nae me ka Pauku 53; aole nae e oi aku kolakou nui mamua o ka iwakalua.

58. Pauku 58. Aole e kohoia kekahi he Aliike hiki ole aku kona mau makahiki heiwakaluakumamakahi, a ke ole hoi oia i nohoi na makahiki elima ma keia Aupuni.


kolamu (column) 3

17. He mana pela ‘o “mal-administration” o“maladministration.”

“Mal-administration” is a spelling variant of“maladministration.”

18. He mana pela ‘o “incumbrances” o “encumbrances.”

“Incumbrances” is a spelling variant of“encumbrances.”

59. Article 59. The Nobles shall be a court,with full and sole authority to hear anddetermine all impeachments made by theRepresentatives, as the grand inquest of thekingdom, against any officers of the kingdom,for misconduct or mal-administration17 intheir offices; but previous to the trial of everyimpeachment the Nobles shall respectively besworn, truly and impartially to try and determinethe charge in question, according to evidenceand the law. Their judgment, however, shall notextend further than to removal from office anddisqualification to hold or enjoy any place ofhonor, trust, or profit, under this government;but the party so convicted shall be, neverthe-less, liable to indictment, trial, judgement andpunishment according to the laws of the land.No minister shall sit as a Noble on the trial ofany impeachment.

60. Article 60. The representation of thepeople shall be based upon the principle ofequality, and shall be regulated and apportionedby the Legislature according to the population, tobe ascertained, from time to time, by the officialcensus. The Representatives shall not be less innumber than twenty-four, nor more than forty,who shall be elected biennially.

61. Article 61. No person shall be eligible fora Representative of the people, who is insane oran idiot; nor unless he be a male subject of thekingdom, who shall have arrived at the full age oftwenty-one years–who shall know how to readand write–who shall understand accounts–andshall have been domiciled in the kingdom for atleast three years, the last of which shall be in theyear immediately preceding his election; andwho shall own real estate, within the kingdom, ofa clear value, over and above all incumbrances,18


59. Paukü 59. E noho nä Ali‘i i ‘aha ho‘okolokolo,no läkou wale nö ka mana a pau e ho‘olohe a eho‘oponopono i nä ho‘opi‘i nui a pau i ho‘opi‘i‘ia ai e ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia ma ko läkou ‘ano ‘ahaninaninau nui o ke aupuni, i kekahi luna nui, amau luna nui paha, no kä läkou ‘oihana; ma muaaku o ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana i këlä ho‘opi‘i nuikëia ho‘opi‘i nui, e ho‘ohiki päkahi nä Ali‘i eho‘okolokolo pono me ka ‘ewa‘ewa ‘ole i ka meai ho‘opi‘i ‘ia ai, ma muli o nä hö‘ike a me kekänäwai. ‘A‘ole na‘e e ‘oi aku kä läkou ‘öleloho‘ähewa i ka ho‘opau ‘ana i kona noho luna‘ana, a me ka hö‘ole loa i kona noho hou ‘ana makekahi ‘oihana e hanohano ai a e waiwai ai paha,ma lalo iho o këia aupuni. Akä, e hiki nö i kamea i ho‘ähewa ‘ia pëlä ke ho‘opi‘i hou ‘ia, a eho‘okolokolo hou ‘ia, a e ho‘ähewa hou ‘ia, a eho‘opa‘i hou ‘ia ma hope, ma muli o ke känäwaio ka ‘äina. ‘A‘ole e noho kekahi kuhina i Ali‘i maka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana i kekahi ho‘opi‘i luna nui.

60. Paukü 60. E mähele like ‘ia ka Po‘e i Koho‘ia e nä maka‘äinana, a e ho‘oponopono ‘ia eka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai ma muli o ka nui onä känaka, e ho‘äkäka ‘ia i këlä manawa këiamanawa ma ko ke aupuni helu ‘ana. ‘A‘ole e emimai ka nui o ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia ma lalo o kaiwakäluakumamähä, ‘a‘ole ho‘i e ‘oi aku ma lunao ke kanahä; a e koho ‘ia läkou i këlä makahiki‘alua, këia makahiki ‘alua.

61. Paukü 61. ‘A‘ole nö e koho ‘ia kekahiLunamaka‘äinana inä he pupule a he hüpöpaha, a ke ‘ole ia, he kanaka ma lalo o kaMö‘ï, a ke hiki ‘ole aku ‘o ia i nä makahiki heiwakäluakumamäkahi, a ke ‘ike ‘ole ho‘i i kaheluhelu a me ke käkau lima, a ke maopopo‘ole ho‘i iä ia ka helu waiwai, a ke ‘ole ho‘i ‘o ia inoho ma këia aupuni i ‘ekolu makahiki, a ‘o kamakahiki hope ma mua iho o kona koho ‘ia ‘ana;a ke ‘ole ho‘i ona waiwai pa‘a hihia ‘ole i loko okëia aupuni e like me ‘elima haneli kälä, a i ‘ole

59. Pauku 59. E noho na Alii i Ahahookolokolo,no lakou wale no ka mana a pau e hoolohe a ehooponopono i na hoopii nui a pau i hoopiiia’i eka Poeikohoia ma ko lakou ano Aha NinaninauNui o ke Aupuni, i kekahi Luna Nui, a mau LunaNui paha, no ka lakou Oihana; mamua aku o kahookolokolo ana i kela hoopii nui keia hoopiinui, e hoohiki pakahi na Alii e hookolokolo ponome ka ewaewa ole i ka mea i hoopiiia’i, mamuli ona hoike a me ke kanawai. Aole nae e oi aku kalakou olelo hoahewa i ka hoopau ana i kona noholuna ana, a me ka hoole loa i kona noho hou anama kekahi oihana e hanohano ai a e waiwai aipaha, malalo iho o keia Aupuni. Aka, e hiki no ika mea i hoahewaia pela ke hoopii hou ia, a ehookolokolo hou ia, a e hoahewa hou ia, a ehoopai hou ia mahope, mamuli o ke kanawai oka aina. Aole e noho kekahi Kuhina i Alii ma kahookolokolo ana i kekahi hoopii luna nui.

60. Pauku 60. E mahele likeia ka Poeikohoiae na Makaainana, a e hooponoponoia e kaAhaolelo kau kanawai mamuli o ka nui o nakanaka, e hoakakaia i kela manawa keia manawama ko ke Aupuni helu ana. Aole e emi mai ka nuio ka Poeikohoia malalo o ka iwakaluakumamaha,aole hoi e oi aku maluna o ke kanaha; a e koho ialakou i kela makahiki alua, keia makahiki alua.

61. Pauku 61. Aole no e kohoia kekahiLunamakaainana ina he pupule a he hupopaha, a ke ole ia, he kanaka malalo o ka Moi,a ke hiki ole aku oia i na makahiki heiwakaluakumamakahi, a ke ike ole hoi i kaheluhelu a me ke kakaulima, a ke maopopoole hoi ia ia ka helu waiwai, a ke ole hoi oia inoho ma keia Aupuni i ekolu makahiki, a o kamakahiki hope mamua iho o kona kohoia ana; ake ole hoi ona waiwai paa hihia ole iloko o keiaAupuni e like me elima haneri dala, a i ole ia, o


kolamu (column) 3

19. Ua ‘oko‘a ka mana‘o o ka unuhina Pelekänia, “everymale subject,” mai ka ‘ölelo Hawai‘i, “ ‘O këlä kanakakëia kanaka.”

Although translated as “every male subject,” theoriginal Hawaiian – “‘O këlä kanaka këiakanaka” – means “all people,” without reference togender.



21. He mana pela ‘o “lease-hold” o “leasehold.”

“Lease-hold” is a spelling variant of “leasehold.”

of at least five hundred dollars; or who shall havean annual income of at least two hundred andfifty dollars, derived from any property, or somelawful employment.

62. Article 62. Every male subject19 of thekingdom, who shall have paid his taxes, and whoshall have attained the age of twenty years, andshall have been domiciled in the kingdom forone year immediately preceding the election;and shall be possessed of real property in thiskingdom, to the value over and above allincumbrances20 of one hundred and fiftydollars–or of a lease-hold21 property on whichthe rent is twenty-five dollars per year–or of anincome of not less than seventy-five dollars peryear, derived from any property or some lawfulemployment and shall know how to read andwrite, if born since the year 1840 and shall havecaused his name to be entered on the list ofvoters of his district as may be provided by law,shall be entitled to one vote, for the Representativeor Representatives of that district. Provided,however, that no insane or idiotic person, norany person who shall have been convicted of anyinfamous crime within this kingdom, unless heshall have been pardoned by the King, and by theterms of such pardon have been restored to allthe rights of a subject, shall be allowed to vote.

63. Article 63. The property qualification ofthe Representatives of the people, and of theelectors, may be increased by law.

64. Article 64. The judicial power of thekingdom shall be vested in one Supreme Court,and in such inferior courts as the Legislaturemay, from time to time, establish.


ia, ‘o kona loa‘a na‘e i këlä makahiki këiamakahiki, ‘a‘ole i emi ma lalo o nä kälä he ‘eluahaneli me kanalima, i loa‘a no loko mai o kekahiwaiwai, a o kekahi hana küpono ma ke känäwaipaha.

62. Paukü 62. ‘O këlä kanaka këia kanaka malalo o ka Mö‘ï, inä ua ho‘oka‘a ‘ia kona ‘auhau,a inä ua hiki aku ‘o ia i nä makahiki he iwakälua,a inä ua noho pa‘a ma këia aupuni i ho‘okahimakahiki ma mua iho o ka lä koho, a inä hewaiwai pa‘a hihia ‘ole kona i loko o këiaaupuni e like me ho‘okahi haneli me kanalimakälä, a i ‘ole ia he ‘äina ho‘olimalima kona, a ‘oka uku ho‘olimalima he iwakäluakumamälimakälä o ka makahiki, a i ‘ole ia, ‘o kona loa‘amakahiki, ‘a‘ole i emi ma lalo o nä kälä hekanahikukumamälima i loa‘a no loko mai okekahi waiwai, a o kekahi hana küpono ma kekänäwai paha; a ua ‘ike ‘o ia i ka heluhelu a i kekäkau lima, inä i hänau ‘ia ma hope mai o kamakahiki 1840; a inä ua ho‘okomo ‘o ia i konainoa ma ka papa inoa o ka po‘e koho o kona‘äpana, e like me ke känäwai, e hiki nö iä ia kekoho i kekahi kanaka a mau känaka paha o kaPo‘e i Koho ‘ia no ia ‘äpana; akä ho‘i, ‘a‘ole e hikii kekahi kanaka pupule a hüpö paha ke koho,‘a‘ole ho‘i i kekahi kanaka i hihia i ke kalaima nuima ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana ma këia aupuni; ke ‘olei kala ‘ë ‘ia kona hewa e ka Mö‘ï, a ke ‘ole ho‘i iloa‘a iä ia nä pono a pau o ke kanaka kupa ma iakala ‘ana.

63. Paukü 63. E hiki nö ke ho‘onui ‘ia ma kekänäwai ke ana waiwai o ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nämaka‘äinana, a me ko nä känaka koho.

64. Paukü 64. E pili ka mana o ka ‘oihanaho‘okolokolo i loko o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokoloKi‘eki‘e ho‘okahi, a ma nä ‘aha ho‘okolokoloma lalo iho, i ho‘onoho ‘ia i këlä manawa këiamanawa e ka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai.

kona loaa nae i kela makahiki keia makahiki,aole i emi malalo o na dala he elua haneri mekanalima, i loaa noloko mai o kekahi waiwai, ao kekahi hana kupono ma ke kanawai paha.

62. Pauku 62. O kela kanaka keia kanaka malaloo ka Moi, ina ua hookaaia kona auhau, a ina uahiki aku oia i na makahiki he iwakalua, a ina uanoho paa ma keia Aupuni i hookahi makahikimamua iho o ka la koho, a ina he waiwai paahihia ole kona iloko o keia Aupuni e like mehookahi haneri me kanalima dala, a i ole ia heaina hoolimalima kona, a o ka uku hoolimalimahe iwakaluakumamalima dala o ka makahiki, a iole ia, o kona loaa makahiki, aole i emi malalo ona dala he kanahikukumamalima i loaa nolokomai o kekahi waiwai, a o kekahi hana kuponoma ke kanawai paha; a ua ike oia i ka heluhelua i ke kakaulima, ina i hanauia mahope mai oka makahiki 1840; a ina ua hookomo oia i konainoa ma ka papa inoa o ka poe koho o konaapana, e like me ke kanawai, e hiki no ia ia kekoho i kekahi kanaka a mau kanaka paha o kaPoeikohoia no ia Apana; aka hoi, aole e hiki ikekahi kanaka pupule a hupo paha ke koho, aolehoi i kekahi kanaka i hihia i ke karaima nui maka hookolokolo ana ma keia Aupuni; ke ole i kalae ia kona hewa e ka Moi, a ke ole hoi i loaa ia iana pono a pau o ke kanaka kupa ma ia kala ana.

63. Pauku 63. E hiki no ke hoonuiia ma kekanawai ke ana waiwai o ka Poeikohoia e naMakaainana, a me ko na kanaka koho.

64. Pauku 64. E pili ka mana o ka OihanaHookolokolo iloko o ka Ahahookolokolo Kiekiehookahi, a ma na Ahahookolokolo malalo iho,i hoonohoia i kela manawa keia manawa e kaAhaolelo kau Kanawai.


kolamu (column) 2

12. ‘O “ho‘ëmi” kekahi pela ‘ana.

An alternative spelling could be “ho‘ëmi.”

65. Article 65. The Supreme Court shallconsist of a Chief Justice, and not less than twoassociate justices, any of whom may hold thecourt. The justices of the Supreme Court shallhold their offices during good behavior, subjectto removal upon impeachment, and shall, atstated times, receive for their services a compen-sation, which shall not be diminished duringtheir continuance in office. Provided, however,that any judge of the Supreme Court or any othercourt of record may be removed from office, on aresolution passed by two-thirds of the LegislativeAssembly, for good cause shown to the satisfac-tion of the King. The judge against whom theLegislative Assembly may be about to proceed,shall receive notice thereof, accompanied by a copyof the causes alleged for his removal, at least tendays before the day on which the LegislativeAssembly shall act thereon. He shall be heardbefore the Legislative Assembly.

66. Article 66. The judicial power shall bedivided among the Supreme Court and theseveral inferior courts of the kingdom, in suchmanner as the Legislature may, from time totime, prescribe, and the tenure of office in theinferior courts of the kingdom shall be such asmay be defined by the law creating them.

67. Article 67. The judicial power shall extendto all cases in law and equity, arising under theConstitution and laws, of this kingdom, andtreaties made, or which shall be made undertheir authority, to all cases affecting publicministers and consuls, and to all cases ofadmiralty and maritime jurisdiction.


65. Paukü 65. Ma ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokoloKi‘eki‘e, e ho‘onoho ‘ia kekahi Luna KänäwaiKi‘eki‘e, a me nä luna känäwai hoa, ‘a‘ole emi malalo o ‘elua, a e hiki i kekahi o läkou e noho a eho‘oponopono i kekahi häläwai o ua ‘Aha nei.E pa‘a nä luna känäwai o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokoloKi‘eki‘e i kä läkou ‘oihana, ‘oiai e pono kä läkouhana ‘ana e pili na‘e iä läkou ka ho‘opi‘i ‘ia i muao nä Ali‘i; a e loa‘a iä läkou i ka wä maopopo, kekauwahi uku no kä läkou hana ‘ana; a ‘oiai läkoui pa‘a i këia ‘oihana, ‘a‘ole e ho‘oemi12 ‘ia ua ukunei; akä ho‘i, e hiki ke ho‘opau ‘ia kekahi lunakänäwai o ka ‘Aha Ki‘eki‘e, a o kekahi ‘aha käkaupaha, ma ka ‘ölelo ‘ae like i ho‘oholo ‘ia e nähapakolu ‘elua i loko o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, noke kumu küpono i ka mana‘o o ka Mö‘ï. E lohemua nö na‘e ka luna känäwai i ka ho‘opi‘i i muao ka ‘Aha‘ölelo, a e lilo iä ia ke kope o nä kumuho‘opi‘i, he ‘umi lä ma mua o ka hana ‘ana i muao ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo. E ho‘olohe ‘ia na‘e ka lunakänäwai i ho‘opi‘i ‘ia, i mua o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo.

66. Paukü 66. E mähele ‘ia ka mana o ka ‘oihanaho‘okolokolo i waena o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokoloKi‘eki‘e, a me nä ‘aha ho‘okolokolo ‘ë a‘e o keaupuni ma lalo iho, e like me ke kuhikuhi ‘ana oka ‘Aha‘ölelo i këlä manawa këia manawa. A ‘oka lö‘ihi o ka noho ‘ana ma ka ‘oihana o nä lunakänäwai o nä ‘aha ma lalo iho o ka ‘Aha Ki‘eki‘e,e ho‘äkäka ‘ia ma nä känäwai e pili ana iä läkou.

67. Paukü 67. E pili ka mana o ka ‘oihanaho‘okolokolo i nä hana a pau ma ke känäwai ame ke kaulike, ma lalo iho o ke Kumukänäwai, ao kekahi känäwai o këia aupuni, a me nä ku‘ikahii hana ‘ia, a e hana ‘ia ana paha ma lalo iho o koläkou mana; a i nä hana a pau e pili ana i nä ‘eleleaupuni a me nä kanikela, a i nä hana ho‘i e piliana i ka ‘oihana ho‘okolokolo moku, a me kaho‘omalu moana.

65. Pauku 65. Ma ka Ahahookolokolo Kiekie, ehoonohoia kekahi Lunakanawai Kiekie, a me naLunakanawai hoa, aole emi malalo o elua, a ehiki i kekahi o lakou e noho a e hooponoponoi kekahi halawai o ua Aha nei. E paa naLunakanawai o ka Ahahookolokolo Kiekie i kalakou Oihana, oiai e pono ka lakou hana ana. epili nae ia lakou ka hoopiiia imua o na Alii; a eloaa ia lakou i ka wa maopopo, ke kauwahi ukuno ka lakou hana ana; a oiai lakou i paa i keiaOihana, aole e hooemiia ua uku nei; aka hoi, ehiki ke hoopauia kekahi Lunakanawai o ka AhaKiekie, a o kekahi Ahakakau paha, ma ka oleloae like i hooholoia e na hapakolu elua iloko o kaHale Ahaolelo, no ke kumu kupono i ka manao oka Moi. E lohe mua no nae ka Lunakanawai i kahoopii imua o ka Ahaolelo, a e lilo ia ia ke kopeo na kumu hoopii, he umi la mamua o ka hanaana imua o ka Hale Ahaolelo. E hooloheia naeka Lunakanawai i hoopiiia, imua o ka HaleAhaolelo.

66. Pauku 66. E maheleia ka mana o ka OihanaHookolokolo iwaena o ka AhahookolokoloKiekie, a me na Ahahookolokolo e ae o keAupuni malalo iho, e like me ke kuhikuhi anao ka Ahaolelo i kela manawa keia manawa. Ao ka loihi o ka noho ana ma ka Oihana o naLunakanawai o na Aha malalo iho o ka AhaKiekie, e hoakakaia ma na kanawai e pili anaia lakou.

67. Pauku 67. E pili ka mana o ka OihanaHookolokolo i na hana a pau ma ke kanawai ame ke kaulike, malalo iho o ke Kumukanawai,a o kekahi Kanawai o keia Aupuni, a me nakuikahi i hanaia, a e hanaia’na paha malalo ihoo ko lakou mana; a i na hana a pau e pili ana i naElele Aupuni a me na Kanikela, a i na hana hoi epili ana i ka oihana hookolokolo moku, a me kahoomalu moana.


kolamu (column) 2

13. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “a” ‘o ia ‘o “‘ë.”

“A” was changed to “‘ë.”

14. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “haawaiia” ‘o ia ‘o “hä‘awi ‘ia.”

“Haawaiia” was changed to “hä‘awi ‘ia.”

68. Article 68. The Chief Justice of theSupreme Court shall be the Chancellor of theKingdom; he shall be ex officio President ofthe Nobles in all cases of impeachment, unlesswhen impeached himself; and exercise suchjurisdiction in equity or other cases as the lawmay confer upon him; his decisions beingsubject, however, to the revision of the SupremeCourt on appeal. Should the Chief Justice ever beimpeached, some person specially commissionedby the King shall be president of the court ofimpeachment during such trial.

69. Article 69. The decisions of the SupremeCourt, when made by a majority of the justicesthereof, shall be final and conclusive uponall parties.

70. Article 70. The King, his Cabinet, andthe Legislative Assembly, shall have authorityto require the opinions of the justices of theSupreme Court, upon important questions oflaw, and upon solemn occasions.

71. Article 71. The King appoints the justicesof the Supreme Court, and all other judges ofcourts of record; their salaries are fixed by law.

72. Article 72. No judge or magistrate can sitalone on an appeal or new trial, in any case onwhich he may have given a previous judgment.

73. Article 73. No person shall ever holdany office of honor, trust, or profit under thegovernment of the Hawaiian Islands, who shall,in due course of law, have been convicted oftheft, bribery, perjury, forgery, embezzlement,or other high crime or misdemeanor, unless heshall have been pardoned by the King, and


68. Paukü 68. E noho nö ka Luna KänäwaiKi‘eki‘e i Luna Känäwai Kaulike o ke Aupuni,a e noho Pelekikena ‘o ia o nä Ali‘i ‘oiai eho‘okolokolo ‘ia ana kekahi ho‘opi‘i i mua oläkou, ke ‘ole ‘o ia ka mea i ho‘opi‘i ‘ia; a iä ia kamana e hana ma ke kaulike a ma nä mea ‘ë a‘e,e like me ka hä‘awi ‘ana o ke känäwai iä ia; akä,e nänä hou ‘ia nä mea i ho‘oholo ‘ia e ia e näluna känäwai o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokolo Ki‘eki‘e,ke ho‘opi‘i hou ‘ia i laila. Inä i ho‘opi‘i ‘ia kaLuna Känäwai Ki‘eki‘e i mua o nä Ali‘i, a laila,e noho kekahi kanaka i ho‘okohu ‘ia e ka Mö‘ï,i pelekikena ma ia ho‘okolokolo ‘ana.

69. Paukü 69. E pa‘a loa ma luna o nä ‘ao‘aoa pau, nä ‘ölelo i ho‘oholo ‘ia ma ka ‘AhaHo‘okolokolo Ki‘eki‘e, e ka nui o nä luna känäwaio ia ‘Aha; ‘a‘ole ho‘opi‘i hou aku.

70. Paukü 70. E hiki nö i ka Mö‘ï, i kona ‘AhaKuhina, a me ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, ke kauoha i näluna känäwai o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokolo Ki‘eki‘e, ehö‘ike i ko läkou mana‘o no nä hana nui ma kekänäwai, a me nä wä pilikia a hanohano nui.

71. Paukü 71. Na ka Mö‘ï e ho‘okohu i nä lunakänäwai o ka ‘Aha Ho‘okolokolo Ki‘eki‘e a me näluna känäwai ‘ë13 a‘e o nä ‘aha käkau; a eho‘oponopono ‘ia ma ke känäwai ko läkou uku.

72. Paukü 72. ‘A‘ole nö e noho a ho‘okolokolokekahi luna känäwai ‘o ia wale nö, i kekahi hihiai ho‘opi‘i hou ‘ia, a i kekahi hihia e ho‘okolokolohou ‘ia ana, äna i ho‘oholo ai ma mua.

73. Paukü 73. Inä ua ho‘ähewa ‘ia kekahi mamuli o ke känäwai, no ka ‘aihue, uku kïpë,ho‘ohiki wahahe‘e, ‘äpuka, hünä waiwai i hä‘awi‘ia14 iä ia e mälama, a me nä hewa nui ‘ë a‘e,‘a‘ole loa ‘o ia e noho ma kekahi ‘oihana ehanohano ai, a e waiwai ai paha, ma lalo iho o keaupuni o ko Hawai‘i Pae ‘Äina, ke ‘ole i kala ‘ë ‘ia

68. Pauku 68. E noho no ka LunakanawaiKiekie i Lunakanawai Kaulike o ke Aupuni, a enoho Peresidena oia o na’Lii oiai e hookolokoloiaana kekahi hoopii imua o lakou, ke ole oia kamea i hoopiiia; a ia ia ka mana e hana ma kekaulike a ma na mea e ae, e like me ka haawiana o ke Kanawai ia ia; aka, e nana houia namea i hooholoia e ia e na Lunakanawai o kaAhahookolokolo Kiekie, ke hoopii hou ia ilaila.Ina i hoopiiia ka Lunakanawai Kiekie imua ona’lii, alaila, e noho kekahi kanaka i hookohuiae ka Moi, i Peresidena ma ia hookolokolo ana.

69. Pauku 69. E paa loa maluna o na aoao apau, na olelo i hooholoia ma ka AhahookolokoloKiekie, e ka nui o na Lunakanawai o ia Aha; aolehoopii hou aku.

70. Pauku 70. E hiki no i ka Moi, i kona AhaKuhina, a me ka Hale Ahaolelo, ke kauoha i naLunakanawai o ka Ahahookolokolo Kiekie, ehoike i ko lakou manao no na hana nui ma kekanawai, a me na wa pilikia a hanohano nui.

71. Pauku 71. Na ka Moi e hookohu i naLunakanawai o ka Ahahookolokolo Kiekie ame na Lunakanawai a ae o na Ahakakau; a ehooponoponoia ma ke kanawai ko lakou uku.

72. Pauku 72. Aole no e noho a hookolokolokekahi Lunakanawai oia wale no, i kekahi hihia ihoopii hou ia, a i kekahi hihia e hookolokolo houia ana, ana i hooholo ai mamua.

73. Pauku 73. Ina ua hoahewaia kekahi mamulio ke Kanawai, no ka aihue, uku kipe, hoohikiwahahee, apuka, huna waiwai i haawaiia ia iae malama, a me na hewa nui e ae, aole loa oiae noho ma kekahi oihana e hanohano ai, a ewaiwai ai paha, malalo iho o ke Aupuni o koHawaii Pae Aina, ke ole i kala e ia kona hala e ka


restored to his civil rights, and by the expressterms of his pardon, declared to be appointableto offices of trust, honor, and profit.

74. Article 74. No officer of this governmentshall hold any office, or receive any salary fromany other government or power whatever.

75. Article 75. The Legislature votes the appro-priations biennially, after due consideration ofthe revenue and expenditure for the two precedingyears, and the estimates of the revenue and expen-diture of the two succeeding years, which shall besubmitted to them by the minister of finance.

76. Article 76. The enacting style in makingand passing all acts and laws shall be, “Be itenacted by the King, and the LegislativeAssembly of the Hawaiian Islands, in theLegislature of the Kingdom assembled.”

77. Article 77. To avoid improper influenceswhich may result from intermixing in one andthe same act, such things as have no properrelation to each other, every law shall embracebut one object, and that shall be expressed inits title.

78. Article 78. All laws now in force in thiskingdom, shall continue and remain in full effect,until altered or repealed by the Legislature; suchparts only excepted as are repugnant to thisConstitution. All laws heretofore enacted, or thatmay hereafter be enacted, which are contrary tothis Constitution, shall be null and void.

79. Article 79. This Constitution shall be inforce from the twentieth day of August in the yearOne Thousand Eight Hundred and Sixty-Four,


kona hala e ka Mö‘ï ma ka ho‘iho‘i ‘ana aku ikona mau pono kïwila, a ma ia kala ‘ana, uaho‘omaopopo ‘ia ua hiki nö iä ia e noho makekahi ‘oihana e hanohano ai, a e waiwai aipaha ma lalo o ke aupuni.

74. Paukü 74. ‘A‘ole loa e noho kekahi luna okëia aupuni ma kekahi ‘oihana o ke aupuni ‘ë,‘a‘ole ho‘i e lawe i ka uku makahiki o kekahiaupuni ‘ë mai.

75. Paukü 75. Na ka ‘Aha‘ölelo e ho‘oholo i kapila ha‘awina no nä makahiki ‘elua, ma hope oka no‘ono‘o pono ‘ana i ka palapala a ke kuhinawaiwai e hö‘ike aku ai i mua o läkou, e ho‘äkäkaana i ka loa‘a mai a me ka lilo aku no nämakahiki ‘elua i hala, a me nä makahiki ‘eluae hiki mai ana.

76. Paukü 76. Penei e ho‘oholo ‘ia ai nä pila ame nä känäwai a pau, “E ho‘oholo ‘ia e ka Mö‘ï ame ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo o ko Hawai‘i Pae ‘Äina, i‘äkoakoa i loko o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai oke Aupuni.”

77. Paukü 77. I mea e hihia ‘ole ai, no ka hui onä mea ‘ano ‘oko‘a i loko o ke känäwai ho‘okahi,e ho‘oka‘awale ‘ia ke kumu ho‘okahi ma kekänäwai ho‘okahi, a e ho‘äkäka ‘ia ke kumu make po‘o.

78. Paukü 78. E mau nö nä känäwai e kau neime ka mana mau a hiki i ko läkou ho‘ololi hou‘ia ‘ana, a ho‘opau ‘ia ‘ana paha o ka ‘Aha‘öleloKau Känäwai, koe na‘e nä känäwai kü‘ë i këiaKumukänäwai. E ‘ole loa nä känäwai kü‘ë i këiaKumukänäwai, nä känäwai e kau nei a me nämea e ho‘oholo ‘ia ma hope a‘e nei.

79. Paukü 79. E pa‘a këia Kumukänäwai maika lä iwakälua o ‘Aukake, makahiki ho‘okahikaukani ‘ewalu haneli me kanaonokumamähä;

Moi ma ka hoihoi ana’ku i kona mau ponoKivila, a ma ia kala ana, ua hoomaopopoiaua hiki no ia ia e noho ma kekahi Oihana ehanohano ai, a e waiwai ai paha malalo o keAupuni.

74. Pauku 74. Aole loa e noho kekahi Luna okeia Aupuni ma kekahi Oihana o ke Aupunie, aole hoi e lawe i ka uku makahiki o kekahiAupuni e mai.

75. Pauku 75. Na ka Ahaolelo e hooholo i kaBila Haawina no na makahiki elua, mahope oka noonoo pono ana i ka palapala a ke KuhinaWaiwai e hoike aku ai imua o lakou, e hoakakaana i ka loaa mai a me ka lilo aku no na makahikielua i hala, a me na makahiki elua e hiki mai ana.

76. Pauku 76. Penei e hooholoia’i na Bila a mena Kanawai a pau, “E hooholoia e ka Moi a me kaHale Ahaolelo o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, i akoakoailoko o ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai o ke Aupuni.”

77. Pauku 77. I mea e hihia ole ai, no ka hui ona mea ano okoa iloko o ke kanawai hookahi, ehookaawaleia ke kumu hookahi ma ke kanawaihookahi, a e hoakakaia ke kumu ma ke poo.

78. Pauku 78. E mau no na kanawai e kau neime ka mana mau a hiki i ko lakou hoololi houia ana, a hoopauia ana paha o ka Ahaolelokau Kanawai, koe nae na kanawai kue i keiaKumukanawai. E ole loa na kanawai kue i keiaKumukanawai, na kanawai e kau nei a me namea e hooholoia mahope ae nei.

79. Pauku 79. E paa keia Kumukanawai mai kala iwakalua o Augate, makahiki hookahi tausaniewalu haneri me kanaonokumamaha; aka, i ole e


kolamu (column) 2

15. Kü ‘o “R” ma ‘ane‘i no Rex, ‘o ia ho‘i ka hua‘öleloLäkina no “Mö‘ï.”

“R” here stands for Rex (Latin for “King”).

but that there may be no failure of justice, orinconvenience to the kingdom, from any change,all officers of this kingdom, at the time thisConstitution shall take effect, shall have, hold,and exercise all the power to them granted, untilother persons shall be appointed in their stead.

80. Article 80. Any amendment or amendmentsto this Constitution may be proposed in theLegislative Assembly, and if the same shall beagreed to by a majority of the members thereof,such proposed amendment or amendments shallbe entered on its journal, with the yeas and naystaken thereon, and referred to the next Legisla-ture; which proposed amendment or amendmentsshall be published for three months previous tothe next election of Representatives; and if inthe next Legislature such proposed amendmentor amendments shall be agreed to by two-thirdsof all the members of the Legislative Assembly,and be approved by the King, such amendmentor amendments shall become part of theConstitution of this country.

81. KAMEHAMEHA R


akä, i ‘ole e hemahema nä hana ho‘oponopono, ahihia paha ke aupuni no ka ho‘ololi ‘ana, no laila,‘o nä luna o këia aupuni, i ka wä e pa‘a pono aikëia Kumukänäwai, e mälama pono läkou, a ehana ho‘i me nä mana a pau i hä‘awi ‘ia iä läkou,a koho ‘ia kekahi po‘e ‘ë aku paha e pani i koläkou hakahaka.

80. Paukü 80. E hiki nö ke ho‘äkäka aku ikekahi mea ho‘ololi hou, a i mau mea ho‘ololihou paha, i këia Kumukänäwai i loko o ka Hale‘Aha‘ölelo, a inä e ‘ae ‘ia ka mea, a mau mea hounei paha i ka hapanui i loko o ka Hale, a laila, ekäkau ‘ia ua mea lä i loko o ka puke mo‘olelo oka Hale, me nä inoa o ka po‘e ‘ae me ka po‘ehö‘ole; a e ho‘opane‘e ‘ia ia mea, no ka ‘äkoakoahou ‘ana a‘e o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo. E ho‘okaulana ‘ia uamea hou nei i ‘ekolu malama ma mua a‘e o ka läe koho ai ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nä maka‘äinana; ainä ma ia ‘Aha‘ölelo hou ‘ana, e ‘ae ‘ia ua mauho‘ololi hou nei paha, i ‘elua hapakolu o nä hoa apau o ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo, a e hö‘oia ‘ia e ka Mö‘ï,a laila, e lilo këlä mea ho‘ololi hou i loko o keKumukänäwai o këia aupuni.

81. KAMEHAMEHA R15

hemahema na hana hooponopono, a hihia pahake Aupuni no ka hoololi ana, nolaila, o na Lunao keia Aupuni, i ka wa e paa pono ai keiaKumukanawai, e malama pono lakou, a e hanahoi me na mana a pau i haawiia ia lakou, akohoia kekahi poe e aku paha e pani i ko lakouhakahaka.

80. Pauku 80. E hiki no ke hoakaka aku i kekahimea hoololi hou, a i mau mea hoololi hou paha, ikeia Kumukanawai iloko o ka Hale Ahaolelo, aina e aeia ka mea, a mau mea hou nei paha i kahapanui iloko o ka Hale, alaila, e kakauia ua meala iloko o ka buke mooolelo o ka Hale, me nainoa o ka poe ae me ka poe hoole; a e hoopaneeiaia mea, no ka akoakoa hou ana ae o ka Ahaolelo.E hookaulanaia ua mea hou nei i ekolu malamamamua ae o ka la e koho ai ka Poeikohoia e naMakaainana; a ina ma ia Ahaolelo hou ana, e aeiaua mau hoololi hou nei paha, i elua hapakolu ona hoa a pau o ka Hale Ahaolelo, a e hooia ia e kaMoi, alaila, e lilo kela mea hoololi hou iloko o keKumukanawai o keia Aupuni.

81. KAMEHAMEHA R.


1. AN ACT

TO AMEND THE CONSTITUTION GRANTED BYHIS MAJESTY KAMEHAMEHA V ON THE 20th

DAY OF AUGUST, 1864, PROPOSED INACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 80 OF THE

CONSTITUTION

Be it enacted, by the King and the LegislativeAssembly of the Hawaiian Islands, in the

Legislature of the Kingdom assembled:

2. That Article 56 be, and the same is herebyamended by striking out the words “one hundredand fifty,” and inserting in the place thereof,the words “two hundred and fifty,” so that theArticle as amended shall read as follows:

3. “The Representatives shall receive for theirservices, a compensation, to be ascertained bylaw, and paid out of the public treasury; but noincrease of compensation shall take effect duringthe year in which it shall have been made; and nolaw shall be passed, increasing the compensationof said Representatives beyond the sum of twohundred and fifty dollars for each session.”

4. Approved this 13th day of May, A.D. 1868.

5. KAMEHAMEHA R

Passed in 1868, this amendment to the Constitution of 1864 raised the maximum allowable pay forthe elected members of the legislature. Both the old maximum pay ($150) and the new one ($250)were substantial amounts at that time. Besides this raise in maximum pay, the amendment includedminor changes to punctuation and wording in the Hawaiian version and to punctuation in the Englishversion. Published as Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V, Honolulu, 1868, and Laws of His MajestyKamehameha V, Honolulu, 1868. Forbes 2789 (III:460), 2788 (III:460).

1868 Amendment to the Constitution of 1864

kolamu (column) 2




1. HE KÄNÄWAI

E HO‘OLOLI ANA I KE KUMUKÄNÄWAI IHÄ‘AWI ‘IA E KE ALI‘I KA MÖ‘Ï

KAMEHAMEHA V, MA KA LÄ 20 O ‘AUKAKE,1864, A UA HO‘OPUKA ‘IA KËIA HO‘OLOLI E

LIKE ME KA MEA I ‘ÖLELO ‘IA MA KA PAUKÜ80 O KE KUMUKÄNÄWAI

E ho‘oholo ‘ia e ka Mö‘ï a me ka Hale ‘Aha‘ölelo oko Hawai‘i Pae ‘Äina, i ‘äkoakoa i loko o ka

‘Aha‘ölelo Kau Känäwai o ke Aupuni:

2. E ho‘ololi ‘ia, a ma këia ua ho‘ololi ‘ia nö kaPaukü 56, ma ke käpae ‘ana i nä hua‘ölelo“ho‘okahi haneli me kanalima,” a ma kaho‘okomo ‘ana ma ia hakahaka i nä hua‘ölelo“‘elua haneli me kanalima,” a e heluhelu ‘ia uaPaukü lä i ho‘ololi ‘ia penei:

3. “E uku ‘ia ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nä maka‘äinana,no kä läkou hana e like me ka mea i ‘ölelo ‘ia make känäwai, no loko a‘e o ka waihona käläaupuni, ‘a‘ole nö na‘e e ho‘onui ‘ia këia uku i kamakahiki i ho‘oholo ‘ia ai ka ‘ölelo e ho‘onui i kauku; ‘a‘ole ho‘i e kaulia kekahi känäwai eho‘omähuahua ana i ka uku o ka Po‘e i Koho ‘iama mua o nä kälä ‘elua haneli me kanalima nokëlä me këia häläwai ‘ana o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo.”

4. ‘Äpono ‘ia i këia lä 13 o Mei, MH 1868.

5. KAMEHAMEHA R1

1. HE KANAWAI

E HOOLOLI ANA I KE KUMUKANAWAI IHAAWIIA E KE ALII KA MOI KAMEHAMEHA

V., MA KA LA 20 O AUGATE, 1864, A UAHOOPUKAIA KEIA HOOLOLI E LIKE ME KA

MEA I OLELOIA MA KA PAUKU 80 O KEKUMUKANAWAI.

E hooholoia e ka Moi a me ka Hale Ahaolelo o koHawaii Pae Aina, i akoakoa iloko o ka Ahaolelo

Kaukanawai o ke Aupuni:

2. E hoololiia, a ma keia ua hoololiia no kaPauku 56, ma ke kapae ana i na huaolelo“hookahi haneri me kanalima,” a ma kahookomo ana ma ia hakahaka i na huaolelo“elua haneri me kanalima,” a e heluheluia uapauku la i hoololiia penei:

3. “E ukuia ka Poeikohoia e na Makaainana, noka lakou hana e like me ka mea i oleloia ma kekanawai, noloko ae o ka Waihona Dala Aupuni,aole no nae e hoonuiia keia uku i ka makahiki ihooholoia’i ka olelo e hoonui i ka uku; aole hoie kaulia kekahi kanawai e hoomahuahua ana ika uku o ka Poeikohoia mamua o na dala EluaHaneri me Kanalima no kela me keia halawaiana o ka Ahaolelo.”

4. Aponoia i keia la 13 o Mei, M.H., 1868.

5. KAMEHAMEHA R.

Ua ho‘onui këia ho‘ololi kumukänäwai, i ho‘oholo ‘ia i ka makahiki 1868, i ka palena nui o ka uku o kaPo‘e i Koho ‘ia e nä maka‘äinana. ‘O ka uku mua (he $150) a me ka uku hou (he $250), he uku nui ia iia manawa. Ma waho a‘e o ia ho‘opi‘i palena nui uku ‘ana, ua komo pü nä loli li‘ili‘i ma ke kaha kiko ame ka ‘ölelo ma ka mana ‘ölelo Hawai‘i a ma ke kaha kiko ma ka mana ‘ölelo Pelekänia. Ua pa‘i ‘ia ‘o iaNä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V, Honolulu, 1868, a me Laws of His Majesty Kamehameha V,Honolulu, 1868. Forbes 2789 (III:460), 2788 (III:460).

Nä Mea Ho‘ololi Hou o ka MH 1868 i ke Kumukänäwai o ka MH 1864


1. CHAPTER IPROPOSED AMENDMENT

To Article Sixty-Three of the

Constitution Granted on the Twentieth

Day of August, a.d. 1864, in Accordance

with Article Eighty of said Constitution

That Article 63 be, and the same is herebyamended by striking out the words “and of theelectors,” and also by striking out the word“increased,” and substituting therefor1 the word“changed,” so that the Article as amended willread as follows:

2. “Article 63. The property qualificationof the Representatives of the people may bechanged by law.”

3. Approved this 13th day of July, A.D. 1874.

4. KALÄKAUA R

5. CHAPTER IIPROPOSED AMENDMENT

To Article Sixty-Two of the Constitution

Granted on the Twentieth Day of August,

a.d. 1864, in accordance with Article

Eighty of said Constitution

That Article Sixty-Two be, and the same ishereby amended by striking out the words: “Andshall be possessed of real property in this

These two 1874 amendments struck down the 1864 Constitution’s requirement that voters had to own asubstantial amount of property. Besides the property requirement change, the amendments includedminor changes for Article 62 in punctuation (Hawaiian and English versions) and in wording (Englishversion). Published as Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kaläkaua, Honolulu, 1874, and Laws of His MajestyKaläkaua, Honolulu, 1874. Forbes 3034 (III:565), 3033 (III:564-565).

1874 Amendments to the Constitution of 1864

kolamu (column) 2



kolamu (column) 3




1. MOKUNA IHE HO‘OLOLI I MANA‘O ‘IA

No ka Paukü 63 o ke Kumukänäwai i Hä‘awi

‘ia ma ka Lä 20 o ‘Aukake, MH 1864, e Like

me nä ‘Ölelo o ka Paukü 80 o ia

Kumukänäwai

E ho‘ololi ‘ia, a ma këia ua ho‘ololi ‘ia nö kaPaukü 63, ma ke käpae ‘ana i nä hua‘ölelo “a meko nä känaka koho;” a me ke käpae ‘ana i kahua‘ölelo “ho‘onui ‘ia,” a e ho‘okomo ma konawahi i ka hua‘ölelo “ho‘ololi ‘ia,” a penei iheluhelu ‘ia ai ua Paukü lä:

2. “Paukü 63. E hiki nö ke ho‘ololi ‘ia ma kekänäwai ke ana waiwai o ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nämaka‘äinana.”

3. ‘Äpono ‘ia i këia lä 13 o Iulai, MH 1874.

4. KALÄKAUA R1

5. MOKUNA IIHE HO‘OLOLI I MANA‘O ‘IA


‘ia ma ka Lä 20 o ‘Aukake, MH 1864, e Like

me ka Paukü 80 o ia Kumukänäwai

E ho‘ololi ‘ia ka Paukü 62, ma ke käpae ‘ana i nähua‘ölelo “a inä he waiwai pa‘a hihia ‘ole kona, iloko o këia aupuni, e like me ho‘okahi haneli me

1. MOKUNA I.HE HOOLOLI I MANAOIA

No ka Pauku 63 O ke Kumukanawai i haawi

ia ma ka la 20 o Augate, M.H. 1864, e like

me na Olelo O ka Pauku 80 o ia

Kumukanawai.

E hoololiia, a ma keia ua hoololiia no ka Pauku63, ma ke kapae ana i na huaolelo “a me ko nakanaka koho;” a me ke kapae ana i ka huaolelo“hoonuiia,” a e hookomo ma kona wahi i kahuaolelo “hoololiia,” a penei i heluhelu ia ai uaPauku la:

2. “Pauku 63. E hiki no ke hoololiia ma kekanawai ke ana waiwai o ka Poeikohoia e namakaainana.”

3. Aponoia i keia la 13 o Iulai, M.H. 1874.

4. KALAKAUA R.

5. MOKUNA II.HE HOOLOLI I MANAOIA

No ka Pauku 62 o ke Kumukanawai i haawi

ia ma ka la 20 o Augate, M.H. 1864, e like

me ka Pauku 80 o ia Kumukanawai.

E hoololiia ka Pauku 62, ma ke kapae ana i nahuaolelo “a ina he waiwai paa hihia ole kona,iloko o keia Aupuni, e like me Hookahi Haneri

Na këia mau ho‘ololi kumukänäwai ‘elua i käpae i ke koina o ke Kumukänäwai o ka makahiki 1864 e‘ano nui ai ko nä känaka koho päloka waiwai pa‘a. Ma waho a‘e o ka ho‘ololi koina waiwai pa‘a, uakomo pü nä loli li‘ili‘i o ka Paukü 62 ma ke kaha kiko (ma ka mana ‘ölelo Hawai‘i a me ka Pelekänia) ame ka ‘ölelo (ma ka Pelekänia). Ua pa‘i ‘ia ‘o ia Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kaläkaua, Honolulu, 1874, andLaws of His Majesty Kaläkaua, Honolulu, 1874. Forbes 3034 (III:565), 3033 (III:564-565).



kolamu (column) 2

2. ‘O ka ‘ölelo ‘o “pupule” a me “hüpö” i ho‘opuka ‘iama ‘ane‘i a ma kauwahi o këia kumukänäwai, ‘o ia näinoa kühelu no kekahi mau ‘ano ma‘i no‘ono‘o i ia wä.

“Insane” and “idiotic,” as presented here andelsewhere in this constitution, were terms officiallyused at the time for types of mental illness.



kolamu (column) 3



kingdom to the value, over and above allincumbrances,2 of one hundred and fiftydollars–or of a leasehold property on which therent is twenty-five dollars per year–or of anincome of not less than seventy-five dollars peryear, derived from any property, or some lawfulemployment.” So that the Article as amendedwill read as follows:

6. “Article 62. Every male subject of thekingdom, who shall have paid his taxes, whoshall have attained the age of twenty years, andshall have been domiciled in the kingdom for oneyear immediately preceding the election, andwho shall know how to read and write, if bornsince the year 1840, and shall have caused hisname to be entered on the list of voters for hisdistrict as may be provided by law, shall beentitled to one vote for the Representative orRepresentatives of that district. Provided,however, that no insane or idiotic person, or anyperson who shall have been convicted of anyinfamous crime within this kingdom, unless heshall have been pardoned by the King, and by theterms of such pardon have been restored to allthe rights of a subject, shall be allowed to vote.”

7. Approved this 13th day of July, A.D. 1874.

8. KALÄKAUA R


kanalima kälä, a i ‘ole ia he ‘äina ho‘olimalimakona, a ‘o ka uku ho‘olimalima heiwakäluakumamälima kälä i ka makahiki, a i ‘oleia ‘o kona loa‘a makahiki, ‘a‘ole e emi ma lalo onä kälä he kanahikukumamälima i loa‘a no lokomai o kekahi waiwai, a o kekahi hana küponoma ke känäwai paha,” a penei e heluhelu ‘ia aika Paukü a me ka ho‘ololi:

6. “Paukü 62. ‘O këlä kanaka këia kanaka malalo o ka Mö‘ï, inä ua ho‘oka‘a ‘ia kona ‘auhau, ainä ua hiki aku ‘o ia i nä makahiki he iwakälua,a inä ua noho pa‘a ma këia aupuni i ho‘okahimakahiki ma mua iho o ka lä koho, a ua ‘ike ‘o iai ka heluhelu a i ke käkau lima, inä i hänau ‘ia mahope mai o ka makahiki 1840; a inä ua ho‘okomo‘o ia i kona inoa ma ka papa inoa o ka po‘e kohoo kona ‘äpana e like me ke känäwai, e hiki nö iäia ke koho i kekahi kanaka, a mau känaka pahao ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia no ia ‘äpana; akä ho‘i, ‘a‘olee hiki i kekahi kanaka pupule a hüpö2 pahake koho, ‘a‘ole ho‘i i kekahi kanaka i hihia i kekalaima nui ma ka ho‘okolokolo ‘ana ma këiaaupuni, ke ‘ole i kala ‘ë ‘ia kona hewa e ka Mö‘ï, ake ‘ole ho‘i i loa‘a iä ia nä pono a pau o ke kanakakupa ma ia kala ‘ana.”

7. ‘Äpono ‘ia i këia lä 13 o Iulai, MH 1874.

8. KALÄKAUA R3

me Kanalima Dala, a i ole ia he aina hoolimalimakona, a o ka uku hoolimalima heIwakaluakumamalima Dala i ka makahiki, a i oleia o kona loaa makahiki, aole e emi malalo o nadala he Kanahikukumamalima i loaa no loko maio kekahi waiwai, a o kekahi hana kupono ma kekanawai paha,” a penei e heluhelu ia ai ka Paukua me ka hoololi:

6. “Pauku 62. O kela kanaka keia kanaka malaloo ka Moi, ina ua hookaa ia kona auhau, a ina uahiki aku oia i na makahiki he iwakalua, a ina uanoho paa ma keia Aupuni i hookahi makahikimamua iho o ka la koho, a ua ike oia i kaheluhelu a i ke kakaulima, ina i hanauia mahopemai o ka makahiki 1840; a ina ua hookomo oia ikona inoa ma ka papa inoa o ka poe koho o konaapana e like me ke kanawai, e hiki no iaia kekoho i kekahi kanaka, a mau kanaka paha o kapoe i koho ia no ia apana; aka hoi, aole e hiki ikekahi kanaka pupule a hupo paha ke koho, aolehoi i kekahi kanaka i hihia i ke karaima nui maka hookolokolo ana ma keia Aupuni, ke ole i kalae ia kona hewa e ka Moi, a ke ole hoi i loaa iaiana pono a pau o ke kanaka kupa ma ia kala ana.”

7. Aponoia i keia la 13 o Iulai, m.h. 1874.

8. KALAKAUA R.


1. CHAPTER III1

A PROPOSED AMENDMENT

To Article 56 of the Constitution granted

by His Majesty Kamehameha V on the 20th

day of August, A.D. 1864, as amended and

approved on the 13th day of May, A.D.1868, according to Article 80 of the

Constitution

That Article 56 of the Constitution be and thesame is hereby amended so as to read as follows:

2. Article2 56. The Representatives shallreceive for their services a compensation to beascertained by law, and paid out of the publictreasury, but no increase of compensation shalltake effect during the year in which it shall havebeen made, and no law shall be passed increas-ing the compensation of said Representativesbeyond the sum of five hundred dollars foreach session.

3. Approved on the 13th day of May, A.D. 1882.

4. KALÄKAUA REX

This 1882 amendment to the Constitution of 1864 again raised the maximum allowable pay for theelected members of the legislature (the maximum pay had been raised once before in 1868). Besides thisraise in maximum pay, the amendment included minor changes for Article 56 in punctuation (Hawaiianand English versions) and in wording (Hawaiian version). Published as Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ïKaläkaua, Honolulu, 1882, and Laws of His Majesty Kaläkaua I, Honolulu, 1882. Forbes 3434 (IV:39).

1882 Amendment to the Constitution of 1864

kolamu (column) 3

1. ‘A‘ole i ho‘okomo ‘ia nä Mokuna 1 a me 2 o iakänäwai no ko läua pili ‘ole i ke Kumukänäwai o kaMH 1864.

Chapters 1 and 2 of this law have not beenreproduced as they do not pertain to the 1864Constitution.

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Section” ‘o ia ‘o “Article.”

“Section” was changed to “Article.”


1. MOKUNA IIIHE HO‘OLOLI I MANA‘O ‘IA


‘ia e ka Mö‘ï Kamehameha V ma ka Lä 20 o‘Aukake, MH 1864, i Ho‘ololi ‘ia a ‘Äpono ‘ia

ma ka Lä 13 o Mei, MH 1868, e Like me nä

‘Ölelo o ka Paukü 80 o ia Kumukänäwai

E ho‘ololi ‘ia a ma këia ua ho‘ololi ‘ia nö kaPaukü 56 o ke Kumukänäwai, a penei e heluhelu‘ia ai:

2. Paukü 56. E uku ‘ia ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia e nämaka‘äinana no kä läkou hana, e like me ka meai ‘ölelo ‘ia ma ke känäwai no loko a‘e o kawaihona kälä o ke aupuni, ‘a‘ole nö na‘e eho‘onui ‘ia këia uku i ka makahiki i ho‘oholo ‘iaai ka ‘ölelo e ho‘onui i ka uku, ‘a‘ole ho‘i e kauliakekahi känäwai e ho‘omähuahua ana i ka uku oka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia ma mua o nä kälä ‘elima hanelino këlä me këia häläwai ‘ana o ka ‘Aha‘ölelo.

3. ‘Äpono ‘ia i këia lä 13 o Mei, MH 1882.

4. KALÄKAUA REX

1. MOKUNA IIIHE HOOLOLI I MANAOIA

No ka Pauku 56 o ke Kumukanawai i

haawiia e ka Moi Kamehameha V ma ka la

20 o Augate, M.H. 1864, i hoololiia a

aponoia ma ka la 13 O Mei, M.H. 1868, e like

me na olelo o ka Pauku 80 o ia

Kumukanawai.

E hoololiia a ma keia ua hoololiia no ka Pauku 56o ke Kumukanawai, a penei e heluhelu ia ai:

2. Pauku 56. E ukuiia ka Poeikohoia e naMakaainana no ka lakou hana, e like me ka mea ioleloia ma ke Kanawai no loko ae o ka WaihonaDala o ke Aupuni, aole no nae e hoonuiia keiauku i ka makahiki i hooholo ia’i ka olelo e hoonuii ka uku, aole hoi e kaulia kekahi Kanawai ehoomahuahua ana i ka uku o ka Poeikohoiamamua o na dala elima haneri no kela me keiahalawai ana o ka Ahaolelo.

3. Aponoia i keia la 13 o Mei, M.H. 1882.

4. KALAKAUA REX.

Na këia mea ho‘ololi o ka makahiki 1882 i ke Kumukänäwai o ka MH 1864 i ho‘opi‘i hou a‘e i ka palenanui o ka uku o ka Po‘e i Koho ‘ia (ua ho‘opi‘i mua ‘ia ka palena nui uku i ka MH 1868). Ma waho a‘e o iaho‘opi‘i uku ‘ana, ua komo pü nä loli li‘ili‘i o ka Paukü 56 ma ke kaha kiko (ma ka mana ‘ölelo Hawai‘i ame ka Pelekänia) a me ka ‘ölelo (ma ka mana Hawai‘i). Ua pa‘i ‘ia ‘o ia Nä Känäwai o ka Mö‘ï Kaläkaua,Honolulu, 1882, a me Laws of His Majesty Kaläkaua I, Honolulu, 1882. Forbes 3434 (IV:39).


1. KA LAMA HAWAI‘IA MEANS TO SPREAD KNOWLEDGE

AND TO BENEFIT THE COLLEGEFor the spirit to be ignorant is not good

by solomon

Year 1 LAHAINA LUNA, MAUIFEBRUARY 28, 1834 NUMBER 3

ABOUT THE SCHOOLS OF MAUI

In the year of our Lord, 1823, Keöpüolani landedwith the Missionaries here at Lahaina. At thattime there were no schools, no school buildings,and people did not desire to read. However,Keöpüolani learned the alphabet, as didNähi‘ena‘ena, Hoapili, some other chiefs, andsome of their people. There were, perhaps, ahundred people who learned. The number ofpeople who learned that year did not grow.

2. In the year 1824, war broke out on Kaua‘i.And when the chiefs returned from Kaua‘i, theywere schooled in large numbers.

This section of the journal will ultimately reproduce all Hawaiian newspapers in chronological order andcontinues here with the 1834 Hawaiian newspaper, Ka Lama Hawai‘i (The Hawaiian Luminary). It waspublished at the College of Hawai‘i at Lahaina Luna, Maui, for the students of the College and those ofother schools run by the Protestant missionaries. Lorrin Andrews was the editor. Although the authorsof the articles are not individually identified, they included instructors and students at the College ofHawai‘i. Forbes 901 (II:75-77); Mo‘okini 24; Chapin 63.

Presented below is the four-page February 28, 1834, issue of Ka Lama Hawai‘i in which the first twoarticles appear on page one; the illustration on page two; the next three articles on page three; and thelast five articles on page four. Alonzo Chapin and his wife, Mary Ann Tenney Chapin, produced theillustrations. The first article concerns the progress of the teachers and mostly adult students of themissionary schools on Maui and includes important educational census numbers.

The 1834 Newspapers, Part 3

61

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Ia manawa” ‘o ia ‘o “I ia manawa.”

“Ia manawa” was changed to “I ia manawa.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Ke opuolani” ‘o ia ‘o “Keöpüolani.”

“Ke opuolani” was changed to “Keöpüolani.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia makahiki” ‘o ia ‘o “i iamakahiki.”

“Ia makahiki” was changed to “i ia makahiki.”

1. KA LAMA HAWAI‘IHE MEA IA E HO‘OLAHA ‘IKE,

A HE MEA HO‘I E PONO AI KE KULANUII na‘aupö ka ‘uhane, ‘a‘ole ia he maika‘i

na solomona

Makahiki 1 LAHAINA LUNA, MAUIPEPELUALI 28, 1834 HELU 3

NO NÄ KULA O MAUI

I ka makahiki o ka Haku 1823 ka pae ‘ana mai oKeöpüolani me nä Misionari ma Lahaina nei.I ia manawa1 ‘a‘ole kula, ‘a‘ole hale kula, ‘a‘ole imakemake nä känaka i ka palapala. A‘o nö na‘e‘o Keöpüolani2 i ka pï‘äpä, a me Nähi‘ena‘ena, ame Hoapili a me kekahi po‘e ali‘i, a me kekahipo‘e känaka o läkou. Ho‘okahi paha hanelika po‘e i a‘o. ‘A‘ole mähuahua ka po‘e i a‘oi ia makahiki.3

2. A i ka makahiki 1824, kaua ma Kaua‘i. A ho‘imai nä ali‘i mai Kaua‘i mai, a laila, kukula nui.

1. KA LAMA HAWAII.HE MEA IA E HOOLAHA IKE,

A HE MEA HOI E PONO AI KE KULANUI.I naaupo ka uhane, aole ia he maikai.

na solomona.

Makahiki 1. LAHAINALUNA MAUI FEBERUARI 28, 1834. HELU 3.

NO NA KULA O MAUI.

I ka makahiki o ka Haku, 1823 ka pae ana maio Keopuolani, me na Misionari ma Lahainanei. Ia manawa aole kula, aole halekula, aole imakemake na kanaka i ka palapala. Ao no nae oKe opuolani i ka Piapa, a me Nahienaena, a meHoapili a me kekahi poe alii, a me kekahi poekanak[a] o lakou. Hookahi paha haneri ka poei ao. Aole mahuahua ka poe i ao ia makahiki.

2. A i ka makahiki 1824, kaua ma Kauai. A hoimai na’lii mai Kauai mai, alaila, kukula nui.

E ho‘opuka li‘ili‘i hou ‘ia ana ma këia mähele o ka puke pai nä nüpepa Hawai‘i a pau ma ke ka‘ina ipa‘i mua ‘ia ai. E ho‘omau ana ma lalo iho nei me ka nüpepa Hawai‘i o ka makahiki 1834 ‘o Ka LamaHawai‘i. Ua pa‘i mua ‘ia ma Lahaina Luna, Maui, na nä haumäna o Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma LahainaLuna a me nä kula ‘ë a‘e a nä mikionali Kalawina. ‘O Lorrin Andrews ka Luna Ho‘oponopono. Na näkumu a me nä haumäna o ke Kulanui i käkau; ‘a‘ole na‘e i palapala ‘ia ko läkou mau inoa päkahi.Forbes 901 (II:75-77); Mo‘okini 24; Chapin 63.

Ua pa‘i ‘ia ma lalo iho nei ka pukana o Ka Lama Hawai‘i o ka 28 Pepeluali 1834, nona nä ‘ao‘ao he‘ehä: ‘elua ‘atikala o ka ‘ao‘ao ‘ekahi; ho‘okahi ki‘i o ka ‘ao‘ao ‘elua; ‘ekolu ‘atikala o ka ‘ao‘ao ‘ekolu;a me ‘elima o ka ‘ao‘ao ‘ehä. Na Alonzo Chapin a me käna wahine ‘o Mary Ann Tenney Chapin iho‘omäkaukau i nä ki‘i. He hö‘ike ka ‘atikala mua i ka holomua o nä kumu a me nä haumäna ma näkula mikionali o Maui. He hö‘ike pü i nä papa helu ‘ano nui o nä känaka ma ka ho‘ona‘auao.

Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1834, Mähele 3

60

nä nüpepa o ka makahiki 1834, mähele 3 63

kolamu (column) 2

4. Ua hewa nö paha ka ho‘onohonoho ‘ia ‘ana o këialaina i ka nüpepa, a ua ho‘oponopono ‘ia i ke kolamu‘elua.

The original newspaper layout of this line wasprobably in error and has been corrected in thesecond column.

5. Aia këia mau wahi a pau ma loko o ka ‘äpana kula oMaui.

These six areas are within the Maui school district.

6. Ua hemahema kekahi o nä helu ma ka pakuhi no kaho‘ohui pololei ‘ole ‘ia.

Some of the numbers shown in the table are incorrectbecause they were not added correctly.

3. During examinations held later, at the–

School of the chiefs 50 studentsRetainers of the chiefs 287 All of Lahaina 1,138Other schools 1,551All of Maui 2,689

4. After the examinations, the teachers went inlarge numbers to Hämäkua, to Kïpahulu, toKaupö, Kula, Häli‘imaile, and Läna‘i.

5. The number of people being educated fromall areas began to rise. The schools, however,were deficient because of the ignorance of theteachers. The students spent much time learningyet did not grasp the letters. Thus they becamelazy. Others understood letters, yet were unableto piece them together and so their readings weremeaningless and they lost interest. This wasanother great error of that time: reciting as agroup until the alphabet was memorized. Theteachers did not point out the letters. Because ofthese deficiencies, the education of the peopledid not come quickly. Here is another thingthat was wrong with the schools: idle discussionsand prattle.

6. For these reasons, and others, just a part ofthe population is literate at the present time.Here is a chart showing the students here onMaui over these past few years.

1827 3,709 5,096 8,8051828 5,764 3,034 8,6981829 5,294 6,091 19,3861830 6,428 5,500 11,9281831 6,369 4,801 11,1701832 6,391 5,505 11,806

Tota

l

Not

abl

e to

read

Abl

e to

read

Year


3. I kekahi hö‘ike ‘ana ma ia hope mai, ma ke–

Kula a ke ali‘i 50 haumänaNä ‘öhua o ke ali‘i 287Lahaina a pau 1,1384

‘O nä kula ‘ë 1,551‘O Maui nei a pau 2,689

4. Pau ia hö‘ike ‘ana, a laila, hele nui nä kumu iHämäkua, a i Kïpahulu, a i Kaupö, a i Kula, a iHäli‘imaile, a i Läna‘i.5

5. A laila mähuahua ke a‘o ‘ana o nä känaka mai‘ö a ‘ö. ‘A‘ole na‘e i pono nä kula, no ka na‘aupöo nä kumu. Lö‘ihi ke a‘o ‘ana o nä haumäna,‘a‘ole i loa‘a ka hua. No laila, moloä. A ‘o kekahipo‘e loa‘a nö ka hua, ‘a‘ole hiki ke ho‘oku‘i, nolaila he ‘ano ‘ole käna heluhelu ‘ana, a moloäia. Eia kekahi mea hewa loa i këlä manawa, ‘oka pualu ‘ana a pa‘ana‘au ka pï‘äpä. ‘A‘ole ikuhikuhi aku ke kumu i nä hua. No këia maumea hemahema, ‘a‘ole i hikiwawe ka na‘auao okänaka. Eia ho‘i kekahi mea i hewa ai nä kula, ‘oke kama‘ilio a me ka wala‘au nui.

6. No këia mau mea, a me nä mea ‘ë kekahi, uahapa ka po‘e ‘ike i ka palapala i këia manawa. Eiaka papa e hö‘ike ai i nä haumäna ma Maui nei,no këlä mau makahiki i hala iho nei.

1827 3,709 5,096 8,8051828 5,764 3,034 8,6981829 5,294 6,091 19,3861830 6,428 5,500 11,9281831 6,369 4,801 11,1701832 6,391 5,505 11,8066

Pau

loa

Ka

po‘e

‘ike

‘ole

Ka

po‘e

‘ike

Ka

mak

ahik

i

3. I kekahi hoike ana ma ia hope mai, ma ke

Kula a ke alii – 50 haumanaNa ohua o ke alii – 287Lahaina a pau 1, 138O na kula e 1,551O maui nei apau 2,689

4. Pau ia hoike ana, alaila, hele nui na kumu iHamakua, a i Kipahulu, a i Kaupo, a i Kula, a iHaliimaile, a i Lanai.

5. Alaila mahuahua ke ao ana o na kanaka mai oa o. Aole nae i pono na kula, no ka naaupo o nakumu. Loihi ke ao ana o na haumana, aole i loaaka hua. Nolaila molowa. A o kekahi poe loaa noka hua, aole hiki ke hookui, nolaila he ano olekana heluhelu ana, a molowa ia. Eia kekahi meahewa loa i kela manawa, o ka puwalu ana; a paanaau ka Piapa. Aole i kuhikuhi aku ke kumu i nahua. No keia mau mea hemahema, aole i hikiwawe ka naauao o kanaka. Eia hoi kekahi mea ihewa’i na kula, o ke kamailio a me ka walaau nui.

6. No keia mau mea, a me na mea e kekahi, uahapa ka poe ike i ka palapala i keia manawa. Eiaka papa e hoike ai i na haumana ma Maui nei, nokela mau makahiki i hala iho nei.

1827 3,709 5,096 8,8051828 5,764 3;034 8,6981829 5,294 6,091 19,3861830 6,428 5,500 11,9281831 6,369 4,801 11,1701832 6,391 5,505 11,806

Pau

loa.

Ka

poe

ike

ole.

Ka

poe

ike.

Ka

mak

ahik

i


kolamu (column) 2

7. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia manawa” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia manawa.”

“Ia manawa” was changed to “i ia manawa.”

8. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Oukumehame” ‘o ia ‘o“Ukumehame.”

“Oukumehame” was changed to “Ukumehame.”

9. Aia ma Maui Komohana.

Located in West Maui.

10. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Oukumehame” ‘o ia ‘o“Ukumehame.”

“Oukumehame” was changed to “Ukumehame.”

7. Presently, those who cannot read have notbeen counted; only those who are able to readhave been counted. At the examination heldearlier in the year 1833 during the monthof March, all of the reading students fromUkumehame to Kahakuloa gathered and therewere 1,685 people who were able to read. And atthe examination of the children in the month ofSeptember, there were 659 of them.

8. At this last examination in the month ofJanuary, at–Kahakuloa 227 were able to readHonolua 88Honokahua 57Kä‘anapali 83Kahana 107Honokawai 149Lahaina 778Olowalu 128Ukumehame 125Total 1,742

9. All of these people who were counted arepeople who are able to read. The depth of theirability is not clear. Some of them, at the time ofthe reading, would be looking up, not looking attheir papers at all, yet read out loud, becausetheir reading was memorized.

10. At this time the schools are deficient. Someof the fault lies with the teachers and some withthe students. The teachers are lax in instructingtheir students; they just sit where they are andspeak aloud to the students; they do not go andpoint things out properly. Here is the point: theteachers must have the patience to go to theirstudents who cannot read and to point out theletters, and strengthen thus until the studentknows how.


7. I këia manawa, ‘a‘ole i helu ‘ia ka po‘e ‘ike‘ole, ‘o ka po‘e ‘ike wale nö ka i helu ‘ia. I këlähö‘ike ‘ana ma mua, i ka makahiki 1833 i kamalama ‘o Malaki, i ia manawa7 ‘äkoakoa mainä haumäna ‘ike a pau, mai Ukumehame8 maia hiki loa i Kahakuloa,9 a 1,685 ka po‘e hiki keheluhelu i ka palapala. A i ka hö‘ike ‘ana o näkamali‘i, i ka malama ‘o Kepakemapa, 659 läkou.

8. A i këia hö‘ike ‘ana iho nei, i ka malama ‘oIanuali ma– Kahakuloa 227 ka po‘e ‘ike.Honolua 88Honokahua 57Kä‘anapali 83Kahana 107Honokawai 149Lahaina 778Olowalu 128Ukumehame10 125Pau loa 1,742

9. Ua helu ‘ia këia po‘e a pau me ka po‘e i ‘ike.‘A‘ole i maopopo ko läkou ‘ike. ‘O kekahi oläkou, i ka manawa e heluhelu ai, i luna nö kamaka, ‘a‘ole nänä iki i ka pepa, a heluhelu mainö, no ka mea, ua pa‘ana‘au ka ‘ölelo.

10. I këia manawa ua pono ‘ole nä kula. No näkumu kekahi hewa, a no nä haumäna kekahihewa. Ua moloä nä kumu ke kuhikuhi aku i nähaumäna; he noho mälie wale nö ia ma konawahi, a ‘ölelo aku i nä haumäna; ‘a‘ole hele akua kuhikuhi pono. Eia ka mea: pono i ke kumuke ho‘omanawanui, a hele i ka po‘e ‘ike ‘ole ekuhikuhi i ka hua, a ho‘oikaika loa pëlä, a ‘ike kahaumäna.

7. I keia manawa, aole i heluia ka poe ike ole,o ka poe ike wale no ka i heluia. I kela hoikeana mamua, i ka makahiki 1833 i ka malama oMaraki, ia manawa akoakoa mai na haumanaike a pau, mai Oukumehame mai a hiki loa iKahakuloa, a 1685 ka poe hiki ke heluhelu i kapalapala. A i ka hoike ana o na kamalii, i kamalama o Sepetemaba 659 lakou.

8. A i keia hoike ana iho nei, i ka malama oIanuari ma Kahakuloa 227, ka poe ike.Honolua 88,Honokahua 57,Kaanapali 83,Kahana 107Honokawai 149Lahaina 778Oloalu 128Oukumehame 125Pau loa 1.742

9. Ua heluia keia poe a pau me ka poe i ike. Aolei maopopo ko lakou ike. O kekahi o lakou, i kamanawa e heluhelu ai, iluna no ka maka, aolenana iki i ka pepa, a heluhelu mai no, no ka mea,ua paa naau ka olelo.

10. I keia manawa ua pono ole na kula. No nakumu kekahi hewa, a no na haumana kekahihewa. Ua molowa na kumu ke kuhikuhi aku i nahaumana; he noho malie wale no ia ma konawahi, a olelo aku i na haumana; aole hele aku akuhikuhi pono. Eia ka mea pono i ke kumu kehoomanawanui, a hele i ka poe ike ole e kuhikuhii ka hua, a hooikaika loa pela, a ike ka haumana.


11. Here is what is wrong with the students:They are lazy when they go to school. When thehorn sounds, they have not moved. This is notright. This is what is right: When the conch shellsounds, all of the students should go and sitquietly within the school house until the teacherarrives, and then put their effort into learning.These are things that would make the schoolsbetter.


11. Eia ka hewa o nä haumäna. Ua moloä läkouke hele i ke kula. Kani ka pü, ‘a‘ole läkou i hele.He mea pono ‘ole ia. Eia ka pono: a kani ka pü,a laila, hele nä haumäna a pau a noho mäliema loko o ka hale kula a hiki ke kumu, a laila,ho‘oikaika loa i ke a‘o. ‘O ia nä mea e pono aike kula.

11. Eia ka hewa o na haumana. Ua molowalakou ke hele i ke kula. Kani ka pu, aole lakou ihele. He mea pono ole ia. Eia ka pono, a kani kapu, alaila, hele na haumana a pau a noho maliemaloko o ka hale kula a hiki ke kumu, alaila,hooikaika loa i ke ao. Oia na mea e pono ai kekula.


1. CONCERNING THE VALUABLES OF THOSEWHO HAVE DIED

In former times, when chiefs died, theirvaluables were placed with them. And so it waswith an ordinary person. The valuables wereburied along with the body. Some people arecontinuing that practice at the present time.This is not right. A corpse will not continue todesire its valuables. It cannot take care of them.It is wrong to waste. Therefore we should keepthe valuables of those who die. If it has worth, letus maintain its worth; if it be a good final wish,let us not forget it; if it be clothes, wear them;if it be some other kind of property, keep it withaffection. Let us not bury the valuables of thosewho die.

The beliefs and practices of the missionaries often differed from those of the Hawaiians. The newspaperprovided a forum for these foreign ways of thinking and behaving evident in the article presented here.

Concerning the Valuables of Those who have Died


1. NO KA WAIWAI A KA PO‘E I MAKE

I ka wä ma mua, inä make kekahi ali‘i, a lailakiola ‘ia käna waiwai. A pëlä nö ka maka‘äinana.Kanu pü ‘ia käna waiwai me kona kino. Ke hananei kekahi po‘e pëlä i këia manawa. He mea pono‘ole ia. ‘A‘ole makemake hou ke kupapa‘u i kawaiwai. ‘A‘ole hiki ke mälama. He mea hewaka ho‘omäunauna. No laila, e mälama käkou ika waiwai a ka mea i make. Inä he pono kona,e mälama käkou i kona pono; inä he kauohamaika‘i käna, mai ho‘opoina käkou; inä he lole,e komo nö; inä he waiwai ‘ë, e mälama nö meke aloha. Mai kanu käkou i ka waiwai a ka meai make.

1. NO KA WAIWAI A KA POE I MAKE.

I ka wa mamua, ina make kekahi alii, alailakiolaia kana waiwai. A pela no ka makaainana.Kanu pu ia kana waiwai me kona kino. Ke hananei kekahi poe pela i keia manawa. He mea ponoole ia. Aole makemake hou ke kupapau i kawaiwai. Aole hiki ke malama. He mea hewa kahoomaunauna. Nolaila, e malama kakou i kawaiwai a ka mea i make. Ina he pono kona, emalama kakou i kona pono, – ina he kauohamaikai kana, mai hoopoina kakou. – Ina, he lole,e komo no. – ina he waiwai e, e malama no meke aloha. Mai kanu kakou i ka waiwai a ka meai make.

Ua nui nä mana‘o a me nä hana a ka po‘e mikionali i ‘oko‘a mai kä ka po‘e Hawai‘i. Ma ka nüpepa ehäpai a ho‘olaha ‘ia ai ia mau mana‘o a hana malihini e like me ka mea ma ka ‘atikala ma lalo iho nei.

No ka Waiwai a ka Po‘e i Make


1. ABOUT THE HIPPOPOTAMUS

Hippopotamus: the root of this word is “RiverHorse,” which is another name for this animal.

2. Only two other four-legged animals are largerthan the Hippopotamus, they are the Elephantand the Rhinoceros. It is five feet in height, andten feet in length, some being bigger. It has a largebody, some with a circumference of ten feet.

3. Its body is somewhat like that of the pig,although ten times bigger. Its neck is short andthick.

This article is the third in the series describing foreign animals to the Hawaiian readership.

About the Hippopotamus

HIPOPOTAMU (HIPPOPOTAMUS)


NO KA HIPOPOTAMU

Hipopotamu: ‘o ke ‘ano o ia hua‘ölelo, heLiomuliwai, a ‘o ia ho‘i kekahi inoa o iaholoholona.

2. ‘Elua wale nö lio i ‘oi aku ka nui ma mua o kaHipopotamu, ‘o ka ‘Elepani me ka Laehaokela.‘Elima kapua‘i kona ki‘eki‘e, a he ‘umi kapua‘ikona loa, a ua ‘oi aku kekahi. He kino nui kona,he ‘umi kapua‘i ke kahaapo o kekahi.

3. Ua like iki ke ‘ano o kona kino me ko kapua‘a, a pä‘umi na‘e kona nui. Ua pökole kona‘ä‘ï, a ua mänoanoa.

1. NO KA HIPOPOTAMU.

Hipopotamu, o ke ano oia huaolelo, he Liomuliwai, a oia hoi kekahi inoa o ia holoholona.

2. Elua wale no lio i oi aku ka nui mamua o kaHipopotamu, o ka Elepani me ka Laehaokela.Elima kapuai kona kiekie, a he umi kapuai konaloa, a ua oi aku kekahi. He kino nui kona, he umikapuai ke kahaapo o kekahi.

3. Ua like iki ke ano o kona kino me ko ka puaa;a paumi nae kona nui. Ua pokole kona ai, a uamanoanoa.

‘O këia ‘atikala ke kolu o ka püka‘ina e wehewehe ana i ko Hawai‘i nei no nä holoholona ‘äina ‘ë.

No ka Hipopotamu


4. Its head is very large: it also has very largejaws, and four long curved, white tusks. Its legsare short, perhaps two feet in length, and verythick. Its feet are like those of the Elephant, withfour little toes. Its tail is short, its eyes are littleand separated, one on one side of its head, andone on the other.

5. The Hippopotamus is a black four-leggedanimal, like the dirt that continually darkens itsskin. It has but little fur, and that is stiff like thatof the pig.

6. It appears to be an extremely menacing anddangerous animal. Yet it is not an angry animal,it remains calm, does not harm others, nor seekto make mischief, as long as it is not irritated.

7. Should one attempt to annoy theHippopotamus, it will become enraged like afierce boar. Because of its great strength andability to open its mouth exceedingly wide, otheranimals are afraid of it; very few are able to causeit mischief. If it should be hunted by people andhurt by them, it will turn around instantly, andshould a person fail to hide, it will immediatelytrample upon him until he is shredded to bitsbeneath its feet.

8. Africa is where this large animal is seen, alongthe banks of rivers. At times it swims at thesurface of the water; at other times it dives downand actually walks upon the river bottombeneath the water’s surface.

9. The Hippopotamus is an animal with a doublelife, because it lives in and out of the water. Itwill submerge below for perhaps a half an hourthen come up again to breathe, like a Sea Turtle.It is unable to breathe under water like a fish; itonly breathes out of water.


4. Ua nui loa kona po‘o: ua nui nö ho‘i kona mauiwi ä, ‘ehä ona ku‘i lö‘ihi keke‘e a ua ke‘oke‘o. Uapökole kona mau wäwae, ‘elua paha kapua‘ika loa, a ua mänoanoa loa. Ua like kona maukapua‘i me ko ka ‘Elepani, ‘ehä manamana iki.Ua pökole kona huelo, he li‘ili‘i kona mau maka,a ua ka‘awale; ma kekahi ‘ao‘ao o ke po‘o kekahi,a ma këlä ‘ao‘ao kekahi.

5. He lio ‘ele‘ele ka Hipopotamu, e like me kalepo, ka mea e paumä‘ele mau ai kona ‘ili. Uahuluhulu iki wale nö, a ua ‘o‘olea ka hulu e likeme ka pua‘a.

6. He lio ‘ino loa ke nänä aku, a he lio maka‘u.‘A‘ole na‘e ia he lio huhü, he noho mälie nö, ‘a‘olehana ‘ino mai, ‘a‘ole kolohe, ke ho‘onäukiuki‘ole ‘ia.

7. Inä ki‘i aku kekahi i ka Hipopotamu e kolohe,a laila, huhü loa, me he pua‘a hae lä. No ka nuiloa o kona ikaika a no ka hämama loa o konawaha, ua maka‘u nä lio ‘ë iä ia; ua käka‘ikahi kamea hiki ke kolohe aku. Inä e hahai ‘ia ‘o ia e näkänaka a ‘eha paha iä lakou, a laila huli koke maiia; a i ‘ole pe‘e ke kanaka, hahi koke mai këlä iä iaa weluwelu loa ma lalo o kona wäwae.

8. Aia ma ‘Apelika kahi i ‘ike ‘ia këia holoholonanui, ma kapa o nä muliwai. I kekahi manawa ‘aunö ia ma luna o ka wai; a i kekahi manawa, lu‘unö ia i lalo, a hele maoli ma ka honua ma lalo oka wai.

9. He lio ola lua ka Hipopotamu, no ka mea, olanö ia ma loko o ka wai, a ola nö ma waho. E lu‘unö ia i lalo i hapalua o ka hola paha, pi‘i hou iluna e hanu, e like me ka Honu. ‘A‘ole hiki iä iake hanu ma loko o ka wai e like me ka i‘a, mawaho wale nö e hanu ai.

4. Ua nui loa kona poo: ua nui no hoi kona mauiwi a, eha ona kui loihi kekee a ua keokeo. Uapokole kona mau wawae, elua paha kapuai kaloa; a ua manoanoa loa. Ua like kona mau kapuaime ko ka Elepani, eha manamana iki. Ua pokolekona huelo, he liilii kona mau maka, a uakaawale; ma kekahi aoao o ke poo kekahi, a makela aoao kekahi.

5. He lio eleele ka Hipopotamu, e like me kalepo, ka mea e paumaele mau ai kona ili. Uahuluhulu iki wale no a ua oolea ka hulu e like meka puaa.

6. He lio ino loa ke nana aku, a he lio makau.Aole nae ia he lio huhu, he noho malie no, aolehana ino mai, aole kolohe, ke hoonaukiuki ole ia.

7. Ina kii aku kekahi i ka Hipopotamu e kolohe,alaila, huhu loa, me he puaa hae la. No ka nui loao kona ikaika a no ka hamama loa o kona waha,ua makau na lio e ia ia; ua kakaikahi ka mea hikike kolohe aku. Ina e hahaiia oia e na kanakaa eha paha ia lakou, alaila huli koke mai ia; ai ole pee ke kanaka; hahi koke mai kela ia ia aweluwelu loa malalo o kona wawae.

8. Aia ma Aferika kahi i ikeia keia holoholonanui, ma kapa o na muliwai. I kekahi manawaau no ia maluna o ka wai; a i kekahi manawa,luu no ia ilalo, a hele maoli ma ka honua malaloo ka wai.

9. He lio olalua ka Hipopotamu, no ka mea, olano ia maloko o ka wai, a ola no mawaho. E luuno ia ilalo i hapalua o ka hora paha, pii hou ilunae hanu, e like me ka honu. Aole hiki ia ia ke hanumaloko o ka wai e like me ka ia, mawaho wale noe hanu ai.


kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “muliawi” ‘o ia ‘o “muliwai.”

“Muliawi” was changed to “muliwai.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia ku‘i” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia ku‘i.”

“Ia ku‘i” was changed to “i ia ku‘i.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia niho” ‘o ia ‘o “i ia niho.”

“Ia niho” was changed to “i ia niho.”

10. This is what things with double lives are like.They live in water some of the time, and they liveashore at other times, like the Sea Turtle and theHippopotamus.

11. Swimming in rivers is what theHippopotamus usually does, and sometimes itwill come ashore to search for food.

12. It will eat fish, which it obtains whensubmerged, and it also eats grasses and plantsalong the banks of the river.

13. Sometimes it will enter cultivated fields andeat all the crops. If there are many Hippopotami,the land will be devastated. Because of the greatsize of its feet, food is crushed beneath them, andit will eat tremendous amounts in a single night,whereas a cow will only eat half the same amountin ten weeks’ time.

14. The hide of the Hippopotamus is ideal forshoes and other uses. Its tusks are also good.Clever people from all countries take thosetusks and fashion teeth from them, and shouldsomeone’s tooth fall out, the fashioned tooth isput in its place.

15. Its flesh is delicious. The people of Africa,as well as others who have tried it, claim thatits flesh is very good indeed.


10. Eia ke ‘ano o nä mea ola lua. Ola läkou maloko o ka wai i kekahi manawa a ma uka nö ikekahi manawa, e like me ka Honu a me kaHipopotamu.

11. ‘O ka ‘au ma ka muliwai, ‘o ia ka hana nui aka Hipopotamu, a i kekahi manawa pae nö i uka,e ‘imi i mea‘ai.

12. E ‘ai nö i ka i‘a, a loa‘a nö ia mea iä ia i konalu‘u ‘ana a ‘ai nö ho‘i ia i ka mau‘u a me nä meakupu ma kapa o nä muliwai.1

13. I kekahi manawa hele nö ia i loko o nämahina ‘ai, a pau loa nö ka ‘ai iä ia. Inä i nui näHipopotamu, oki loa ka ‘äina. No ka nui loa okona mau wäwae, pau loa ka ‘ai i ka hahi ‘ia, ae ‘ai nui loa ‘o ia i ka pö ho‘okahi, he hapa käka pipi i nä hepekoma he ‘umi.

14. He mea maika‘i ka ‘ili o ka Hipopotamu imea käma‘a, a i mea hana. He mea maika‘i nöho‘i kona ku‘i. Lawe nö ka po‘e akamai o nä ‘äinaa pau i ia ku‘i,2 a hana i niho, a inä i hemo ka nihoo ke kanaka, ho‘okomo nö i ia niho3 i hana ‘ia.

15. Ua ‘ono kona ‘i‘o. Mana‘o nö ko ‘Apelikapo‘e, a me nä känaka a pau i ho‘ä‘o i kona ‘i‘o,mana‘o läkou, he ‘i‘o maika‘i loa.

10. Eia ke ano o na mea ola lua. Ola lakoumaloko o ka wai i kekahi manawa a mauka noi kekahi manawa, e like me ka Honu a me kaHipopotamu.

11. O ka au ma ka muliwai, oia ka hana nui a kaHipopotamu, a i kekahi manawa pae no iuka, eimi i mea ai.

12. E ai no i ka ia, a loaa no ia mea ia ia i konaluu ana a ai no hoi ia i ka mauu a me na meakupu ma kapa o na muliawi.

13. I kekahi manawa hele no ia iloko o namahina ai, a pau loa no ka ai ia ia. Ina i nui naHipopotamu, oki loa ka aina. No ka nui loa okona mau wawae pau loa ka ai i ka hahi ia, a e ainui loa oia i ka po hookahi, he hapa ka ka bipi ina hebedoma he umi.

14. He mea maikai ka ili o ka Hipopotamu i meakamaa, a i mea hana. He mea maikai no hoi konakui. Lawe no ka poe akamai o na aina a pau ia kui,a hana i niho, a ina i hemo ka niho o ke kanaka,hookomo no ia niho i hanaia.

15. Ua ono kona io. Manao no ko Aferika poe,a me na kanaka a pau i hoao i kona io, manaolakou, he io maikai loa.


1. The Result of Education

Education increases both right and wrong, inaccordance with the nature of the educatedperson. If a good-hearted person becomeseducated, his moral qualities then increase;likewise the number of his good deeds. He willalso have great love for all people on earth,desiring that they be blessed.

2. However, if a person continues to live with theheart of olden times, and becomes educated,then his sinfulness will continue to increase, hisheart will harden, he will be skeptical of what isright, then indifferent, and every type of wrongwill enter the person’s heart, and he will becaught like a prisoner who is shackled in chains.

3. Therefore, the words spoken by Jesus arefitting: “Seek first the kingdom of heaven and itsrighteousness.” Seek first a new heart. Knowledgeis a good thing; however, it will not save the soul.Knowledge is good, a means to strengthen thegood should good reside in the heart. Otherwise,it will be a means to increase sinfulness. The Devilis very intelligent, his knowledge surpasses thatof all people, and his sinfulness is inestimable; itis his knowledge that has made his sinfulness sogreat. So is the nature of some people in educatedlands. They have knowledge, yet because they donot adhere to righteousness, their sinfulness isgreat, the sins of the ignorant being only halfas bad.

4. Now is the time to turn to righteousness; seekto please God. Those who wait only increase theirsinfulness, and it is sinfulness that causes thesoul to perish.

The writer of this piece explains the view that knowledge can be used for good or for bad, to strengthenone’s moral qualities or to lead one into sinfulness.

The Result of Education

kolamu (column) 2

1. Mataio 6:33 o ka Paipala.

Matthew 6:33 of the Bible.


1. No ka Hope o ka Na‘auao

‘O ka na‘auao ka mea e mähuahua ai ka pono ame ka hewa, aia e like me ke ‘ano o ka na‘au o kamea i ho‘ona‘auao ‘ia mai. Inä maika‘i ka na‘auo kekahi kanaka a lilo ‘o ia i kanaka na‘auao, alaila nui nö ho‘i kona pono; a ua mähuahua maua‘e ka hana maika‘i äna i hana ai. Nui ho‘i konaaloha i nä känaka a pau ma ka honua nei, e akenö e ho‘opömaika‘i ‘ia läkou.

2. Akä, inä noho mau kekahi kanaka ma kana‘au kahiko, a lilo ‘o ia i kanaka na‘auao, a lailamähuahua mau a‘e nö kona hewa, a pa‘akikï kana‘au, ho‘omaloka i ka pono, palaka, a komo akukëlä hewa këia hewa i loko o ka na‘au, a pa‘a loa‘o ia ma ka hewa e like me ka mea pio i pa‘a ‘ia eke kaulahao.

3. No laila, küpono ka ‘ölelo a Iesü i ‘ï mai ai:“E ‘imi ‘ë aku ma mua i ke aupuni o ka lani a mekäna pono.”1 E ‘imi ‘ë aku ma mua i ka na‘auhou ke ‘ano. He mea maika‘i nö ka na‘auao; akä,‘a‘ole na‘e e ola ka ‘uhane ma laila. He maika‘i kana‘auao, he mea ia e mähuahua ai ka pono kenoho ka pono ma ka na‘au; a i ‘ole, he mea ia eho‘omähuahua a‘e i ka hewa. He mea na‘auao loake Kiapolö, ua ‘oi aku kona ‘ike ma mua o ko näkänaka a pau, a nui wale ho‘i kona hewa; ‘o kona‘ike ka mea i nui ai. ‘O ia nö ke ‘ano o kekahi po‘ema nä ‘äina na‘auao. He na‘auao ko läkou, a noka pa‘a ‘ole ma ka pono, nui ka hewa, he hapa kahewa o ka po‘e na‘aupö.

4. Eia ka manawa e huli ai i ka pono; eho‘olaule‘a aku i ke Akua. ‘O ka mea e kakali ana,ua mähuahua a‘ela kona hewa, a ‘o ka hewa kamea e make ai ka ‘uhane.

1. No ka hope o ka naauao.

O ka naauao ka mea e mahuahua ai ka pono a meka hewa, aia e like me ke ano o ka naau o ka meai hoonaauao ia mai. Ina maikai ka naau o kekahikanaka a lilo oia i kanaka naauao, alaila nui nohoi kona pono; a ua mahuahua mau ae ka hanamaikai ana i hana’i. Nui hoi kona aloha i nakanaka a pau ma ka honua nei, e ake no ehoopomaikai ia lakou.

2. Aka, ina noho mau kekahi kanaka ma ka naaukahiko, a lilo oia i kanaka naauao, alailamahuahua mau ae no kona hewa, a paakiki kanaau, hoomaloka i ka pono, palaka, a komo akukela hewa keia hewa iloko o ka naau, a paa loaoia ma ka hewa e like me ka mea pio i paaia e kekaulahao.

3. Nolaila, ku pono ka olelo a Iesu i i mai ai:“E imi e aku mamua i ke aupuni o ka lani a mekana pono.” E imi e aku mamua i ka naau hou,ke ano. He mea maikai no ka naauao; aka, aolenae e ola ka uhane malaila. He maikai ka naauao,he mea ia e mahuahua ai ka pono ke noho ka ponoma ka naau; a i ole, he mea ia e hoomahuahua aei ka hewa. He mea naauao loa ka Diabolo, ua oiaku kona ike mamua o ko na kanaka a pau, a nuiwale hoi kona hewa; o kona ike ka mea i nui ai.Oia no ke ano o kekahi poe ma na aina naauao.He naauao ko lakou, a no ka paa ole ma ka pono,nui ka hewa, he hapa ka hewa o ka poe naaupo.

4. Eia ka manawa e huli ai i ka pono; e hoolauleaaku i ke Akua. O ka mea e kakali ana, uamahuahua ae la kona hewa, a o ka hewa ka mea emake ai ka uhane.

E wehewehe ana ka mea käkau i ka mana‘o e mähuahua ka pono a i ‘ole ka hewa o ke kanaka i konana‘auao, aia i ke ‘ano maika‘i a maika‘i ‘ole paha o ka na‘au o ia kanaka.

No ka Hope o ka Na‘auao


1. THE VICTORY OF PEDRO IN PORTUGAL

Another ship has arrived at Honolulu called theNeriad. It is a merchant ship from Londonsailing to the Columbia River. While the ship wassailing, it stopped at Lisbon, the capital city ofPortugal. Pedro and his army had entered thecity. Miguel and his people fled and his warshipswere captured. The country will perhaps soon beunder the control of Maria, the daughter of Pedro.

The last issue of this journal presented a Ka Lama Hawai‘i article about the recent history of Portugal.This short piece reports on some additional news brought from Portugal by a visiting European tradingvessel.

The Victory of Pedro in Portugal


1. KA LANAKILA O PEDERO MA POKUKALA

Ua hiki hou mai kekahi moku i Honolulu, ‘oNeriada ka inoa. He moku kälepa ia, mai Lädanamai, e holo ana i ka muliwai ‘o Kolumepia. I kaholo ‘ana mai o ia moku, kü nö ia ma Lisebona,ke külanakauhale nui o Pokukala. Ua komo nö ‘oPedero a me kona po‘e koa a pau i loko o laila.Ua he‘e ‘o Miguela mä, a ua pio kona mau mokukaua a pau. Ua kokoke malu paha ia ‘äina malalo o Maria, ke kaikamahine a Pedero.

1. KA LANAKILA O PEDERO MA POTUGALA.

Ua hiki hou mai kekahi moku i Honolulu, oNeriada ka inoa. He moku kalepa ia, mai Ladanamai, e holo ana i ka muliwai o Kolumebia. I kaholo ana mai o ia moku, ku no ia ma Lisebona,ke kulanakauhale nui o Potugala. Ua komo noo Pedero a me kona poe koa a pau iloko olaila.Ua hee o Miguela ma, a ua pio kona mau mokukaua a pau. Ua kokoke malu paha ia aina malaloo Maria, ke kaikamahine a Pedero.

Aia ma ka puke pai hope aku nei kekahi ‘atikala he mö‘aukala o nä hanana i hala koke ihola maPokukala. He hö‘ike ka mea ma lalo iho nei i ka nühou no Pokukala i lawe ‘ia maila na kekahi mokukälepa no ‘Eulopa.

Ka Lanakila o Pedero ma Pokukala


1. Words of Motivation

Heed these words, those of you who have heardof our deeds in this town. We are revealing somethings in which we have seen the right and goodof these activities that we are undertaking. Iagree with the righteousness of the work I haveseen. If perhaps we could all live correctly likethese writings that I have seen and heard, then itwould be right.

2. Take heed, all people living in these islands, ofthe deeds that we greatly desire and seek; let usturn to that which will guarantee the establish-ment of this righteousness.

3. Here is the righteous result of the work wehave seen: Seeking that which will makerighteousness and goodness known. When welived in ignorance, life was not shown to us.

4. We are telling you now, you people who arecommitting wrongdoings; we are saying to youthrough these writings, let us leave behind thesewrongdoings. We think that all of us should liveproperly.

5. Pity on all of us should we abandon that whichis good, given to us for our souls. And how shallwe ever be saved if we are holding in our handsthe ill that brings about death?

This article reflects the great cultural struggle occurring in Hawai‘i at the time of its writing. TheAmerican Protestant mission and their local supporters were a small minority among a foreign andlocal population that often disagreed with them.

Words of Motivation

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “maopopo ai” ‘o ia ‘o “e maopopo ai.”

“Maopopo ai” was changed to “e maopopo ai.”


1. He ‘Ölelo Ho‘oikaika

‘Auhea ‘oukou, e ka po‘e e lohe mai nei i kämäkou hana ma këia külanakauhale. Ke ha‘i akunei mäkou i kekahi a mäkou i ‘ike ai i ka pono ai ka maika‘i o këia mau ‘oihana a mäkou e hananei. Ke ‘ae aku nei au i ka pono o këia hana a‘ui ‘ike ai. Inä paha e noho pono käkou e like mekëia palapala a‘u i ‘ike ai a i lohe ai nö ho‘i, inäpaha ua pono.

2. E ho‘olohe mai ‘oukou, e ka po‘e a pau o nëiapae ‘äina, i ka hana a käkou i makemake nui ai, ai ‘imi nui ai nö ho‘i, e huli pü mai käkou i ka meae pa‘a ai këia pono.

3. Eia ka pono a këia hana a käkou i ‘ike ai. ‘O ka‘imi i ka mea e maopopo ai1 ka pono a me kamaika‘i. I ka wä a mäkou i noho ai me ka na‘aupö,‘a‘ole i hö‘ike ‘ia mai ke ola.

4. Ke ha‘i aku nei mäkou iä ‘oukou, e ka po‘e ehana mai nei i nä hana ‘ino; ke ‘ölelo aku neimäkou ma këia mau palapala a mäkou e ha‘iaku nei, e ha‘alele käkou i këia mau hana ‘ino.Ke mana‘o nei mäkou e noho käkou a pau maka noho maika‘i.

5. Aloha wale käkou a pau ke ha‘alele aku i kamea pono i hä‘awi ‘ia mai no ko käkou mau‘uhane. A pehea lä käkou e ho‘opakele ‘ia maiai, ke pa‘a i ko käkou mau lima ka hana ‘ino noka make?

1. He Olelo Hooikaika.

Auhea oukou, e ka poe e lohe mai nei i ka makouhana ma keia kulanakauhale. Ke hai aku neimakou i kekahi a makou i ike ai i ka pono a i kamaikai o keia mau oihana a makou e hana nei.Ke ae aku nei au i ka pono o keia hana a’u i ikeai. Ina paha e noho pono kakou e like me keiapalapala a’u i ike ai a i lohe ai no hoi, ina pahaua pono.

2. E hoolohe mai oukou, e ka poe a pau o neiapae aina, i ka hana a kakou i makemake nui ai, ai imi nui ai no hoi, e huli pu mai kakou i ka meae paa ai keia pono.

3. Eia ka pono a keia hana a kakou i ike ai. O kaimi i ka mea maopopo ai ka pono a me ka maikai.I ka wa a makou i noho ai me ka naaupo, aole ihoikeia mai ke ola.

4. Ke hai aku nei makou ia oukou, e ka poe ehana mai nei i na hana ino; ke olelo aku neimakou ma keia mau palapala a makou e haiaku nei, e haalele kakou i keia mau hana ino.Ke manao nei makou e noho kakou a pau maka noho maikai.

5. Aloha wale kakou a pau ke haalele aku i kamea pono i haawiia mai ai no ko kakou mauuhane. A pehea la kakou e hoopakele ia maiai, ke paa i ko kakou mau lima ka hana ino noka make?

He hö‘ike këia ‘atikala i ka ‘ä‘ume‘ume mo‘omeheu nui ma Hawai‘i nei i ia manawa. Aia nä mikionali ame ko läkou po‘e kama‘äina käko‘o ma ka hapa ‘u‘uku e noho ana me ka po‘e kama‘äina a lähui ‘ë e kü‘ëpinepine ana i nä mana‘o a me nä hana mikionali.

He ‘Ölelo Ho‘oikaika


6. We are seeing the righteousness of theseactivities within this College. The long, the short,the junctures, the length, the breadth, the dips,and the rises have been measured. Shall theseactivities not be worthwhile if we stay with them?We have not known the qualities from our ownpeople, no. Now is the right time for them to beknown: in this new era when righteousness maybe known. And how is it that we continue beingwasteful and doing ill?

7. We are here doing what we know. We hopethat all of us follow the example of this righteous-ness, and when we have mastered it, we shall allbe people knowledgeable in its ways.

8. Take heed, you people who hold this paper;leap toward this and hold it fast, follow itsexample and all will be well.


6. Ke ‘ike nei mäkou i ka pono o këia mau‘oihana ma loko o këia Kulanui. Ua ana ‘ia ka loa,ka poko, ka huina, ka lö‘ihi, ka laulä, nä po‘o, ame ka ‘oi. ‘A‘ole anei e pono këia mau ‘oihana kenoho käkou ma laila? ‘A‘ole käkou i ‘ike i ke ‘ano,mai ko käkou po‘e mai; ‘a‘ole. Eia ka wä pono i‘ike ‘ia mai; i këia wä hou i ‘ike ‘ia ka pono. Apehea lä käkou e hana nei me ka ‘uha‘uha, a meka hana ‘ino?

7. Eia mäkou, ke hana nei i ka mea a käkou i ‘ikeai. Ke mana‘o nei mäkou e ho‘omähu‘i like käkoui këia pono, a pa‘a iä käkou këia pono, a laila, lilokäkou i po‘e ‘ike.

8. ‘Auhea ‘oukou, e ka po‘e e pa‘a nei ma këiapalapala; e ho‘ohikilele mai käkou i këia mea apa‘a, a e ho‘omähu‘i mai käkou i këia mau meae pono ai.

6. Ke ike nei makou i ka pono o keia mauoihana, maloko o keia Kulanui. Ua ana ia ka loa,ka poko, ka huina, ka loihi, ka laula, na poo a meka oi. Aole anei e pono keia mau oihana ke nohokakou malaila? Aole kakou i ike i ke ano, mai kokakou poe mai; aole. Eia ka wa pono i ikeia mai;i keia wa hou i ikeia ka pono. A pehea la kakou ehana nei me ka uhauha, a me ka hana ino?

7. Eia makou, ke hana nei i ka mea a kakou i ikeai. Ke manao nei makou e hoomahui like kakoui keia pono, a paa ia kakou keia pono, alaila, lilokakou i poe ike.

8. Auhea oukou, e ka poe e paa nei ma keiapalapala; e hoohikilele mai kakou i keia mea apaa, a e hoomahui mai kakou i keia mau meae pono ai.


1. About the Benefits of College

If college halls are not built in a country, thatcountry would have very few educated people.Here are the areas where we can very clearly seeits benefit: It is in the college hall that peoplelearn to be sailors, to be carpenters, to be black-smiths, to be physicians, and to be ministers. Theseare the people through which all unenlightenedlands receive blessings.

2. The ministers are the ones who reveal theneeds of the body, and the life of the spirit. They,indeed, make known the name Jehovah, the trueGod, and Jesus, the forgiver of sins. It is theywho teach us the written word, and all thingsnecessary for this life and for our future life inthe kingdom of Jesus. These are the reasons it isthought necessary to build colleges in every land.It is only through the help of God, however, onlythen will true blessings come.

This article explains the benefits of higher education to the people of a country which has it.

About the Benefits of College


1. No ka Pono o ke Kulanui

Inä ‘a‘ole i kükulu ‘ia ka hale kulanui ma kekahi‘äina, he käka‘ikahi ka po‘e na‘auao ma ia ‘äina.Eia nä mea i maopopo loa ai ka pono. Ma ka halekulanui i a‘o ai ka po‘e holo moku, a me ka po‘ekamanä, a me ka po‘e ‘ämala, a me ka po‘ekähuna lapa‘au, a me ka po‘e kähuna pule. ‘O iaho‘i ka po‘e e pömaika‘i ai këlä ‘äina na‘aupö,këia ‘äina na‘aupö.

2. Na ka po‘e kähuna pule e ha‘i mai ka pono oke kino, a me ke ola o ka ‘uhane. Na läkou nö ehö‘ike mai i ka inoa ‘o Iehova ke Akua maoli, ame Iesü ke kala hala. Na läkou nö e a‘o mai i kapalapala, a me nä mea a pau e pono ai këia noho‘ana a me këlä noho ‘ana aku i ke aupuni o Iesü.‘O ia nä mea i mana‘o ‘ia ai he pono ke ho‘okumu‘ia ka hale kulanui ma këlä ‘äina ma këia ‘äina,aia na‘e i ke kökua ‘ia e ke Akua, a laila, pömaika‘i‘i‘o nö.

1. No ka pono o ke Kulanui.

Ina aole i kukulu ia ka hale kulanui ma kekahiaina, he kakaikahi ka poe naauao ma ia aina. Eiana mea i maopopo loa’i ka pono. Ma ka halekulanui i ao ai ka poe holo moku, a me ka poekamana, a me ka poe amara, a me ka poe kahunalapaau, a me ka poe kahuna pule. Oia hoi ka poee pomaikai ai kela aina naaupo, keia aina naaupo.

2. Na ka poe kahuna pule e hai mai ka pono o kekino, a me ke ola o ka uhane. Na lakou no e hoikemai i ka inoa o Iehova ke Akua maoli, a me Iesuke kala hala. Na lakou no e ao mai i ka palapala, ame na mea a pau e pono ai keia noho ana a mekela noho ana aku i ke aupuni o Iesu. Oia na meai manao ia’i he pono ke hookumu ia ka halekulanui ma kela aina ma keia aina, aia nae i kekokua ia e ke Akua, alaila, pomaikai io no.

He hö‘ike këia ‘atikala i ka pono nui e loa‘a mai i ko ka ‘äina e kükulu ‘ia ai ke kulanui ma laila.

No ka Pono o ke Kulanui


1. About Original Sin and ObtainingRighteousness

God created man to be good and upright, in Hisimage of goodness and holiness. But man sinnedthrough his disobedience. What caused him todisobey? It was not himself, but his wife whotempted him. That is the reason they bothsinned. Where was it that sin entered the world?Through whom? Through that one man? Yes,sin came from him. This is the original sin: thedesire of the heart for that which is forbidden.Because of that, great sin has entered the world.And the first offspring of these two committedmurder. Thus the earth became full of sin.

2. What of ourselves? Let us seek a God forourselves. Who will it be? Here, I have heard; itwas spoken by the ancient prophets, it is God.Who is God? Jehovah, Jesus Christ, the HolySpirit. How will He be a god for us? Here, I haveheard; it was spoken by the missionaries. Prayto God with sincerity; repent to God with right-ness of mind. Do not change your mind; be notdoubtful, be not uncertain, be not lazy, be notindifferent; let us be as stated in the HolyScriptures, “He who is patient until the endshall live.”Matthew 10:22

This article, apparently written by a Hawaiian student at Lahaina Luna, reflects his understanding ofcertain fundamental tenets of Christianity.

About Original Sin and Obtaining Righeousness

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ka pono” ‘o ia ‘o “o ka pono.”

“Ka pono” was changed to “o ka pono.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “la” ‘o ia ‘o “ia.”

“La” was changed to “ia.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ko” ‘o ia ‘o “kä.”

“Ko” was changed to “kä.”


1. No ka Hewa Mua, a me ka Loa‘a ‘ana o ka Pono1

Ua hana mai ke Akua i ke kanaka he maika‘i, hepono, ma ko ke Akua ‘ano kona maika‘i ahemolele. Akä, ua hewa ‘o ia ma kona ho‘okuli‘ana. He aha kona mea i ho‘okuli ai? ‘A‘ole näna,na käna wahine nö i ho‘owalewale mai iä ia. Nolaila i hewa ai läua. Ma hea lä i komo mai ai kahewa i ke ao nei? Ma o wai lä ia?2 Ma ua kanakaho‘okahi lä anei? ‘Ae, nona mai ka hewa. Eiaka hewa mua: ‘o ke kuko o ka na‘au i ka mea iho‘okapu ‘ia. No laila, komo mai ka hewa i lokoo ke ao nei he nui loa. A pepehi kanaka kä3

läua hua mua, no laila, ua piha loa ka honua ika hewa.

2. Pehea käkou? E ‘imi käkou i Akua no käkou.‘O wai auane‘i? Eia, ua lohe au, ua ha‘i ‘ia mai eka po‘e käula kahiko, ke Akua. ‘O wai ke Akua?‘O Iehova, ‘o Iesü Kristo, ‘o ka ‘Uhane Hemolele.Pehea ia e akua ai no käkou? Eia, ua lohe au, uaha‘i ‘ia mai e nä mikionali. E pule i ke Akua meka ‘oia‘i‘o; e mihi me ke küpono o ka mana‘o i keAkua. Mai ho‘i hope ka mana‘o; mai känalua,mai ku‘ihë, mai moloä, mai palaka; inä pëläkäkou e like me ka palapala Hemolele, “ ‘O kamea e ho‘omanawanui a hiki i ka hopena, eola ia.”Mataio 10:22

1. No ka hewa mua, a me ka loaa ana ka pono.

Ua hana mai ke Akua i ke kanaka he maikai, hepono, ma ko ke Akua ano kona maikai ahemolele. Aka, ua hewa oia ma kona hookuli ana.Heaha kona mea i hookuli ai? Aole nana, na kanawahine no i hoowalewale mai ia ia. No laila ihewa ai laua. Mahea la i komo mai ai ka hewa ike ao nei? Ma owai la la? Ma ua kanaka hookahila anei? Ae; nona mai ka hewa. Eia ka hewa mua:O ke kuko o ka naau i ka mea i hookapu ia.Nolaila, komo mai ka hewa iloko o ke ao neihe nui loa. A pepehi kanaka ko laua hua mua,nolaila, ua piha loa ka honua i ka hewa.

2. Pehea kakou? E imi kakou i Akua no kakou.Owai auanei? Eia; ua lohe au; ua haiia mai e kapoe kaula kahiko ke Akua. Owai ke Akua? OIehova, o Iesu Kristo, o ka Uhane Hemolele.Pehea ia e akua ai no kakou? Eia, ua lohe au; uahaiia mai e na misionari. E pule i ke Akua meka oiaio; e mihi me ke ku pono o ka manao i keAkua. Mai hoi hope ka manao; mai kanalua, maikuihe, mai molowa, mai palaka; ina pela kakoue like me ka palapala Hemolele, “ ‘O ka mea ehoomanawanui a hiki i ka hopena, e ola ia.”

Mat. 10 – 22.

Ua käkau ‘ia nö paha këia ‘atikala e kekahi o nä haumäna Hawai‘i ma Lahaina Luna, e hö‘ike ana ho‘i ika pa‘a iä ia o kekahi o nä mana‘o‘i‘o küpa‘a o ka Ho‘omana Kalikiano.

No ka Hewa Mua, a me ka Loa‘a ‘ana o ka Pono


1. Concerning the Power of God

Here is His power, in the creation of heaven andearth, in the creation of the heavenly bodies, thesun and the moon, the stars and the clouds; inthe creation of all things of the earth, of everyplant, of water, of food, of clothes, of animals,of humanity, of the sea, and of fish. Due to Hispower we have been cared for until now. There-fore, let us turn to His power. For it is there thatwe shall escape the wrath of God who reigns.

Another missionary-influenced article, explaining that God’s spiritual power is made evident by Hiscreation of many familiar things.

Concerning the Power of God

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia nei” ‘o ia ‘o “i ‘ane‘i.”

“Ia nei” was changed to “i ‘ane‘i.”


1. No ka Mana o ke Akua

Eia kona mana, i ka hana ‘ana i ka lani a me kahonua, i ka hana ‘ana i ka mea o ka lani, ‘o ka lä ame ka mahina, ‘o ka hökü a me ke ao; i ka hana‘ana i nä mea a pau o ka honua, i nä lä‘au a pau,i ka wai, i ka ‘ai, i ke kapa, i ka holoholona, i kekanaka, i ke kai, a me ka i‘a. No kona mana, uamälama ‘ia mai käkou a hiki i ‘ane‘i.1 No laila, ehuli a‘e käkou ma kona mana. Ma laila käkou epakele ai i ka inaina o ke Akua e kau mai nei.

1. No ka mana o ke Akua.

Eia kona mana, i ka hana ana i ka lani a me kahonua, i ka hana ana i ka mea o ka lani, o ka la ame ka mahina, o ka hoku a me ke ao; i ka hanaana i na mea a pau o ka honua, i na laau a pau,i ka wai, i ka ai, i ke kapa, i ka holoholona, i kekanaka, i ke kai a me ka ia. No kona mana, uamalama ia mai kakou a hiki ia nei. Nolaila, e huliae kakou ma kona mana. Malaila kakou e pakeleai i ka inaina o ke Akua e kau mai nei.

He kölamulamu këia na ka po‘e mikionali e hö‘ike mai ana no ka mana o ke Akua i loko o kekahi maumea o ka lani a me ka honua.

No ka Mana o ke Akua


1. Concerning Some Old Ways

Here is something we did that was amazing: footracing. If it was said, “There are some runners,tomorrow a race shall be held,” then manypeople would come with valuable possessions,place their bets, and see them matched, and thenthe two contestants would walk to the startingpoint. Those men would race, and when onereached the finish, the prize was his. Those whowon would be joyous. But those who lost wouldregret their defeat.

2. If the administrator for the area said to thepeople, “Tomorrow we shall work for the chiefand at evening present all the riches,” thenthey would prepare all of it as directed by theadministrator: pigs, dogs, tapa blankets, barkcordage,1 feathers, fishnets, and everything else.Those were the riches that we presented in thedays of old.

This brief article relates information about two interesting Hawaiian cultural practices that occurred inancient times. It is the first Hawaiian newspaper article concerning traditional practices some of which,by this time, had already come to be considered “of olden times” (“o ka wä kahiko”). Such articles abouttraditional culture increasingly appeared in Hawaiian language newspapers over the years (especiallyfrom the 1860s onward) and remained very popular among readers.

Concerning Some Old Ways

kolamu (column) 3

1. ‘O ia ho‘i, he kaula i hilo ‘ia me ke olonä, Touchardialatifolia.

Specifically here, cordage made from the bark of theTouchardia latifolia plant.


1. No kekahi ‘Ao‘ao Kahiko

Eia kekahi mea kupanaha a mäkou: ‘o ke kükini.Inä i ‘ölelo ‘ia, “He mau kükini, ‘apöpö, holo,” alaila, hele maila känaka he nui loa me ka waiwai,a pili a mau ihola, a laila, hele akula ua maukänaka lä ‘elua a hiki i ka pahukü. Kükini mailaua mau känaka lä, a hopu i ka pahu kekahi, alaila, eo a‘ela näna. ‘Oli‘oli ihola ka po‘e i kö. Akä,‘o ka po‘e i eo, mihi ihola läkou i ke eo ‘ana.

2. Inä e ‘ölelo ke konohiki i nä maka‘äinana,“‘Apöpö käkou kö‘ele a pau, a ahiahi iho, hö‘ikei ka waiwai,” a laila, hana ihola läkou i ua maumea nei a ke konohiki i ‘ölelo mai ai, ‘o ka pua‘a,‘o ka ‘ïlio, ‘o ke kapa, ‘o ke olonä, ‘o ka hulu, ‘oka ‘upena, ‘o këlä mea këia mea a pau. ‘O ia kawaiwai a mäkou i hö‘ike ai i ka wä kahiko.

1. No kekahi aoao kahiko.

Eia kekahi mea kupanaha a makou; o ke kukini.Ina i oleloia he mau kukini; apopo, holo; alaila,hele mai la kanaka he nui loa me ka waiwai, a pilia mau iho la, alaila, hele aku la ua mau kanaka laelua a hiki i ka Pahuku. Kukini mai la ua maukanaka la, a hopu i ka pahu kekahi, alaila, eo aela nana. Olioli iho la ka poe i ko. Aka, o ka poe ieo, mihi iho la lakou i ke eo ana.

2. Ina e olelo ke Konohiki i na makaainana,apopo kakou koele a pau, a ahiahi iho, hoike i kawaiwai: Alaila, hana iho la lakou i ua mau meanei a ke Konohiki i olelo mai ai, o ka puaa, o kailio, o ke kapa, o ke olona, o ka hulu, o ka upena,o kela mea keia mea a pau. Oia ka waiwai amakou i hoike ai i ka wa kahiko.

He hö‘ike ka ‘atikala pökole ma lalo iho nei no ‘elua hana a ka po‘e Hawai‘i o ka wä kahiko. ‘O ia ka mualoa o nä ‘atikala nüpepa Hawai‘i no nä hana ku‘una Hawai‘i e mana‘o ‘ia ana i ia wä, ‘o ia kekahi o nähana i hala o ka wä kahiko. Ua mähuahua mai ka nui o nä ‘atikala o ia ‘ano ‘ike ku‘una Hawai‘i i kekünewa o nä makahiki (‘oi loa ma nä 1860 a ma hope mai), a ua make‘e loa ‘ia e ka po‘e heluhelu.

No kekahi ‘Ao‘ao Kahiko

1. SEVEN OR MORE MONTHS

This headline above are the days in which aninfant breathed the air of this mortal coil, and onthe twenty-sixth of this month, the Lord tookaway His creation and left the dust to dust.

2. The Lord said, “Let the little children come tome,” and He again revealed that the kingdom ofGod was as little children, but the one whom Heloved, He took away in the child’s youth.

3. This newborn child came from the loins of thewife of Mr. Samuel Kaulupali, and was a childwho was expected to bring comfort in theirapproaching old age, but alas, the child’s life wascut off so soon, and the hopes of the parentswere in vain.

4. The child died at Koa‘e, Puna, Hawai‘i, anddeep sorrow has fallen upon its parents.

The Hawaiian newspapers of 1892 are published here because the year was pivotal in Hawai‘i’s history.This is page three of Ka Leo o ka Lähui (The Voice of the Nation), published in Honolulu on January 1,1892. Pages one and two were published in previous issues of the journal. John E. Bush was the news-paper’s editor and treasurer. Mo‘okini 27; Chapin 53.

This obituary was written with poetic nuances that allude to life and death.

The 1892 Newspapers, Part 3

93

kolamu (column) 2

1. Mataio 19:14 o ka Paipala.

Matthew 19:14 of the Bible.

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Koea” ‘o ia ‘o “Koa‘e.”

“Koea” was changed to “Koa‘e.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “iko la” ‘o ia ‘o “ihola.”

“Iko la” was changed to “ihola.”

1. HE ‘EHIKU MAHINA A ‘OI

‘O këia po‘o ma luna a‘e, ‘o ia nä lä o kekahi ‘öpioi hanu ai i nä ea o këia ao mä‘ule‘ule, a ma ka lä26 aku nei, ua lawe akula ka Haku i Käna, awaiho ihola i ka lepo no ka lepo.

2. Eia kä ka Haku, “E ‘ae aku i nä keiki li‘ili‘i ehele mai i o‘u nei,”1 a ua hö‘ike hou mai ‘o ia, ua‘ike ke aupuni o ka lani me nä keiki li‘ili‘i, akä, ‘okäna mea i aloha ai, lawe nö ia i kona wä ‘öpio.

3. ‘O këia kamaiki hou, mai ka pühaka mai nö iao ka wahine a Mr. Samuel Kaulupali, a he häpu‘uho‘i i mana‘o ‘ia no nä lä häpauea e hiki mai ana,eia kä auane‘i, e ‘ako ‘ë ‘ia ana, a ua pohö kamana‘olana o kona mau mäkua.

4. Ua make ‘o ia ma Koa‘e,2 Puna, Hawai‘i, a uaili ihola3 ka ‘eha‘eha ma luna o kona mau mäkua.

1. HE EHIKU MAHINA A OI.

O keia poo maluna ae, oia na la o kekahi opio ihanu ai i na ea o keia ao mauleule, a ma ka la 26aku nei, ua lawe aku la ka Haku i Kana, a waihoiho la i ka lepo no ka lepo.

2. Eia ka ka Haku, e ae aku i na keiki liilii e helemai i o’u nei, a ua hoike hou mai oia, ua ike keaupuni o ka lani me na keiki liilii, aka, o kanamea i aloha ai, lawe no ia i kona wa opio.

3. O keia kamaiki hou, mai ka puhaka mai no iao ka wahine a Mr. Sam. Kaulupali, a he hapuuhoi i manao ia no na la hapauea e hiki mai ana,eia ka auanei, e ako e ia ana, a ua poho kamanaolana o kona mau makua.

4. Ua make oia ma Koea Puna, Hawaii, a ua iliiko la ka ehaeha ma luna o kona mau makua.

E pa‘i ‘ia ana ma ka puke pai nei nä nüpepa Hawai‘i o ka makahiki 1892, ‘oiai he au ko‘iko‘i ia o kamö‘aukala o Hawai‘i nei. ‘O këia ka ‘ao‘ao ‘ekolu o Ka Leo o ka Lähui (ua pa‘i ‘ia ka ‘ao‘ao mua me ka‘elua ma nä puke pai hope iho nei) i pa‘i ‘ia ma Honolulu, ma ka lä 1 o Ianuali, 1892. ‘O John E. Bushka luna ho‘oponopono a pu‘ukü. Mo‘okini 27; Chapin 53.

Ua käkau ‘ia këia mo‘olelo no ka mea ‘akahi nö a make me ka mïkololohua o ka ‘ölelo i pili i ke ola a meka make.

Nä Nüpepa o ka Makahiki 1892, Mähele 3

92


1. LOCAL NEWS

Happy New Year, dear readers of Ka Leo (TheVoice).

2. A Chinese was fined $75 for smoking opium.

3. Judge McCully will open the jury session forthe present month of January.

4. At 10 a.m. next Monday, the Kïna‘u will sailfor its usual harbors.

5. The members of the “Cleaning Toilets” andHawaiian Political Association parties have clearlyrevealed themselves in their sheep’s clothing.

6. Next Monday, our schools will resume, so it isessential that we send our children there.

7. Two Chinese and two Hawaiians were arrestedfor playing chee-fa. Where are the larger numberof remaining gamblers these days?

8. The Queen is enjoying the sea spray ofPua‘ena, where she is relaxing these days. Notmany people accompanied her on this journey.

This summary of the local news includes a wide variety of announcements and news briefs, includingcriminal reports, school, political, and marital announcements, an update on Queen Lili‘uokalani’sactivities, and even a Happy New Year greeting.

Local News

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O Ka Leo, ‘o ia ho‘i ‘o Ka Leo o ka Lähui, ka nüpepanäna këia ‘atikala i ho‘opuka.

Ka Leo refers to Ka Leo o ka Lähui (The Voice of theNation), the newspaper in which this article appeared.

2. ‘O “Ho‘oma‘ema‘e Puka Lua” he ‘ölelo ho‘owahäwahäno ka Hui Mekanika. Ua ho‘okumu ‘ia ia Hui iKepakemapa 1889, a ua hana läkou a hiki i kaho‘okahuli aupuni. ‘O nä lälä, he po‘e limahana haoleka nui me kekahi mau Hawai‘i. Ma hope o kekahimau mahina pökole o kona ho‘okumu ‘ia ‘ana, he‘eono haneli lälä o ka hui.

“Ho‘oma‘ema‘e Puka Lua” (Cleaning Toilets) is usedhere as a derogatory reference to the Mechanics’ andWorkingmen’s Political Protective Union. The Unionwas established in September 1889 and was active upto the time of the overthrow. Its members were of theworking class, mostly Caucasian with a few NativeHawaiians. Within a few months of its inception, theunion had 600 members.

3. He pä‘ani pili kälä ke kïpä na ka po‘e Päkë.

Chee-fa is a Chinese gambling game.

4. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “keia keia” ‘o ia ‘o “këia.”

“Keia keia” was changed to “këia.”

5. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Auaena” ‘o ia ‘o “Pua‘ena.” Aia kalae ‘o Pua‘ena ma ke komohana ‘äkau o ka PäkaKahakai ‘o Hale‘iwa ma kahi kokoke i ko ka Mö‘ïWahine Lili‘uokalani hale kauwela.

“Auaena” was changed to “Pua‘ena.” Pua‘ena Point islocated northwest of today’s Hale‘iwa Beach Park,near Queen Lili‘uokalani’s summer home.

6. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “keia mau” ‘o ia ‘o “këia mau lä.”

“Keia mau” was changed to “këia mau lä.”


1. NÜ HOU KÜLOKO

Hape Nü ‘Ia ‘oukou e ka po‘e heluhelu o Ka Leo.1

2. Ua ho‘opa‘i ‘ia kekahi Päkë he $75 no kaha‘uha‘u ‘opiuma.

3. Na Luna Känäwai Makale e wehe ke kau kiuleo Ianuali nei.

4. I ka hola 10 kakahiaka Po‘akahi a‘e nei e holoaku ai ke Kïna‘u no kona mau awa ma‘amau.

5. Ua hö‘ike a maka loa a‘e nei ‘o “Ho‘oma‘ema‘ePuka Lua”2 mä me Hui Kälai‘äina mä, me näkoloka hulu hipa o läkou.

6. I ka Po‘akahi a‘e nei e ho‘omaka hou ai näkula o käkou; no laila, he mea pono e ho‘ouna a‘ei nä keiki i laila.

7. Ua hopu ‘ia he ‘elua Päkë me ‘elua Hawai‘i noka pä‘ani kïpä.3 I hea nui lä kahi i nalowale ihonei i këia4 mau lä?

8. Aia ka Mö‘ï Wahine i ka ‘ehu kai o Pua‘ena,5

kahi i luana ai i këia mau lä.6 ‘A‘ole he nui kapo‘e i ukali aku iä ia ma këia huaka‘i.

1. NUHOU KULOKO.

Hapenuia oukou e ka poe heluhe lu o Ka Leo.

2. Ua hoopa’i ia kekahi pake he $75 no kaha’uha’u opiuma.

3. Na Lunakanawai Makale e wehe ke kau kiureo Ianuari nei.

4. I ka hora 10 kakahiaka Poakahi ae nei, e holoaku ai ke Kinau no kona mau awa maa mau.

5. Ua hoike amaka loa ae nei o hoo maemaepukalua ma me hui kalaiaina ma, me na kolokahuluhipa o lakou.

6. I ka Poakahi ae nei, e hoomaka hou ai na kulao kakou; nolaila, he mea pono e hoouna ae i nakeiki ilaila.

7. Ua hopu ia he elua pake me elua Hawaii noka paani cifa. Ihea nui la kahi i nalowale iho neii keia keia mau la?

8. Aia ka Moiwahine i ka Ehukai o Auaena kahii luana ai i keia mau. Aole he nui ka poe i ukaliaku iaia ma keia huakai.

He hö‘ulu‘ulu pökole këia o ka nü hou o këlä ‘ano këia ‘ano, e like ho‘i me nä hö‘ike kalaima, näho‘olaha kälai‘äina, kula a male, ka hana a ka Mö‘ï Wahine ‘o Lili‘uokalani, a me ke aloha Hape Nü‘Ia ‘ana mai nö ho‘i.

Nü Hou Küloko


kolamu (column) 2

7. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “nel” ‘o ia ‘o “nei.”

“Nel” was changed to “nei.”

8. ‘O John Kaulukou he lunamaka‘äinana, Ilämuku, aKuhina ho‘i i käko‘o iä Kaläkaua a me ke kü‘oko‘a.

John Kaulukou–a legislative representative, marshal,and Cabinet member–identified as being pro-Kaläkaua and pro-independence.

9. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Hapanuia” ‘o ia ‘o “Hape Nü ‘Ia.”

“Hapanuia” was changed to “Hape Nü ‘Ia.”

10. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Ha panuia” ‘o ia ‘o “Hape Nü ‘Ia.”

“Ha panuia” was changed to “Hape Nü ‘Ia.”

11. Ua kapa mua ‘ia ka hale pule o Waialua ‘o WaialuaProtestant Church i ho‘okumu ‘ia i ka makahiki 1832.Kapa hou ‘ia akula ia hale pule ‘o Lili‘uokalaniProtestant Church no ka Mö‘ï Wahine i hele pinepinei laila i ka pule. Ua lilo a‘ela ia hale pule he mähele oke kaona ‘o Hale‘iwa no ke kälai hou ‘ia ‘ana o ka‘äina. I këlä manawa, aia ko ka Mö‘ï Wahine halekauwela kokoke i ka uapo ‘o Anahulu i Hale‘iwa.

Originally called Waialua Protestant Church andfounded in 1832, the church of Waialua was renamedLili‘uokalani Protestant Church for the Queen whooften worshipped there. The Queen’s summer homewas located near the Anahulu Bridge in Hale‘iwa. Thechurch is now considered part of Hale‘iwa townbecause of redistricting.

9. On Wednesday, a whaling ship arrived andthe wife of its captain disembarked because of aserious illness.

10. Kaulukou will run for office as representativefor the district of Ko‘olau Poko. He has revealedthis in a letter to the Advertiser. Can do!

11. Three entire days were spent in the proceed-ings before the Bankers Assembly concerning thewill of Robinson.

12. Today, a feast will be held by the children ofSt. George at Mänana, and will be concluded withthe spinning and twirling of your dance partners.

13. Last night, Mr. James L. Holt and Miss LenaSteineck were joined in matrimony. Congratula-tions to you two youngsters, and may your daystogether be made joyous.

14. The Hon. R. W. Wilcox has returned fromhis recent tour around the island of Hawai‘i. Hedeveloped some flesh wounds probably causedby the striking sea spray.

15. We have already returned Lilia’s Happy NewYear greeting; since we were all engaged inenjoyable conviviality, and she slapped us on theshoulder while also wishing us a Happy NewYear. Can do!

16. The Queen Lili‘uokalani has given as a gift tothe church of Waialua, a watch upon which isengraved the Queen’s name. She also gave somesong books as gifts.


9. I ka Po‘akolu nei7 i kü mai ai kekahi moku ‘ökoholä, a ua ho‘olele ‘ia maila ka wahine a konakäpena no ka ma‘i pilikia loa.

10. E holo päloka ana ‘o Kaulukou8 no ka ‘äpana‘o Ko‘olau Poko. Pëlä ka hö‘ike a käna leka ma kanüpepa Advertiser. Ua hiki nö!

11. He ‘ekolu lä ‘oko‘a o ka hana ‘ia ‘ana i mua oka ‘Aha Panakö, ka hihia no ka mea e pili ana ika palapala ho‘oilina a Lopikana.

12. I këia lä e mälama ‘ia ai ka ‘aha‘aina a näkeiki St. George, ma Mänana, a e ho‘opau ‘ia menä wili poahi ‘ana i kou hoa.

13. I ka pö nei i ho‘ohui ‘ia ai ma ka male ‘o Mr.James L. Holt me Miss Lena Steineck. Mahalo iä‘olua e nä ‘öpio, a e ho‘ohau‘oli ‘ia ko ‘olua mau lä.

14. Ua huli ho‘i mai ka Hon. R. W. Wilikoki, maikäna huaka‘i ka‘apuni aku nei i ka moku o Keawe.Ua hele wale nö ho‘i a mäholehole i ka pä ‘ia pahae ka ‘ehu kai.

15. Eö ‘ë nö iä Lilia ka Hape Nü ‘Ia9 ‘ana maiiä mäkou; ‘oiai, e nanea ana nö mäkou i keküpopou, pa‘i ana këlä ma ka po‘ohiwi me kaHape Nü ‘Ia10 ‘ana iho, hiki nö!

16. Ua hä‘awi makana aku ka Mö‘ï WahineLili‘uokalani, he uaki no ka hale pule oWaialua11 me ka inoa nö ho‘i o ke ali‘i ma luna.Ua makana pü aku ‘o ia he mau puke mele.

9. I ka Poakolu nel i ku mai ai ke kahi mokuokohola, a ua hoolele ia mai la ka wahine a konakapena no ka ma’i pilikia loa.

10. E holo balota ana o Kaulukou no ka apanao Koolaupoko. Pela ka hoike a kana leta ma kanupepa Advertiser. Ua hiki no!

11. He ekolu la okoa o ka hana ia ana imua o kaAha Banaco, ka hi hia no ka mea e pili ana i kapala pala hooilina a Robikana.

12. I keia la e malama ia ai ka ahaaina a na keikiSt. George, ma Manana, a e hoopau ia me na wilipoa hi ana i kou hoa.

13. I ka po nei i hoohui ia ai ma ka mare o Mr.James L. Holt me Miss Lena Steineck. Mahalo iaolua e na opio, a e hoohauoli ia ko olua mau la.

14. Ua huli hoi mai ka Hon. R. W. Wilikoki, maikana huakai kaapu ni aku nei i ka moku o Keawe.Ua hele wale no hoi a maholehole, i ka pa ia pahae ka ehukai.

15. Eo e no ia Lilia ka Hapanuia ana mai iamakou; oiai, e nanea ana no makou i kekupopou, pa’i ana kela ma ka [poo]hiwi meka Ha panuia ana iho, [hi]ki no!

16. Ua haawi makana aku ka MoiwahineLiliuokalani, he uwati no ka halepule o Waialuame ka inoa no hoi o ke alii maluna. Ua makanapu aku oia he mau buke mele.


kolamu (column) 2

12. ‘O Ka Holomua, ‘o ia nö paha ka nüpepa ‘o Hawai‘iHolomua, i ho‘opuka ‘ia mai ka 2 Mei 1891 a Ianuali1895; a i ‘ole ho‘i ka nüpepa ‘o Hawai‘i HolomuaWeekly, i ho‘opuka ‘ia mai ka makahiki 1891 a ka MH1895. ‘O Pae ‘Äina, ‘o ia nö paha ka nüpepa ‘o KoHawai‘i Pae ‘Äina, i ho‘opuka ‘ia mai ka 5 Ianuali1878 a ka 9 ‘Okakopa 1891; a i ‘ole ‘o Ka Nüpepa PukaLä Ko Hawai‘i Pae ‘Äina, i ho‘opuka ‘ia mai ka 7 Mei1884 a ka 4 ‘Apelila 1891. Ua ho‘opane‘e ‘ia ke pa‘i ‘ia‘ana o nä nüpepa hope ‘elua ma luna a‘e nei i kamanawa o këia aloha makahiki hou ‘ana.

Ka Holomua (The Progress) may refer to thenewspapers Hawai‘i Holomua (Hawai‘i Progress),published from May 2, 1891, to January 1895; orHawai‘i Holomua Weekly (Hawai‘i Progress Weekly),published from 1891 to 1895. Pae ‘Äina (Archipelago)may refer to the newspapers Ko Hawai‘i Pae ‘Äina(The Hawaiian Archipelago), published from January5, 1878, to October 9, 1891; or Ka Nüpepa Puka Lä KoHawai‘i Pae ‘Äina (The Daily Hawaiian Archipelago),published from May 7, 1884, to April 4, 1891. The lasttwo newspapers above had suspended publication atthe time of this greeting.

13. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “heoi” ‘o ia ‘o “hö‘oi.”

“Heoi” was changed to “hö‘oi.”

14. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ka” ‘o ia ‘o “ke.”

“Ka” was changed to “ke.”

15. E ‘ölelo ana ka nüpepa no kekahi leka maiä Robert W.Wilikoki mai iä Celso Cesare Moreno. Kapa ‘ia ka lekahe ‘äpuka e Wilikoki i këlä manawa.

This refers to an alleged letter from Robert W. Wilcoxto Celso Caesar Moreno. Wilcox strongly denied writ-ing the letter and labeled it a fraud.

17. Our affectionate handshakes for the NewYear with you two friends of the pen, KaHolomua (The Progress) and Pae ‘Äina(Archipelago); and we fervently hope that yourgood fortune this year will exceed last year’s,with God’s help. New Year greetings to you.

18. Perhaps because of the great desire of theHolomua (Progress) for the right to vote, ithas printed a single-page insert in English andHawaiian displaying a letter which was writtendeceitfully in the name of Wilcox to Moreno,disparaging the throne, and so forth. These arethe deceitful actions of those who oppose thenation as their disguise.


17. Ko mäkou aloha lülü lima o ka MakahikiHou, me ‘olua ia e nä hoa o ka maka kila, KaHolomua a me ka Pae ‘Äina;12 a ke lana nei komäkou mana‘o, e hö‘oi13 ‘ia a‘e ana ko ‘oluapömaika‘i i këia makahiki i ko ka makahiki i halaihola, ma ke kökua ‘ana mai a ke14 Akua. AlohaMakahiki Hou ‘olua.

18. No ke ake loa paha o ka Holomua e loa‘a kekuleana holo päloka, no laila, ua pa‘i a‘e ‘o ia hewahi ‘äpana pepa manuahi ma ka ‘ölelo haole a‘ölelo Hawai‘i, e hö‘ike ana i kekahi leka i käkauho‘opunipuni ‘ia ma o ko Wilikoki ala inoa iäMoreno,15 e hö‘ino‘ino ana i ka noho ali‘i a pëläaku. He mau hana ‘apuhi këia a ka ‘ao‘ao kü‘ë ika lähui i uhi no läkou.

17. Ko makou aloha lululima o ka MakahikiHou, me olua ia e na hoa o ka makakila, Ka

Holomua a me ka Paeaina; a ke lana nei ko makou manao, e heoi ia ae ana ko olua pomaikai ikeia makahiki i ko ka makahiki i hala iho la, make ko kua ana mai a ka Akua. Aloha “MakahikiHou” olua.

18. No ke ake loa paha o ka “Holomua e loaa kekuleana holo balota, nolaila, ua pa’i ae oia hewahi apana pepa manuahi ma ka olelo haole aolelo Hawaii, e hoike ana i kekahi leta i kakauhoopunipuni ia ma o ko Wilikoki ala inoa iaMoreno, e hoinoino ana i ka nohoalii a pela aku.He mau hana apuhi keia a ka aoao kue i ka lahuii uhi no lakou.


1. NATIONAL LIBERAL PARTY CANDIDATES

On behalf of the islands of Hawai‘i and Maui, ourbeloved candidates, the Hon. R. W. Wilcox andthe Hon. William White, have run for office, andWhite has taken the names of the candidatesthat he will place in the voting districts of theseislands and Moloka‘i, which have been decidedby national leaders in accordance with theirrequests. Here are the names of the candidates:

2. HAWAI‘I

North Hilo–H. Kauwila UneaCentral " –Henry WestSouth " –Joseph NäwahïHämäkua–Z. Pa‘akikïKohala–G. P. KamauohaKona–D. H. NähinuKa‘ü–J. N. Kapahu

3. MAUI

Häna–P. Kama‘iMakawao–J. KamakeleNorth Wailuku–L.W.P. Käneali‘iSouth " –Lahaina–William WhiteMoloka‘i–Nakaleka

4. O‘AHU

Ko‘olau Poko–J. E. BushKo‘olau Loa & Waialua–R. W. Wilcox‘Ewa & Wai‘anae–J. Kauhi

The newspaper Ka Leo o ka Lähui (The Voice of the Nation) was closely associated with the HawaiianNational Liberal Party; both stood out as strong proponents for Hawaiian rights. This list of the Party’scandidates for the pivotal upcoming election of February 1892 includes many leading patriots of theday.

National Liberal Party Candidates

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O Robert W. Wilikoki läua ‘o William White he maukänaka küpa‘a ma hope o ka lähui Hawai‘i, alaka‘i oka Hui ‘Ao‘ao Lähui Hawai‘i Liberala, aLunamaka‘äinana ho‘i.

Robert W. Wilcox and William White were Hawaiiannationalists, leaders of the Hawaiian National LiberalParty, and legislative Representatives.

2. Nui nä inoa känaka o këia mo‘olelo. Ua hö‘ano hou ‘iae like me ka mana‘o he küpono, ‘a‘ole na‘e i maopopoloa ka puana o nä inoa a pau.

A great many people’s names appear in this article.The glottal stop and macron have been addedaccording to probable meanings. However, properpronunciation of some names are unknown to us.

3. Ua hewa nö paha ka ho‘onohonoho ‘ia ‘ana o këiapaukü i ka nüpepa, a ua ho‘oponopono ‘ia i kekolamu ‘elua.

The original newspaper layout of this paragraph wasprobably in error and has been corrected in thesecond column.


1. NÄ MOHO ‘AO‘AO LÄHUI LIBERALA

No nä mokupuni ‘o Hawai‘i a me Maui, ua holoaku ko käkou känaka i aloha ‘ia, Hon. R. W.Wilikoki a me Hon. William White,1 a ua laweaku ‘o ia i ka inoa o nä moho äna e waiho akuai i nä ‘äpana koho o këia mau mokupuni a meMoloka‘i, i ho‘oholo ‘ia e nä alaka‘i lähui, e likeme ia i no‘ono‘o ‘ia e like me kä läkou i nonoimai ai. Eia iho ka inoa o nä moho:

2. HAWAI‘I

Hilo ‘Äkau–H. Kauwila Unea2

" Waena–Henry West" Hema–Joseph Näwahï

Hämäkua–Z. Pa‘akikï Kohala–G. P. Kamauoha Kona–D. H. Nähinu Ka‘ü–J. N. Kapahu

3. MAUI

Häna–P. Kama‘i Makawao–J. Kamakele Wailuku ‘Äkau–L.W.P. Käneali‘i

" Hema–Lahaina–William White Moloka‘i–Nakaleka

4. O‘AHU

Ko‘olau Poko–J. E. Bush Ko‘olau Loa & Waialua–R. W. Wilikoki3

‘Ewa & Wai‘anae–J. Kauhi

1. NA MOHO AOAO LAHUI LIBERALA.

No na mokupuni o Hawaii a me Maui, ua holoaku ko kakou kanaka i aloha ia, Hon. R. W.Wilikoki a me Hon. Wm. White, a ua lawe akuoia i ka inoa o na moho ana e waiho aku aii na Apana Koho o keia mau Mokupuni a meMolokai, i hooholo ia e na alakai Lahui, e like meia i noonoo ia e like me ka la kou i nonoi mai ai.Eia iho ka inoa o na moho:

2. HAWAII.

Hilo Akau,–H. Kauwila Unea." Waena–Henry West." Hema–Joseph Nawahi.

Hamakua–Z. Paakiki.Kohala–G. P. Kamauoha.Kona–D. H. Nahinu.Kau–J. N. Kapahu.

3. MAUI.

Hana–P. KamaiMakawao–J Kamakele.Wailuku Akau–L.W.P. Kanealii.

" Hema–Lahaina–Wm. White.Molokai–Nakaleka.

4. OAHU.

Koolaupoko–J. E. Bush.Koolau-loa & Waialua–R. W. Wi-Ewa & Waianae–J. Kauhi [likoki.

Ua pili loa ka nüpepa Ka Leo o ka Lähui me ka Hui ‘Ao‘ao Lähui Hawai‘i Liberala, ‘oiai ua küpa‘a nämea ‘elua ma hope o ka pono lähui Hawai‘i. Helu papa ‘ia nä inoa o kekahi mau moho–he mau alaka‘ikälai‘äina ho‘i o ia au–no ka lä koho päloka ko‘iko‘i e hiki mai ana i Pepeluali 1892.

Nä Moho ‘Ao‘ao Lähui Liberala


1. A NOTICE FROM THE GOVERNMENT CORRAL

Let it be known to all people, the governmentcorral in Makiki is holding a stray horse; whitestallion, four hooves have been shoed, a branded“5 O” perhaps directly on the right hindquarter,this brand is very indistinct, if it is not an M, it isperhaps A. I. The owner or owners of this horseshould quickly retrieve it, or after 13 days, I willauction said horse on January 9, 1892, Saturday,twelve o’clock noon.

2. David KaoaoGovernment Corral Officer

3. December 29, 1891 355 tf

This government corral notice–the first of three in this newspaper issue–notifies the public of thegovernment’s possession of a stray animal. Everyone in Hawai‘i owned animals at the time, and whenthe animals on O‘ahu would go astray, they were turned in to the various government corrals locatedacross the island. The Honolulu district had one corral, located in Makiki.

The corrals are officially called “government pounds” or “pounds for stray animals” (“pä aupuni” or“pä ho‘opa‘a holoholona ‘ae‘a”), which were established and regulated by Chapter XXXV of the SessionLaws of 1888, a “Law relating to Pounds, Estrays, Brands, and Marks.” Government pounds could beestablished in any district of an island by the Minister of the Interior.

Government Corral Notice

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “m[u]” ‘o ia ‘o “ma.”

“M[u]” was changed to “ma.”

2. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “355 tf” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “355 tf” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. HO‘OLAHA PÄ AUPUNI

E ‘ike auane‘i nä känaka a pau, eia ma ka päaupuni o Makiki nei kekahi lio hele hewa; liokäne ke‘oke‘o, ‘ehä wäwae i pa‘a i kapua‘i hao,hao kuni “5 O” hope ‘äkau küpono paha këia haokuni, he pöahiahi ke ‘ano o këia hao kuni kohuma1 ke ‘ano inä ‘a‘ole he M he A. I. paha këia haokuni. ‘O ka mea a mau mea nona këia lio, e ponoe ki‘i koke mai o hala nä lä he 13, e kü‘ai kükäläaku nö au ke hiki aku i ka lä 9 o Ianuali, 1892,hola 12 awakea Po‘aono.

2. David KaoaoLuna Pä Aupuni

3. Kekemapa 29, 1891 355 tf2

1. HOOLAHA PA AUPUNI.

E ike auanei na kanaka a pau, eia ma ka PaAupuni o Makiki nei kekahi lio hele hewa; lio kkeokeo 4 wawae i paa i kapuai hao, hao kuni 5 Ohope akau kupono paha keia hao kuni, he poahiahi ke ano o keia hao kuni kohu m[u] ke ano inaaole he M he A. I. paha keia hao kuni. O ka mea amau mea nona keia lio; e pono e kii koke mai ohala na la he 13, e kuai kudala aku no au ke hikiaku i ka la 9 o Ianuari, 1892, hora 12 awakeaPoaono.

2. David Kaoao,Luna Pa Aupuni.

3. Dec. 29, 1891 355 tf.

‘O këia ka mua o ‘ekolu ho‘olaha pä aupuni ma këia pukana nüpepa e ho‘olaha ana no ka pa‘a i keaupuni o ka holoholona ‘ae‘a. He holoholona kä këlä me këia kanaka i Hawai‘i i këlä manawa, a i ka‘ae‘a ‘ana o nä holoholona ma O‘ahu, lawe ‘ia akula i kekahi o nä pä aupuni like ‘ole o ia mokupuni. Heho‘okahi pä aupuni o Honolulu, aia i Makiki.

‘O “government pounds” ka inoa kühelu ma ka ‘ölelo Pelekänia no ka pä aupuni (a ‘o “pä ho‘opa‘aholoholona ‘ae‘a” kekahi inoa Hawai‘i) i ho‘okumu a ho‘oponopono ‘ia ho‘i e ka Mokuna XXXV o näKänäwai o ka Makahiki 1888, “He Känäwai e pili ana i nä Pä Ho‘opa‘a Holoholona ‘Ae‘a, Nä Holoholona‘Ae‘a, Nä Hao Kuni, a me Nä Hö‘ailona.” Ua kükulu ‘ia ka pä aupuni i nä ‘äpana like ‘ole o ka mokupunie ke Kuhina Kälai‘äina.

Ho‘olaha Pä Aupuni


1. LAND PARCELS FOR SALE AT KAMAKELA

Ten House Lots at Kamakela

Fifty feet wide in the front and an average depthof 150 feet. Next to the home of the Buckle familyin a cool location. Entrances on Liliha Street andat the Saint Louis College.

2. For more questions concerning these lots, askC. J. McCARTHY.

3. 338-dtf 35 Merchant Street, Honolulu, Hawai‘i

This is a real estate advertisement for 10 house lots in what is now downtown Honolulu.

Land Parcels for Sale at Kamakela

kolamu (column) 2

1. I këia manawa, ‘o nä palena o këia ‘äina ‘o Kamakela,‘o ia nä alanui ‘o Vineyard, Liliha, a me Kukui, a meke kahawai ‘o Nu‘uanu.

Today, the boundaries of this area called Kamakelaare roughly Vineyard, Liliha, and Kukui Streets, andNu‘uanu Stream.

2. Ma mua, aia ke Kulanui ‘o Kana Lui i ‘A‘ala,Honolulu, kokoke i ka mähele Päkë o ia kaona. I këiamanawa, aia ia kula–‘o ke Kula ‘o Kana Lui ka inoahou–i Kaimukï, a a‘o ‘ia nä papa mai ka ‘elima a hiki ika 12.

Saint Louis College was formerly located in the ‘A‘alasection of Honolulu, near Chinatown. Today theschool–renamed St. Louis School–is in the Kaimukïarea and provides instruction in grades five to 12.

3. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “338-dtf” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “338-dtf” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. ‘ÄINA KÜ‘AI MA KAMAKELA1

He ‘Umi ‘Äina Pä Hale ma Kamakela

He 50 kapua‘i ka laulä ma ke alo, a he 150kapua‘i ka ‘awelika hohonu. Ua pili i ka home oka ‘Ohana Buckle, a he ‘olu‘olu ke komo ‘anaaku. He wahi e puka aku ai ma Alanui Liliha, ama ke Kulanui ‘o Kana Lui.2

2. No nä nïnau hou aku e pili ana no këia mau‘äina, e ui aku iä C. J. McCARTHY.

3. 338-dtf3 35 Alanui Kälepa, Honolulu, Hawai‘i

1. AINA KUAI MA KAMAKELA.

He Umi Aina Pa-hale ma Kamakela.

He 50 kapuai ka laula ma ke alo, a he 150 kapuaika averika hohonu. Ua pili i ka Home o ka OhanaBuckle, a he oluolu ke komo ana aku. He wahi epuka aku ai ma Alanui Liliha, a ma ke Kula Nui oSana Lui.

2. No na ninau hou aku e pili ana no keia mauaina, e u i aku ia C. J. McCARTHY.

3. 338-dtf. 35 Alanui Kalepa, Honolulu H.

He ho‘olaha ‘äina kü‘ai këia no 10 ‘äina pä hale ma ke kaona ‘o Honolulu.

‘Äina Kü‘ai ma Kamakela


1. NOTICE

Let it be known to all people, the governmentcorral in Makiki is holding stray horses. Baymare, white spot on the forehead, one whiteright foreleg, one white left hind leg, a narrowdiamond brand on the lower right rear. Femalefoal, bay, four black shanks, white spot on theforehead, a diamond-like brand on the rightdock. Bay stallion, long white patch on theforehead, white on the right side of the neck,white on the right and left underside, a brandedIN on the left dock. The owner or owners of thesehorses should retrieve them, or else after 14 days,I will auction them on January 9, 1892.

2. David KaoaoGovernment Corral Officer

3. December 28, 1891 356 3td

This is the second of three government corral notices in this issue notifying the public of the govern-ment’s possession of stray animals. Everyone in Hawai‘i owned animals at the time, and when theanimals on O‘ahu would go astray, they were turned in to the various government corrals locatedacross the island. The Honolulu district had one corral, located in Makiki.


Notice

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ekahi” ‘o ia ‘o “kekahi.”

“Ekahi” was changed to “kekahi.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “keekeo” ‘o ia ‘o “ke‘oke‘o.”

“Keekeo” was changed to “ke‘oke‘o.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “huiki” ‘o ia ‘o “häiki.”

“Huiki” was changed to “häiki.”

4. He mana ‘o “lökihi” o “lö‘ihi.”

“Lökihi” is a variant of “lö‘ihi.”

5. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “apu” ‘o ia ‘o “ ‘api.”

“Apu” was changed to “ ‘api.”

6. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “356 3td” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “356 3td” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. ‘ÖLELO HO‘OLAHA

E ‘ike auane‘i nä känaka a pau, eia ma ka päaupuni o Makiki nei, kekahi1 mau lio hele hewa.Lio wahine ‘ula‘ula, kiko ke‘oke‘o ma ka lae,ho‘okahi wäwae ke‘oke‘o2 mua ‘äkau, ho‘okahiwäwae ke‘oke‘o hope hema, ke ‘ano o këia haokuni häiki3 kaimana he kaha ma lalo hope ‘äkau.Lio keiki wahine ‘ula‘ula, ‘ehä wäwae ‘ele‘ele,kiko ke‘oke‘o ma ka lae, hao kuni kohu kaimanahope ‘äkau. Lio käne ‘ula‘ula, ke‘oke‘o lökihi4 maka lae, ke‘oke‘o ma ka ‘ä‘ï ‘ao‘ao ‘äkau, ma laloo ka ‘api5 he mau hulu ke‘oke‘o ‘äkau a me kahema, hao kuni IN hope hema. ‘O ka mea a maumea paha no läkou këia mau lio e pono läkou eki‘i mai, o hala auane‘i nä lä he 14 e kü‘ai kükäläaku nö wau ke hiki aku i ka lä 9 o Ianuali 1892.

2. David KaoaoLuna Pä Aupuni

3. Kekemapa 28, 1891 356 3td6

1. OLELO HOOLAHA.

E ike auanei na kanaka a pau, eia ma ka PaAupuni o Makiki nei, ekahi mau lio hele hewa.Lio w ulaula, kiko keo keo ma ka lae 1 wawaekeekeo mua akau 1 wawae keokeo hope hema keano o ke ia hao kuni huiki kaimana he kaha malalo hope akau Lio keiki w ulaula 4 wa wae eleelekiko keokeo ma ka lae hao kuni kohu kaimanahope akau Lio k ulaula keokeo lokihi ma ka laekeokeo ma ka ai aoao akau malalo o ka apu hemau hulu keokeo akau a me ka hema haokuniIN hope hema. O ka mea a mau mea paha nolakou keia mau lio e pono la kou e kii mai, o halaauanei na la he 14 e kuai kudala aku no wau kehiki aku i ka la 9 o Ianuali 1892.

2. David Kaoao.Luna Pa Aupuni.

3. Dec. 28, 1891. 356 3td.

‘O këia ka lua o ‘ekolu ho‘olaha pä aupuni ma këia pukana nüpepa e ho‘olaha ana no ka pa‘a i ke aupunio nä holoholona hele hewa. He holoholona ko këlä me këia kanaka i Hawai‘i i këlä manawa, a i ka helehewa ‘ana o ia mau holoholona ma O‘ahu, lawe ‘ia akula i kekahi o nä pä aupuni o ia mokupuni. Heho‘okahi pä aupuni o ka ‘äpana ‘o Honolulu, aia i Makiki.


‘Ölelo Ho‘olaha


1. GOVERNMENT CORRAL NOTICE

Let it be known to all people, the governmentcorral in Makiki is holding some stray horses.Bay mare, long white patch on the forehead, anunusual brand on the right side of the neck. Baystallion, four white shanks, lame left foreleg,brand was not seen. Grayish white stallion, brandwas not seen, perhaps there is a brand on theright hindquarter. The owner or owners of thesehorses should quickly retrieve them, or else after12 days, I will auction them on December 26,1891, Saturday, twelve o’clock noon.

2. D. KAOAO345.dtf Government Corral Officer

This is the third of three government corral notices notifying the public of the government’s possessionof stray animals. Everyone in Hawai‘i owned animals at the time, and when the animals on O‘ahu wouldgo astray, they were turned in to the various government corrals located across the island. The Honoluludistrict had one corral, located in Makiki.


Government Corral Notice

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “kana” ‘o ia ‘o “känaka.”

“Kana” was changed to “känaka.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ak” ‘o ia ‘o “aku.”

“Ak” was changed to “aku.”

3. He pa‘i hewa nö paha këia, ‘oiai ua puka mai këiapukana o ka nüpepa i ka lä 1 o Ianuali, 1892.

This appears to be a misprint, since this issue of thenewspaper is dated January 1, 1892.

4. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “345.dtf” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “345.dtf” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. HO‘OLAHA PÄ AUPUNI

E ‘ike auane‘i nä känaka1 a pau, eia ma ka päaupuni o Makiki nei kekahi mau lio hele hewa.Lio wahine hulupala ‘ula‘ula, ke‘oke‘o lö‘ihi maka lae, hao kuni ‘ano ‘ë ‘ao‘ao ‘äkau o ka ‘ä‘ï. Liokäne ‘ula‘ula, ‘ehä wäwae ke‘oke‘o, ‘eha ‘ia kawäwae hema mua, ‘a‘ole ‘ike ‘ia ‘o ke kuni. Liokäne ‘ähinahina ke‘oke‘o, ‘a‘ole ‘ike ‘ia ‘o ke kuni,he kuni paha ma ka ‘ühä hope aku.2 ‘O ka mea amau mea nona këia po‘e lio, e pono e ki‘i kokemai, o hala nä lä he 12, e kü‘ai kükälä aku nö auke hiki aku i ka lä 26 o Kekemapa 1891,3 Po‘aonohola 12 awakea.

2. D. KAOAO345.dtf3 Luna Pä Aupuni

1. HOOLAHA PA AUPUNI

E ike auanei na kana a pau, eia ma ka Pa Aupunio Makiki nei kekahi mau lio hele hewa. Lio w hulupala ulaula, keokeo loihi ma ka lae, hao kuniano e aoao akau o ka a-i. Lio k ulaula, 4 wawaekeokeo ehaia ka wawae hema mua, aole ike ia oke kuni. Lio k ahinahina keokeo, aole ike ia o kekuni, he ku ni paha ma ka uha hope ak. O ka meaa mau mea nona keia poe lio, e pono e kii kokemai, o hala na la he 12, e kuai kudala aku no auke hiki aku i ka la 26 o Dec. 1891, Poaono hora12 awakea.

2. D. KAOAO.345.dtf. Luna Pa Aupuni.

‘O këia ke kolu o ‘ekolu ho‘olaha pä aupuni ma këia pukana nüpepa e ho‘olaha ana no ka pa‘a i keaupuni o nä holoholona hele hewa. He holoholona kä këlä me këia kanaka i Hawai‘i i këlä manawa, a ika hele hewa ‘ana o ia mau holoholona ma O‘ahu, lawe ‘ia akula i kekahi o nä pä aupuni o ia mokupuni.He ho‘okahi pä aupuni o ka ‘äpana ‘o Honolulu, aia i Makiki.


Ho‘olaha Pä Aupuni


1. CONTINUED MEETINGS of the

HAWAIIAN LIBERAL PARTY

The Hawaiian Liberal Party will continue tomeet at the old Barracks. On Thursday evening,seven o’clock, weekly, above the Brewer establish-ment, Queen Street. By order of the Party.

JOHN K. PRENDERGAST

2. Secretary

3. Honolulu, December 15, 1891 345-dtf

The newspaper was closely associated with the Hawaiian National Liberal Party; both stood outas strong proponents for Hawaiian rights. Here the paper announces the party’s weekly meetingin Honolulu.

Continued Meetings of the Hawaiian Liberal Party

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “KALAIANA” ‘o ia ‘o“KÄLAI‘ÄINA.”

“KALAIANA” was changed to “KÄLAI‘ÄINA.”




1. HÄLÄWAI MAUa ka

HUI KÄLAI‘ÄINA1 HAWAI‘I LIBERALA

E mälama mau ana ka Hui ‘Ao‘ao Lähui Hawai‘iLiberala ma ka Hale Paikau Kahiko. Ma ke ahiahiPo‘ahä, hola 7 p.m., i nä pule a pau, ma luna a‘eo kahi o Burua mä, alanui Mö‘ï Wahine. Ma kekauoha a ka Hui. JOHN K. PRENDERGAST

2. Käkau ‘Ölelo

3. Honolulu, Kekemapa 15, 1891 345-dtf2

1. HALAWAI MAUa ka

HUI KALAIANA HAWAII LIBERALA.

E malama mau ana ka Hui Aoao Lahui HawaiiLiberala ma ka Halepaikau Kahiko. ma ke ahiahiPoaha, hora 7 pm, i na pule a pau, ma luna ae okahi o Burua ma, alanui Moiwahine. Ma keKauoha a ka Hui. JNO. K. PRENDERGAST

2. Kakauolelo

3. Honolulu, Dec. 15, ’91 345-dtf.

Ua pili loa ka nüpepa me ka Hui ‘Ao‘ao Lähui Hawai‘i Liberala, a ua küpa‘a nä mea ‘elua ma hope o kapono lähui Hawai‘i. He ho‘olaha këia i kä ka Hui mau häläwai o këlä me këia pule.

Häläwai Mau a ka Hui Kälai‘äina Hawai‘i Liberala


1. A PUBLIC ADVERTISEMENT

Let it be known to all peoples living in theHawaiian kingdom, men, women, and children;afflicted by all types of illnesses, come to myoffice and I will treat the suffering caused byyour ailment, dear friends. I can treat allillnesses, stomach ailments, body aches, boneaches, headaches, female ailments, and soon. Don’t delay, friends, come one, come two,come all; the fees are reasonable if combinedwith a consultation. I am prepared to considerrequests from the Neighbor Islands, quickly andpromptly, a dear friend for you, the Hawaiianpeople.

2. I am,

3. DR. LEONG KENG PONGNumber 40, intersection of Smith and HotelStreets, Honolulu, O‘ahu. August 31 1y

This medical advertisement by a Chinese physician claims his success in treating any type of medicalproblem.

A Public Advertisement

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “KA” ‘o ia ‘o “KE.”

“KA” was changed to “KE.”

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “nane” ‘o ia ‘o “naue.”

“Nane” was changed to “naue.”

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “hoololohe” ‘o ia ‘o “ho‘ololohi.”

“Hoololohe” was changed to “ho‘ololohi.”

4. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Owou” ‘o ia ‘o “‘O wau.”

“Owou” was changed to “‘O wau.”

5. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “1y” i mea ho‘omaopopo pahai ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonoho ho‘olahapaha.

The code “1y” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. HE HO‘OLAHA I KE1 ÄKEA

E ‘ike auane‘i nä ‘ano lähui a pau, e noho ana make aupuni Hawai‘i, mai nä käne, wähine, a me näkeiki; i loa‘a i nä ma‘i o këlä a me këia ‘ano, enaue2 mai i ko‘u ke‘ena hana, a na‘u e ho‘opauaku i nä ‘eha‘eha a ka ma‘i ma luna o ‘oukou e nämakamaka, he hiki ia‘u ke lapa‘au i nä ‘ano ma‘ia pau, ma‘i i loko o ka ‘öpü, hu‘i ke kino, ‘aki iloko o ka iwi, ‘eha o ke po‘o, ma‘i wahine, a pëläaku. Mai ho‘ololohi3 aku e nä hoa, hele maiho‘okahi, hele mai ‘elua, hele mai nö a pau loa;he ‘olu‘olu ka ‘auhau, ke hui me ia ma nä küka‘i‘ölelo ‘ana; ua mäkaukau wau e pülama mai i näkono ‘ana mai mai nä mokupuni mai, me ka‘eleu a me ka hikiwawe loa, he makamaka a hehoaloha maika‘i no ‘oukou e nä Hawai‘i.

2. ‘O wau4 iho nö,

3. DR. LEONG KENG PONGHelu 40, huina o nä alanui Kamika me Hökele,Honolulu, O‘ahu. ‘Aukake 31 1y5

1. HE HOOLAHA I KA AKEA.

E ike auanei na ano lahui a pau, e noho ana make Aupuni Hawaii, mai na kane, wahine, a mena keiki; i loaa i na ma’i o kela a me keia ano, enane mai i ko’u Keena hana, a na’u e hoopauaku i na ehaeha a ka ma’i maluna o oukou e namakamaka, he hiki ia’u ke lapaau i na ano ma’i apau, ma’i iloko o ka opu, hu’i ke kino, aki iloko oka iwi, eha o ke poo, ma’iwahine a pela aku. Maihoololohe aku e na hoa, hele mai hookahi, helemai elua, hele mai no a pau loa; he oluolu kaauhau, ke hui me ia ma na kukai olelo ana; uamakaukau wau e pulama mai i na kono ana maimai na Mokupuni mai, me ka eleu a me ka hikiwawe loa, he makamaka a he hoaloha maikaino oukou e na Hawaii.

2. Owou iho no,

3. DR. LEONG KENG PONG.Helu 40, Huina o na alanui Kamika me Hotele.Honolulu, Oahu. Aug. 31. 1y.

Wahi a këia ho‘olaha lä‘au lapa‘au, e ho‘opau ‘ia ana nä ‘ano ‘eha‘eha like ‘ole e ke kauka Päkë näna iaho‘olaha.

He Ho‘olaha i ke Äkea


1. LARGE CLEARANCE SALE

From now until our move to our

2. NEW STORE

3. On Fort Street (THE BREWER BUILDINGS)

4. We will sell our entire inventory of clothing:

5. BEAUTIFUL DRESSES,TAILORED CLOTHING,

CAPS AND HATS,CLOTHES CHESTS, etc.

6. But for Extremely Low Prices.

7. Egan & Gunn

8. KING STREET near FORT STREETtf-d

The third page of the newspaper includes four commercial advertisements. This one announces a largeclearance sale on clothing at the Egan & Gunn store.

Clearance Sale

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O “Ho‘ëmi” kekahi pela ‘ana.

An alternative spelling could be “Ho‘ëmi.”

2. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “tf-d” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “tf-d” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. KÜ‘AI HO‘OPAU NUI

Mai këia manawa aku a hiki i ko mäkou ho‘one‘e‘ana aku i loko o ko mäkou

2. HALE KÜ‘AI HOU

3. Ma ke Alanui Päpü (NÄ HALE BURUA)

4. E ho‘olilo aku ana mäkou i ko mäkouwaiwai a pau o nä ‘ano lole:

5. NÄ LOLE NANI,NÄ LOLE I HUMU ‘IA,

KAPU A ME PÄPALE,PAHU LOLE, a pëlä aku

6. No nä Uku Ho‘oemi1 Loa Na‘e.

7. Egan & Gunn

8. ALANUI MÖ‘Ï kokoke i ke ALANUI PÄPÜ tf-d2

1. KUAI HOOPAU NUI.

Mai keia manawa aku a hiki i ko Makou hooneeana aku iloko o ko makou

2. HALEKUAI HOU

3. Ma ke Alanui Papu, (NA HALE BURUA.

4. E hoolilo aku ana Makou i ko Makouwaiwai a pau o na ano Lole:

5. NA LOLE NANI,NA LOLE I HUMUIA,

KAPU A ME PAPALEPAHU LOLE, a pela aku

6. No na Uku Hooemi Loa Nae.

7. Egan & Gunn.

8. ALANUI MOI kokoke i ke ALANUI PAPU.tf-d.

He ‘ehä ho‘olaha kälepa o ka ‘ao‘ao ‘ekolu o ka nüpepa. Ho‘olaha këia i ke kü‘ai ho‘opau nui i ka lole maka hale kü‘ai ‘o Egan & Gunn.

Kü‘ai Ho‘opau Nui


1. New FashionsNew Fashions

OF ALL KINDS, WELL-SUITED FOR EVENINGWEAR, CAN BE FOUND AT THE

ESTABLISHMENT OF Charles J. Fishels,

ON THE CORNER OF FORT AND HOTELSTREETS

2. In our liquidation store, by means of MR.CHARLES J. FISHELS, we have a very up-to-dateinventory newly arrived from the East of manydifferent styles. Here at our store are suits thatwill enable gentlemen to dress to perfection, andwomen to their most elegant best, finely madechildren’s apparel–

3. GINGHAM ARABIASisal Fiber CALICO Silk SCARVES

FINE FABRICS of many types andmuch, much more

4. All of these goods will be displayed beforeyou, not only you, but also the ladies as well asthe children. You can select for yourself your

heart’s desire. On the bright flats of ‘Äpua,the water in the mirage of Mänä sparkles.

Come one, come all, from big to small.

5. Charles J. Fishels

6. 350-tfd The premier store with the lowestprices

This advertisement by Charles J. Fishels’ store touts new fashions in fine fabrics at affordable pricesfor men, women, and children. Note the metaphoric use of traditional poetic language describing theplaces, ‘Äpua and Mänä, to convey the beauty of the clothing fashions in paragraph four.

New Fashions

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “[luhiehn]” ‘o ia ‘o “luhiehu.”

“[Luhiehn]” was changed to “luhiehu.”

2. He ‘ölelo mïkololohua Hawai‘i këia no ka nani o nälole paikini hou. He mana pili loa “ke ‘anapa nei kawaili‘ulä i Mänä” me ka ‘Ölelo No‘eau #1680 (Pukui:1983).

These eloquent words provide a uniquely Hawaiiandescription of the beauty of the new clothes fashions.“Ke ‘anapa nei ka waili‘ulä i Mänä” is a close variantof ‘Ölelo No‘eau #1680 (Pukui: 1983).

3. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “350-tfd” i mea ho‘omaopopopaha i ke kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonohoho‘olaha paha.

The code “350-tfd” appears possibly as a note to theprinter or the printer’s advertising staff.


1. Nä Paikini Hou Nä Paikini Hou

O NÄ ‘ANO A PAU, E KINI KOHU AI ‘O KE ANO AHIAHI, E LOA‘A NÖ MA KAHI–

Charles J. Fishels,KIHI O ALANUI PÄPÜ A ME HÖKELE

2. Ko mäkou hale kü‘ai ho‘opau nui, ma o MR.CHARLES J. FISHELS lä, he mau waiwai hou loako mäkou, i loa‘a mai nei mai ka hikina mai, ‘onä ‘ano like ‘ole he nui wale. Eia ma ko mäkouhale kü‘ai nei nä pa‘alole e linohau ai ‘o näkeonimana, a luhiehu1 ‘o nä lede, nä ‘auli‘i onä kamali‘i–

3. Nä KIMANU Nä ‘ALAPIANä KALAKOA Malina Nä KÏHEI Silika

NANAHE o nä ‘ano he nui a pëlä waleaku

4. E hu‘ea pau ‘ia aku ana këia mau waiwai a paui mua ou, ‘a‘ole ho‘i ‘o ‘oe wale, ‘o nä lede kekahi,pau pü aku ho‘i me nä keiki. Näu e wae nou iho i

nä ‘ano‘ai a kou pu‘uwai. Eia ka papa lohi o‘Äpua lä, ke ‘anapa nei ka waili‘ulä i Mänä.2

E hele mai i ho‘okahi, e hele mai nö a pau loa,mai ke nui a ka li‘ili‘i.

5. Charles J. Fishels

6. 350-tfd3 Hale kü‘ai alaka‘i o nä kumu kü‘aiha‘aha‘a loa

1. Na Paikini HouNa Paikini Hou

O NA ANO A PAU, E KINIKOHU AI O KEANO AHIAHI, E LOAA NO MA KAHI–

Chas. J. Fishels,KIHI O ALANUI PAPU A ME HOTELE,

2. Ko makou halekuai hoopau nui, ma o MR.CHAS. J. FISHELS la, he mau wai wai hou loako makou, i loaa mai nei mai ka hikina mai, ona ano like ole he nui wale. Eia ma ko makouhalekuai nei na paa lole e linohau ai o naKeonimana, a [luhiehn] o na Lede, na aulii ona Kamalii–

3. Na KIMANU Na ALAPIANa KALAKOA Malina Na KIHEI Silika

NANAHE o na ano he nui A pela waleaku.

4. E huea pau ia aku ana keia mau waiwai a pauimua ou, aole hoi o oe wale o na Lede kekahi,

pau pu aku hoi me na keiki, nau e wae nou iho ina anoai a kou puuwai, eia ka papa lohi o Apua

la, ke anapa nei ka wai liula i Mana.E hele mai i hookahi, e hele mai no a pau loa,

mai ke nui a ka liilii.

5. Chas. J. Fishels.

6. 350-tfd. Halekuai alakai o na kumukuaihaahaa loa.

He ho‘olaha këia na ka hale kü‘ai a Charles J. Fishels no nä lole nani paikini hou no nä käne, wähine akeiki e kü‘ai ‘ia ana ma nä kumukü‘ai ha‘aha‘a. E nänä i ka ‘ölelo mïkololohua Hawai‘i no ‘Äpua meMänä e hö‘ike ana i ka nani o ia mau paikini hou ma ka paukü ‘ehä.

Nä Paikini Hou


1. A Gift Sale During the Holidays

AT THE ESTABLISHMENT OF

N. S. SACHS–Number 104, FORT STREET,HONOLULU

MERCHANDISE OF EVERY KIND FOR THE HOLIDAYS

2. If anyone wants to acquire new, low-pricedfashions of many kinds, of every nicety

3. For Christmas and the New Year, come visitthe leading store with the lowest prices.

4. NEW MERCHANDISE! NEW MERCHANDISE,WITHIN THE NUMEROUS DEPARTMENTS

OF EVERY TYPE TOYS AND BABY DOLLS–

WILL BE GIVEN AWAY FREE, ABSOLUTELY FREE

5. To all people who spend more than $2.50 inthis store. Concerning your desire for a new hatfor Christmas, it will be found here, children’sbraided hats have been piled up for the holidays,white, black, of all types. Choose your fancywithin assorted stacks of all varieties.

6. N. S. SACHS

7. 318-dtf 104 Fort Street, Honolulu

This advertisement by N. S. Sachs’ store offers holiday gifts at low prices.

A Gift Sale During the Holidays

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “HONOLUKU” ‘o ia ‘o“HONOLULU.”

“HONOLUKU” was changed to “HONOLULU.”

2. Ho‘omau këia hopuna‘ölelo mai ka paukü ma luna a‘e.

This sentence continues from the previous paragraph.

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “makemakemake” ‘o ia ‘o“makemake.”

“Makemakemake” was changed to “makemake.”




1. He Kü‘ai Makana ma ka Lä Kuläia

MA KAHI O

N. S. SACHS–Helu 104, ALANUI PÄPÜ,HONOLULU1

NÄ WAIWAI O KËLÄ A ME KËIA ‘ANO NO KA LÄ KULÄIA

2. Inä e makemake nä mea a pau e loa‘a ona maupaikini hou, ma ke kumu kü‘ai ha‘aha‘a o nä ‘anolike ‘ole he nui, ‘o këlä ‘auli‘i a me këia ‘auli‘i

3. No ka lä Kalikimaka a me ka Makahiki Hou, ekipa a‘e ma ka hale kü‘ai alaka‘i o nä kumu kü‘aiemi loa.

4. NÄ WAIWAI HOU! NÄ WAIWAI HOU, I LOKO O NÄ MÄHELE LIKE ‘OLE HE NUI O

KËLÄ A ME KËIA ‘ANONÄ MEA PÄ‘ANI A ME NÄ KI‘I PËPË–

E HÄ‘AWI WALE ‘IA AKU ANA, E HÄ‘AWI WALE ‘IA AKU ANA NÖ

5. I ka po‘e a pau e kü‘ai mai ana ma këia halekü‘ai, i ‘oi aku ma mua o ka $2.50.2 No käumakemake3 i päpale hou ke Kalikimaka, e loa‘anö ma ‘ane‘i, nä päpale milo li‘i o nä kamali‘i uahele a kü ke ‘ähua no nä Lä Kuläia, ‘o ke ke‘oke‘o,‘o ka ‘ele‘ele, a me nä ‘ano a pau. E wae aku i ka‘i‘ini a loko i nä hihipe‘a like ‘ole o nä ‘ano a pau.

6. N. S. SACHS

7. 318-dtf4 104 Alanui Päpü, Honolulu

1. He Kuai Makana ma ka La Kulaia

MA KAHI O

N. S. SACHS–Helu 104, ALANUI PAPU,HONOLUKU:

NA WAIWAI O KELA A ME KEIA ANO, NO KA LA KULAIA.

2. Ina e makemake na mea a pau e loaa ona maupaikini hou, ma ke kumukuai haahaa o na anolike ole he nui, o kela aulii a me keia aulii.

3. No ka la Karikimaka a me ka Makahikihou, ekipa ae ma ka Halekuai Alakai o na kumukuaiemi loa.

4. NA WAIWAI HOU! NA WAIWAI HOU,ILOKO O NA MAHELE LIKE OLE HE NUI O

KELA A ME KEIA ANONA MEA PAANI A ME NA KII BEPE–

E HAAWI WALE IA AKU ANA, E HAAWI WALE IA AKU ANA NO.

5. I ka poe a pau e kuai mai ana ma keiaHalekuai, i oi aku mamua o ka $2.50. No kaumakemakemake i papale hou ke Karikimaka, eloaa no maanei, na papa le milolii o na kamaliiua hele a ku ke ahua no na La Kulaia, o kekeokeo, o ka eleele a me na ano a pau. E waeaku i ka iini a loko i na hihipe’a like ole o na anoa pau.

6. N. S. SACHS

7. 318-dtf. 104, Alanui Papu, Honolulu.

He ho‘olaha këia na ka hale kü‘ai a N. S. Sachs no ke kü‘ai makana ma ke kumukü‘ai ha‘aha‘a loa.

He Kü‘ai Makana ma ka Lä Kuläia


1. NEW ANNOUNCEMENT

COME FORTH, COME FORTHB. F. Ehlers & Co. (“PAINAPA”)

NUMBER 99 Fort Street

2. ESTEEMED FRIENDS, come again to seePAINAPA (B. F. Ehlers & Co.) while our doorsare open in the evenings, from now until the NewYear. Therefore, everyone come down, from bigto small, to see all kinds of new merchandise.Merry Christmas to you all! Come first toPAINAPA.

3. Dear friends, pay a visit to end your doubtsabout our clearance sale. I am sincerely,

4. tf B. F. EHLERS & CO.

B. F. Ehlers & Co. announces its holiday evening schedule and merchandise clearance sale.

New Announcement

kolamu (column) 2

1. ‘O Painapa ka inoa ho‘ohawai‘i no Barnaby, ka inoamua ho‘i o Mr. Ehlers.

Painapa is a Hawaiian transliteration of Mr. Ehlers’first name, Barnaby.

2. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Alanul” ‘o ia ‘o “Alanui.”

“Alanul” was changed to “Alanui.”

3. Ua komo ka pä‘älua ‘o “tf” i mea ho‘omaopopo paha ike kanaka pa‘i a i kona po‘e ho‘onohonoho ho‘olahapaha.

The code “tf” appears possibly as a note to the printeror the printer’s advertising staff.


1. HO‘OLAHA HOU

E ALA, E ALAB. F. Ehlers & Co. (“PAINAPA”)1

HELU 99 Alanui2 Päpü

2. E NÄ MAKAMAKA maika‘i, e naue hou maie ‘ike iä PAINAPA (B. F. Ehlers & Co.) ‘oiai, ewehe ana ko mäkou mau puka i ka pö, mai këiamanawa aku a hiki i ka Hape Nü ‘Ia. No laila, enaue mai ‘oukou a pau mai ke nui a ka li‘ili‘i, e‘ike i nä mea hou o këlä a me këia ‘ano. MerryChristmas ‘oukou a pau! Eö mua nö iä PAINAPA.

3. E kipa mai e nä makamaka, i ho‘opau ‘ia ai ko‘oukou känalua no kä mäkou kü‘ai ho‘opohö akuiä ‘oukou. ‘O wau me ka ‘oia‘i‘o,

4. tf3 B. F. EHLERS & CO.

1. HOOLAHA HOU

E ALA, E ALA.B. F. Ehlers & Co–PAINAPA

HELU 99 Alanul Papu.

2. E NA MAKAMAKA maikai, e naue hou maie ike ia PAINAPA (B. F. Ehlers & Co.,) oiai, ewehe ana ko makou mau puka i ka po, mai keiamanawa aku a hiki i ka Hape Nuia. Nolaila, enaue mai oukou a pau mai ke nui a ka liilii, e ikei na mea hou o kela a me keia ano. MerryChristmas oukou a pau! Eo mua no ia PAINAPA

3. E kipa mai e na makamaka, i hoopau ia ai kooukou kanalua no ka makou kuai hoopoho akuia oukou. Owau me ka oiaio.

4. tf B. F. EHLERS & CO.

He ho‘olaha këia na B. F. Ehlers & Co. i ka wehe ‘ia ‘ana o kona mau puka i ka pö a me ke kü‘ai ho‘opohö‘ana i käna mau mea.

Ho‘olaha Hou

44. CONCERNING THE TEETH

A person has thirty-two teeth, 16 in the upperjaw and 16 in the lower. Here are their names:

8 Incisors4 Canines8 Premolars8 Molars4 Wisdom Teeth

This section of the journal presents materials for students. This issue continues with the third part of atextbook on anatomy originally used at the College of Hawai‘i at Lahaina Luna (commonly known todayas “Lahaina Luna High School”). The textual notes continue from the previous issue of the journal.

A missionary doctor in Hawai‘i, Gerrit Judd, wrote ‘Anatomia (Honolulu, 1838), based in part on theAmerican textbook Class-Book of Anatomy, Designed for Schools (Boston, 1834) written by Jerome V. C.Smith. It had been thought that Judd’s ‘Anatomia, presented in the first column, was a translation ofSmith’s text, presented in the fourth column, although a direct comparison shows instead that Juddbased his work only loosely on Smith’s.

Apparently only one copy of the Smith book exists in Hawai‘i, and it may have been the one originallyowned by Judd himself. The copy contains penciled notations that appear to have been Judd’s. It iscurrently owned by Straub Clinic and Hospital and is on loan to the Hawai‘i Medical Library whichkindly made it available. In addition to Smith’s book, Straub Clinic and Hospital and the Hawai‘iMedical Library have also kindly made available their copy of Judd’s book and their digital photographsof it. Forbes 1088 (II:174-175); Judd/Bell/Murdoch 166 (59-61).

Paragraph numbers in the third and fourth columns do not match because only those parts of Smith’sClass-Book of Anatomy material that relate most closely to Judd’s text are included here.

Students’ Materials, Anatomy, Part 3

123

123. TEETH.

In manhood, there are thirty-two teeth, dividedin the following manner:

8 Incisores, or cutting teeth.4 Cuspidati, or dog shaped, being pointed.8 Bicuspides, or two pointed double teeth.8 Molares, or grinding teeth.4 Dentes Sapientiæ,11 or wisdom teeth.

11. He mana pela ‘o “Sapientiæ” o “Sapientiae.”

“Sapientiæ” is a spelling variant of “Sapientiae.”

44. NO NÄ NIHO

He kanakolukumamälua mau niho o ke kanaka,he 16 ma ka iwi ä luna a he 16 ma ka iwi ä lalo.Eia ko läkou inoa:

8 Niho ‘ai waiü4 Ole8 Ku‘i8 Ku‘inui4 Niho O‘o

44. NO NA NIHO.

He kanakolukumamalua mau niho o ke kanaka,he 16 ma ka iwi a luna a he 16 ma ka iwi a lalo.Eia ko lakou inoa;

8 Niho ai waiu,4 Ole,8 Kui,8 Kuinui,4 Niho Oo.

E hö‘ike ana këia mähele o ka puke pai i kekahi mau kumuhana na nä haumäna. Aia ma lalo iho nei kamähele ‘ekolu o kekahi puke ‘anatomia i ho‘ohana mua ‘ia ma ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Lahaina Luna.Ho‘omau ‘ia nä kuhia kikokikona mai ka pukana hope mai nei o ka puke pai.

Na ke kauka mikionali ma Hawai‘i nei ‘o Gerrit Judd i käkau iä ‘Anatomia (Honolulu, 1838) ma muli okekahi mau mähele o ka puke ‘Amelika i kapa ‘ia ‘o Class-Book of Anatomy, Designed for Schools(Bosetona, 1834) na Jerome V. C. Smith. Aia kä Judd ma ke kolamu mua, a ‘o kä Smith ma ke kolamu‘ehä o lalo iho nei. Ua mana‘o mua ‘ia he unuhi piha kä Judd i kä Smith, akä, ke ho‘ohälikelike pono ‘iaaku, e ‘ike ‘ia auane‘i ka pili me ka pili ‘ole o nä puke ‘elua.

He ho‘okahi wale nö kope o kä Smith i koe ma Hawai‘i nei, a ‘o ia paha ke kope a Judd pono‘ï iho nö ikahakaha penikala ai. Na ke Kalinika a Haukapila ‘o Straub ia kope, a ua ‘ae ‘ia i ka Hale Waihona PukeLapa‘au o Hawai‘i näna i ‘ae ‘olu‘olu mai ho‘i e pa‘i hou ‘ia ma ‘ane‘i. Me ia puke a Smith, ua ‘ae ‘olu‘olupü mai ke Kalinika a Haukapila ‘o Straub a me ka Hale Waihona Puke Lapa‘au o Hawai‘i i ke kope o käJudd puke a me nä ki‘i kikoho‘e o ia puke. Forbes 1088 (II:174-175); Judd/Bell/Murdoch 166 (59-61).

He ‘oko‘a ka helu paukü ‘ana o ke kolamu ‘ekolu me ka ‘ehä, ‘oiai ua ho‘opuka ‘ole ‘ia kekahi o kä Smithma ‘ane‘i.

Ka Puke Haumäna ‘o ‘Anatomia, Mähele 3

122

ka puke haumäna ‘o ‘anatomia, mähele 3 125

124. The first set, or milk teeth, are twenty innumber, appearing from time to time, from theage of about ten months, to three years, whenthey are all developed. There are, however, manyvariations as respects the period of cutting them,depending on constitutional causes. When theroots are absorbed, the tops fall off from thegums, and the second set are protruded. Thejaws, in the meantime,12 become longer andbroader, which allows room for an increasednumber, of a greater size.

. . .

45. Teeth are actually like bones except that theyare especially hard on the outside so that theycan chew on tough things. At the time a childis born, the teeth are already set in their placesin the jaw. The first teeth fall from atop thepermanent teeth, which come from underneath.As the child grows to perhaps six months of age,other teeth will appear, in the same way thatseeds sprout from the ground. It takes two yearsfor all of the baby teeth to come out; there are 20of them. When perhaps six years old, some of theteeth will fall out and replacements will grow tofill the gaps. When 18 years of age, the wisdomteeth start to grow, up to about age 20, and that’sthe reason for their being called mature, orwisdom, teeth.

46. Some people incorrectly believe that theteeth are formed at the base of the ear at themastoid process. This is certainly not the case,for it would be impossible for them to make theirway inside the jawbone to the place where theyshould come up.

12. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “mean time” ‘o ia ‘o “meantime.”

“Mean time” was changed to “meantime.”


45. Me he iwi maoli lä ka niho, he ‘o‘ole‘a na‘ema waho i hiki pono ke nau i nä mea uaua.14 I kawä e hänau ‘ia ai15 ke keiki, aia nö nä niho ma koläkou wahi ma loko o ka iwi ä. ‘O nä niho mua,helele‘i ma luna, a me nä niho pa‘a ma lalo. A nuia‘e ke keiki, ‘eono paha malama a laila puka maikekahi niho, me he hua kanu lä ua kupu mai maloko mai o ka lepo. ‘Elua makahiki e kupu ai näniho helele‘i a laila pau; he 20 läkou. Ma ke ono onä makahiki paha, helele‘i kekahi niho a kupumai ka mea hou e pani i16 ka hakahaka. Ma ka18 o nä makahiki e kupu ai nä niho o‘o, ma ka 20paha, no laila i kapa ‘ia ai17 läkou nä niho o‘o, ame nä niho o ka na‘auao.

46. Kuhi hewa kekahi po‘e, aia nä niho iho‘okumu ‘ia ma ke kumupepeiao. ‘A‘ole loapëlä, ‘a‘ole e hiki i ia18 mea ke kolo ma loko oka iwi ä a hiki i kona wahi e puka mai ai.

45. Me he iwi maoli la ka niho, he oolea naemawaho i hiki pono ke nau i na mea uuwa. I kawa e hanauia ke keiki, aia no na niho ma kolakou wahi maloko o ka iwia, o na niho muahelelei maluna, a me na niho paa malalo. A nuiae ke keiki, eono paha malama alaila puka maikekahi niho, me he hua kanu la ua kupu maimaloko mai o ka lepo. Elua makahiki e kupu aina niho helelei alaila pau; he 20 lakou. Ma ke onoo na makahiki paha helelei kekahi niho a kupumai ka mea hou e pani ka hakahaka. Ma ka 18o na makahiki e kupu ai na niho oo, ma ka 20paha, nolaila i kapaia lakou na niho oo, a me naniho o ka naauao.

46. Kuhi hewa kekahi poe, aia na niho ihookumuia ma ke kumupepeiao. Aole loa pela,aole e hiki ia mea ke kolo maloko o ka iwia a hikii kona wahi e puka mai ai.

14. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “uuwa” ‘o ia ‘o “uaua.”

“Uuwa” was changed to “uaua.”

15. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “hanauia” ‘o ia ‘o “hänau ‘ia ai.”

“Hanauia” was changed to “hänau ‘ia ai.”

16. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “pani” ‘o ia ‘o “pani i.”

“Pani” was changed to “pani i.”

17. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “kapaia” ‘o ia ‘o “kapa ‘ia ai.”

“Kapaia” was changed to “kapa ‘ia ai.”




47. Let us remember the benevolence of God ingiving a child milk at birth; and when the time isright to eat solid food, then He gives teeth withwhich to chew food.

48. Here is another point: the ideas that peoplehave are reprehensible when they withhold milkand feed the child something else. It is not rightto serve a child vegetables and meat when thechild has no teeth. It will lead to death, thoughnot to a quick death, for as the stomach is notable to digest all of those things, the child wastesaway, becomes thin, has stomach aches, fevers,and perhaps other illnesses and diarrhea. Waituntil the child has teeth with which to chewbefore giving him hard food. Then the stomachwill be ready, and the vegetables and meats willstrengthen and make the child grow.

49. Here is something else: Do not strike theteeth to remove them. Let them be in the placeswhere God planted them; but if they should hurtand perhaps come loose, then they can come out.


47. E ho‘omana‘o käkou i ka lokomaika‘i o keAkua, i kona hä‘awi ‘ana mai i ka waiü na kekeiki ma ka hänau ‘ana: a hiki mai ka manawapono iä ia ke ‘ai i ka ‘ai, a laila hä‘awi19 ‘o ia i näniho e nau ai i ka ‘ai.

48. Eia ho‘i kekahi mana‘o: he lapuwale kamana‘o o ka po‘e ‘au‘a i ka waiü, a hänai i kekeiki i kekahi mea ‘ë a‘e. ‘A‘ole e pono ke ukuhi ika ‘ai, a me ka i‘a, i kona manawa niho ‘ole. Hemea make ia; ‘a‘ole na‘e e hikiwawe20 ka make,akä, no ka hiki ‘ole o ka ‘öpü ke ho‘onoho i ia21

mau mea a pau, no laila ka höki‘i, a me ka wïwï,a me ke nahu, a me ka wela, a me ka ‘ea paha, ame ka hï. Alia ka ‘ai a loa‘a iä ia nä niho, ka meae hiki ai, a laila mäkaukau ka ‘öpü, a lilo ka ‘ai ame ka i‘a i mea e ikaika ai, a i mea e nui ai kekeiki.

49. Eia kekahi. Mai ku‘i wale i nä niho a hemo. Ewaiho malie pëlä ma kahi i kanu ‘ia ai e ke Akua;akä, i ‘eha, a naue paha, a laila hemo.

47. E hoomanao kakou i ka lokomaikai o keAkua, i kona haawi ana mai i ka waiu na ke keikima ka hanau ana: a hiki mai ka manawa pono iaia ke ai i ka ai, alaila hoawi oia i na niho e nau ai ika ai.

48. Eia hoi kekahi manao, he lapuwale ka manaoo ka poe aua i ka waiu, a hanai i ke keiki i kekahimea e ae. Aole e pono ke ukuhi i ka ai, a me ka ia,i kona manawa niho ole. He mea make ia; aolenae e hiki wawae ka make, aka, no ka hiki ole oka opu ke hoonoho ia mau mea a pau, nolaila kahokii, a me ka wiwi, a me ke nahu, a me ka wela,a me ka ea paha, a me ka hi. Alia ka ai a loaa iaia na niho, ka mea e hiki ai, alaila makaukau kaopu, a lilo ka ai, a me ka ia i mea e ikaika ai, a imea e nui ai ke keiki.

49. Eia kekahi. Mai kui wale i na niho a hemo. Ewaiho malie pela ma kahi i kanuia’i e ke Akua;aka, i eha, a nauwe paha, alaila hemo.

19. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “hoawi” ‘o ia ‘o “hä‘awi.”

“Hoawi” was changed to “hä‘awi.”

20. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “hiki wawae” ‘o ia ‘o “hikiwawe.”

“Hiki wawae” was changed to “hikiwawe.”




62. BONE OF THE TONGUE – Os hyoides.

It is situated in the muscles of the neck, quitein the upper and back part of the throat; itsexistence would hardly be suspected, were it notfelt by pressing with the thumb and finger.

63. Its shape is much like the under jaw, or theletter U, having the diameter of a dollar. . . .

50. HYOID (TONGUE) BONE

This is a single bone situated between the musclesof the tongue, above the voice box. It is shapedlike the lower jawbone but much smaller, like asilver dollar in girth.

PLATE III – 6

Hyoid (Tongue) Bone


50. IWI ELELO

He wahi iwi ho‘okahi këia, aia ma waena o nä‘i‘o o ke alelo, ma luna o ka pu‘u. He like konahelehelena me ka iwi ä lalo, he ‘u‘uku na‘e, uakokoke like me ke kälä ka nui o kona poepoe ‘ana.

50. IWI ELELO.

He wahi iwi hookahi keia, aia mawaena o na io oke alelo, maluna o ka puu. He like kona helehelename ka iwia lalo, he uuku nae, ua kokoke like meke dala ka nui o kona poepoe ana.

KI‘I III – 6

Iwi Elelo

64. BONES OF THE EAR–Ossicula auditis.

Each of these, the malleus, incus, stapes, and osorbiculare, are minutely described in the articleon the sense of hearing.

383. LITTLE BONES OF THE EAR, OR OSSICULA AUDITUS

Perhaps there is no insulated portion of ananimal, that more clearly and satisfactorilyevinces superhuman design, than the figure andarticulation of the four ear bones, which we shallnow endeavor to describe. The technical phraseossicula auditus, in the Latin, implies little bonesof the ear. They are by far the smallest in thebody. The first, in order of their distribution,is the malleus or mallet, having a faint resem-blance to that instrument, inasmuch as there isa long handle joined to a round knob. Secondly,the incus,13 from its resemblance to an anvil:os orbiculare or round bone, the least in sizethat has ever been discovered, being in manconsiderably smaller than a mustard seed. Andlastly, the stapes, or stirrup, almost a miniaturefacsimile14 of a saddle stirrup. …

. . .


51. THE BONES OF THE EAR

There are eight bones: 4 in one ear, and 4 in theother. These are extremely small bones.

Malleus, thought to be like a hammer.Incus, like the anvil of a blacksmith.Round Bone,9 minute, smaller than a

mustard seed.Stapes, almost exactly like a miniature

stirrup of a saddle.

PLATE III – 7

The Parts of the Ear

1, Malleus2, Incus3, Stapes4, Stapes, turned upside down5, Round Bone

9. Ua mana‘o ‘o Judd he iwi ka‘awale ka “iwi poepoe,”akä, ‘o ka ‘oi kua wale nö ia.

Judd thought that the “rounded bone” was a separatebone, but it is in fact the lenticular process of the incus.

13. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “inchus” ‘o ia ‘o “incus.”

“Inchus” was changed to “incus.”

14. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “fac simile” ‘o ia ‘o “facsimile.”

“Fac simile” was changed to “facsimile.”


51. NÄ IWI O KA PEPEIAO

‘Ewalu këia mau iwi: 4 ma kekahi pepeiao, a 4ma kekahi. He mau iwi ‘u‘uku loa läkou.

Iwi Hämale, ua mana‘o ‘ia he like me kahämale.

Iwi Kua, ua like me ke kua a ka ‘ämala.Iwi Poepoe, he iwi ‘u‘uku loa, nui ka hua

mäkeke.Iwi Ke‘ehi, he like loa me ke ke‘ehi noho lio

‘u‘uku.

51. NA IWI O KA PEPEIAO.

Ewalu keia mau iwi, 4 ma kekahi pepeiao, a 4 makekahi, he mau iwi uuku loa lakou.

Iwi Hamare, ua manaoia he like me kahamare.

Iwi Kua, ua like me ke kua a ka Amara.Iwi Poepoe, he iwi uuku loa, nui ka hua

makeke.Iwi Keehi, he like loa me ke keehi noho lio

uuku.

KI‘I III – 7

Nä ‘I‘o o Ka Pepeiao

1, Hämale2, Kua3, Ke‘ehi4, Ke‘ehi, ua huli ‘ia i lalo5, Iwi Poepoe22

22. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Iwi hoehoe” ‘o ia ‘o “Iwi Poepoe.”

“Iwi hoehoe” was changed to “Iwi Poepoe.”


52. When the vibrations of anything making asound reach the membrane inside the ear, thelong handle of the malleus is pulled, and as itshead bows down upon the thickest part of theincus, the tip of the incus touches the “roundedbone,” the spur (of the stapes) is pulled, and theplace where the nerves of hearing spread outbegins to vibrate intensely. Our hearing is anamazing and complex thing, and it is not at alleasy to describe in Hawaiian. If you should wishto look at some ear bones, look for the head of adog or perhaps that of a cow, and look far insidethe ear. Dry bones are best, but if they have beentossed around here and there, all the bones willperhaps have already fallen out; but should theybe found, they are much like those of a person.

53. THE BONES OF THE TORSO

There are fifty-three named bones of the torso.

24 Vertebrae24 Ribs

1 Sternum4 Pelvic bones

53

54. These 53 bones are where the limbs attach,and also form a protection for the soft partswhich can easily be hurt if they are not protectedby the hard parts. Inside the spine is the extensionof the brain called the spinal cord. Inside thechest are the liver and the heart. Inside the pelvisare the bladder and the reproductive organs.


52. I ka ha‘alulu ‘ana o nä mea kani ma ka päküma loko o ka pepeiao, e huki ‘ia ke ‘au lö‘ihi o kahämale, a künou iho kona po‘o ma kahi poupouo ke kua, kü ihola ka wëlau o ke kua ma kapoepoe, a huki ‘ia ke kepa, a ha‘alulu nui iholama kahi i ho‘opälaha ‘ia ai ke a‘alolo lohe. Hemea kupaianaha ka lono o käkou, he pohihihi,‘a‘ole loa e hiki ke ho‘äkäka le‘a aku ma ka ‘öleloHawai‘i. Inä e makemake ‘oukou e nänä i nä iwipepeiao, e huli i ke po‘o o ka ‘ïlio paha, o ka pipipaha, a ‘imi ma loko loa o ka pepeiao. He iwimalo‘o ka pono, akä, inä ua kiola pinepine ‘ia ma‘ö a ma ‘ö, e pau paha nä iwi i ka helele‘i; a i loa‘a,ua like me ko ke kanaka.

53. NÄ IWI O KE KINO

He kanalimakumamäkolu iwi i kapa ‘ia noke kino.

24 Iwi Kuamo‘o24 Iwi ‘Ao‘ao

1 Iwi Umauma4 Iwi Kä

53

54. ‘O këia mau iwi 53, ‘o ia ke kumu e pili ai nälälä, a me ka mea e malu ai nä mea palupalu;hikiwawe ka ‘eha ke pale ‘ole ‘ia i ka mea ‘o‘ole‘a.Ma loko o ke kuamo‘o ka ho‘olö‘ihi ‘ana o kalolo, i kapa ‘ia ke a‘alolo kuamo‘o. Ma loko o kaumauma ke ake a me ka pu‘uwai. Ma loko o kaiwi kä ke ko‘ana mimi, a me ka pu‘uao.23

52. I ka haalulu ana o na mea kani ma ka pakumaloko o ka pepeiao, e hukiia ke au loihi o kahamare, a kunou iho kona poo ma kahi poupouo ke kua, ku iho la ka welau o ke kua ma kapoepoe, a hukiia ke kepa, a haalulu nui iho lama kahi i hoopalahaia’i ke aalolo lohe. He meakupaianaha ka lono o kakou, he pohihihi, aoleloa e hiki ke hoakaka lea aku ma ka olelo Hawaii.Ina e makemake oukou e nana i na iwi pepeiao, ehuli i ke poo o ka ilio paha, o ka bipi paha, a imimaloko loa o ka pepeiao. He iwi maloo ka pono,aka, ina ua kiola pinepine ia ma o a ma o, e paupaha na iwi i ka helelei: a i loaa, ua like me koke kanaka.

53. NA IWI O KE KINO.

He kanalima kumamakolu iwi i kapaia noke kino;

24 Iwi Kuamoo,24 Iwi Aoao,

1 Iwi Umauma,4 Iwi Ka.

53

54. O keia mau iwi 53, oia ke kumu e pili ai nalala, a me ka mea e malu ai na mea palupalu, hikiwawe ka eha ke pale ole ia i ka mea oolea.Maloko o ke kuamoo ka hooloihi ana o ka lolo, ikapaia ke aalolo kuamoo. Maloko o ka umaumake ake a me ka puuwai. Maloko o ka iwi ka kekoana mimi, a me ka puuao.

23. He mana pela nö paha ‘o “pu‘uao” o “pü‘ao.”

“Pu‘uao” is probably a spelling variant of “pü‘ao.”


PLATE IV – 8

A Cervical (Neck) Vertebra

a, Its bodye, The spinous process, bifurcatedi, Juncture with the next boneo, o, Transverse processu, Hole for the spinal cord

PLATE IV – 10

Lumbar (Lower Back) Vertebra

a, Its bodye, Spinous processi, i, Juncture with the next boneo, o, Transverse process


KI‘I IV – 8

He Iwi ‘Ä‘ï

a, Kona kinoe, Ka ‘oi waena, ua ho‘omanamana ‘iai, Wahi e pili ai me kekahi iwi24

o, o, ‘Oi ‘ao‘aou, Puka a‘alolo kuamo‘o

KI‘I IV – 10

Iwi Pühaka

a, Kona kinoe, ‘Oi waenai, i, Kahi e hui ai me kekahi iwio, o, ‘Oi ‘ao‘ao

24. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “w” ‘o ia ‘o “iwi.”

“W” was changed to “iwi.”

ka puke haumäna ‘o ‘anatomia, mähele 3 137136 ka ho‘oilina: journal of hawaiian language sources • 2003

KI‘I IV – 7

Ke Kuamo‘o

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, He mau a‘alolo e puka mai anama waena o ke kuamo‘o

7, Paukü o ka na‘au li‘ili‘i8, Iwi ‘Ökole9, 9, Nä Pu‘upa‘a10, Akepa‘a11, ‘Öpü

PLATE IV – 7

The Spinal Column

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Some of the nerves coming outfrom between the bones

7, Small section of intestines8, Coccyx (“tailbone”)9, 9, Kidneys10, Liver11, Stomach


65. BONES OF THE SPINE –Vertebræ.15

Twenty-four bones, similar in shape, but varyingin size, laid one above the other, are collectivelycalled the spine. Processes, or arms, extend outon each side, on a line with the limbs; and oneprojecting backward is the spinous process, whichgives the name to the whole chain. These pointsare the levers, by which the muscles move thewhole, as a column. No one vertebra can beturned on its axis, but the entire series admit of atwisting movement, as demonstrated in all theattitudes which the body assumes. On thebackside of the body of the blocks, the union ofthe three arms forms a ring, and the twenty-four,present a canal, through which the spinal marrowpasses down, giving off nerves between every twobones, to go to the ribs and muscles on the sides.

. . .

67. Between these vertebræ,16 there is an inter-vening substance exceedingly elastic, convexedon both sides, being thick in the centre and thinat the edges, which are analogous to cushions, toprevent a sudden jar in our movements. Theseare the intervertebral substance, rather compress-ible, yet elastic. After being in an erect position<for a> considerable time, the superincumbentweight presses them down thinner, so that aperson is shorter at night, after fatigue in walking,than in the morning, after the intervertebralpieces have restored themselves to their originalcondition.

. . .

55. THE SPINAL VERTEBRAE

They number 24: 7 cervical (of the neck), 12thoracic (of the middle back), and 5 lumbar (ofthe lower back). And they are connected tightlytogether. If you were to take a vertebra and lookcarefully at it, you would see three processes(sharp points) of bone: two on the sides, and onein the middle. There are four places where theyattach to each other: two on top and twounderneath; the body of the bone is disc-like inshape. Observe that there is a large hole for thespinal cord to descend and branch out betweeneach pair of bones; that’s how it goes from top tobottom. The processes are for the attachment ofthe muscles and ligaments that pull the body intoan upright posture, and allow for it to bend onceagain downward. There are flexible cartilages(elastic tissue) set between the bones, and theyallow for the spine to flex slightly and not break.

56. If the height of a person is measured in themorning, and then he works hard that day untilnightfall, and then it is re-measured, it will beclear that he has shrunk by about one inch. Hereis the reason for the shrinking: standing uprightwith the muscles pulling vigorously appliespressure on the cushions, making them slightlythinner and reducing the overall length of thespine.

15. He mana pela ‘o “vertebræ” o“vertebrae.”

“Vertebræ” is a spelling variant of “vertebrae.”

16. He mana pela ‘o “vertebræ” o“vertebrae.”



55. NÄ IWI KUAMO‘O

He 24 läkou: 7 o ka ‘ä‘ï, 12 o ke kua, a 5 o kapühaka. A ua ho‘oku‘i ‘ia läkou kekahi i kekahi apa‘a loa. Inä e lawe ‘oe i ka iwi kuamo‘o a nänäpono aku, e ‘ike ‘oe i nä ‘oi ‘ekolu: ‘elua ma nä‘ao‘ao, ho‘okahi ma waenakonu. ‘Ehä wahi e pilipü ai me kekahi iwi: ‘elua ma luna, ‘elua ma lalo;a me ke kino o ka iwi, he wahi poepoe ia. E nänä ika puka nui no ke a‘alolo kuamo‘o e iho ana a emanamana ana ma waena o nä iwi ‘elua a pau;pëlä wale nö mai luna a lalo. ‘O nä wahi ‘oi, no kapili ‘ana o nä ‘i‘o a me nä olonä e huki ai i ke kinoa kü pono i luna, a e hö‘ea hou ke künou iho ilalo. He mea pïlali uaua ma waena o nä iwi e pilipü ana, ‘o ia ka mea e hiki ai i ke25 kuamo‘o kepelu iki,26 ‘a‘ole e ha‘i.

56. Inä e ana ‘ia ke ki‘eki‘e27 o ke kanaka i kekakahiaka, a hana ikaika ‘o ia i ia28 lä a pö, a anahou ‘ia, a laila e akäka ai kona emi ‘ana ho‘okahi‘ïniha paha ke29 emi ‘ana. Eia ka mea e pökole ai:‘o ke kü ‘ana i luna a me ka huki ikaika ‘ana onä ‘i‘o, ‘o ia ka mea e kaomi iho ai ma luna o kamea uaua, lahilahi iki ihola ia, a pökole ihola kekuamo‘o.

55. NA IWI KUAMOO.

He 24 lakou: 7 o ka ai, 12 o ke kua, a 5 o kapuhaka. A ua hookuiia lakou kekahi i kekahi apaa loa. Ina e lawe oe i ka iwi kuamoo a nanapono aku, e ike oe i na oi ekolu, elua ma na aoao,hookahi mawaena konu, eha wahi e pili pu ai mekekahi iwi, elua maluna elua malalo, a me kekino o ka iwi, he wahi poepoe ia. E nana i kapuka nui no ke aalolo kuamoo, e iho ana a emanamana ana mawaena o na iwi elua a pau;pela wale no mai luna a lalo. O na wahi oi, no kapili ana o na io a me na olona, e huki ai i ke kinoa ku pono iluna, a e hoea hou ke kulou iho ilalo.He mea pilali uwauwa mawaena o na iwi e pili puana, oia ka mea e hiki ai ke kuamoo ke pelu iki aiaole e hai.

56. Ina e anaia ke kiekie o ke kanaka i kekakahiaka, a hana ikaika oia ia la a po, a ana houia; alaila e akaka ai kona emi ana hookahi inihapaha ka emi ana. Eia ka mea e pokole ai, o ke kuana iluna a me ka huki ikaika ana o na io, oia kamea e kaomi iho ai maluna o ka mea uwauwa,lahilahi iki iho la ia, a pokole iho la ke kuamoo.

25. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ai ke” ‘o ia ‘o “ai i ke.”

“Ai ke” was changed to “ai i ke.”

26. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ke pelu iki ai” ‘o ia ‘o “ke pelu iki.”

“Ke pelu iki ai” was changed to ““ke pelu iki.”

27. Ua ‘oi aku ke küpono o “lö‘ihi” ma mua o “ki‘eki‘e”ma ‘ane‘i.

A more appropriate word here would have been “lö‘ihi”(tall) rather than “ki‘eki‘e” (high, as in altitude).



29. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ka” ‘o ia ‘o “ke.”

“Ka” was changed to “ke.”


69. The topmost of all the bones of the spine, iscalled the atlas, because it supports the head, asAtlas was fabled to support the globe. It is a ringof bone, without a body, which distinguishes itfrom all below it. With the skull, it forms a joint,allowing the head to move forward and back-ward, but in no other manner.

. . .

72. RIBS AND BONES OF THE CHEST

– Costæ.17

Twenty four18 ribs, seven of which are in contactwith the spine, behind, and the breast bone infront, form the thorax or chest. Each of the ribshas a regular joint, to allow the chest to beenlarged and diminished, in breathing: a vulgarnotion exists that males have one rib less thanfemales, owing to the circumstance of one ofthem having been taken from the side of Adam,for the creation of woman: the number is exactlyalike in both sexes.

57. The topmost vertebra of the neck articu-lates with the head; it is a joint which allows fornodding. It is hollowed out, and the projectingpart of the second vertebra goes through it, in thesame way that a house post goes into a rafter.Between them is the ability to shake the head andlook up and down.

58. THE RIBS

There are 24 of these bones, 12 on one side, and12 on the other; males and females have thesame. One end connects to a thoracic vertebra ofthe spine and so it is with each of the 12. Theother end is connected to the sternum, and thatend has cartilage on it so that it can flex andallow for proper breathing. The 7 uppermostbones connect directly to the sternum, and thetwo remaining are shorter and are suspendedwithin the muscles.

59. If a person breathes in, the lungs fill and theribs rise up; and when breathing out, the ribsdescend again, and so the chest inflates anddeflates night and day for the whole of one’s life.

17. He mana pela ‘o “costæ” o “costae.”

“Costæ” is a spelling variant of “costae.”

18. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “twentyfour” ‘o ia ‘o “twenty four.”

“Twentyfour” was changed to “twenty four.”


57. Ua ho‘oku‘i ‘ia ka iwi mua o ka ‘ä‘ï me kepo‘o; he ‘ami ia no ka ho‘okünou ‘ana. Ua ‘auwaha‘ia, a komo mai ma ka ‘auwaha kahi ‘oi o ka lua onä iwi, e like me ke komo ‘ana o ka pou hale make o‘a. Ma waena o läua ka ho‘oluliluli ‘ana o kepo‘o, a me ka ‘alawa ‘ana a‘e.

58. IWI ‘AO‘AO

He 24 këia mau iwi, he 12 ma kekahi ‘ao‘ao, a he12 ma kekahi, ua like ho‘i ko ke käne a me ko kawahine. Ua ho‘oku‘i ‘ia kekahi po‘o ma ka iwikua o ke kuamo‘o a pëlä nä iwi kua he 12. Uaho‘oku‘i ‘ia kekahi po‘o ma ka iwi umauma, hepïlali ko ia po‘o i mea e ‘olu ai, e hiki pono ai kehanu. ‘O nä iwi 7 o luna ka i pili pono me ka iwiumauma,30 a ‘o nä iwi ‘elua i koe ua pökole maia lewa wale ma loko o ka ‘i‘o.

59. Inä e hanu mai ke kanaka, piha maila keakemämä, a pi‘i maila nä iwi ‘ao‘ao; a hanu aku,ho‘i hou nä iwi ‘ao‘ao i lalo, a pëlä e ‘üpä mau aike ke‘apa‘a i ka pö a me ke ao a pau ke ola ‘ana.

57. Ua hookuiia ka iwi mua o ka ai me ke poo;he ami ia no ka hookunou ana. Ua auwahaia, akomo mai ma ka auwaha kahi oi o ka lua o naiwi, e like me ke komo ana o ka pou hale ma keoa. Mawaena o laua ka hooluliluli ana o ke poo,a me ka alawa ana ae.

58. IWI AOAO.

He 24 keia mau iwi, he 12 ma kekahi aoao, a he12 ma kekahi, ua like hoi ko ke kane a me ko kawahine. Ua hookuiia kekahi poo ma ka iwi kua oke kuamoo a pela na iwi kua he 12, Ua hookuiiakekahi poo ma ka iwi umauma, he pilali ko iapoo i mea e olu ai, e hiki pono ai ke hanu. Ona iwi 7 oluna ka i pili pono me ka iwi umauma,a o na iwi elua i koe ua pokole mai a lewa walemaloko o ka io.

59. Ina e hanu mai ke kanaka, piha mai la ke akemama, a pii mai la na iwi aoao, a hanu aku, hoihou na iwi aoao ilalo, a pela e upa mau ai ke keapaa i ka po a me ke ao a pau ke ola ana.

30. ‘Oiai he pili nä iwi 10 o luna i ka iwi umauma, he‘ehiku wale nö ka i pili pono, wahi a ka po‘e kälai‘anatomia.

Although the upper 10 ribs attach to the sternum,only seven attach directly, according to physiologists.


PLATE IV – 9

Sternum (Breastbone)

a, a, Connection with the claviclee, e, Location of the first ribi, Location of the voice boxo, o, o, This is where the ribs connect

u, Attachment point for the cartilaginousend of the sternum


KI‘I IV – 9

Iwi Umauma

a, a, Kahi e pili ai me ka iwi leie, e, Kahi o ka iwi ‘ao‘ao muai, Kahi o ke kani ‘ä‘ïo, o, o, Ma këia mau wahi ka pili ‘ana o nä iwi

‘ao‘aou, Kahi e pili ai ka pïlali iwi umauma


60. THE STERNUM (BREASTBONE)

This is a lightweight bone; it is one and a quarterinches in width, and it can be up to ten inches inlength. It is flattened where it meets with theclavicles (collar bones). The end at the diaphragmis cartilaginous. The sternum is perhaps made of5 pieces in childhood, and when a person ages,they join to become 3, or at times just one.

61. THE BONES OF THE PELVIC GIRDLE

This is the name of the four separate bones takenas a single united whole, and because of its circu-lar shape, it is likened to a gourd. These are fourimmovable bones, and are the base upon whichthe torso, head, and upper appendages rest.

2 Innominate (Hip) Bones1 Sacrum1 Coccyx

73. BREAST BONE – Sternum.

The sternum, or breast bone in the front wall ofthe chest, is narrow, and spongy, not far from aninch and <a> quarter wide and ten inches long,reaching from the throat to the pit of thestomach.

74. Several pieces of bone are joined together toconstitute it, but the lowest point, which isflexible, is the most interesting. It can be felt withthe hand. It is floating, as it were, in the flesh,being flexible and yielding to pressure. As weadvance in years, it becomes ossified, and ifdistorted or forced from its natural place inyouth, produces the most painful and alarmingconsequences in age.

. . .


60. IWI UMAUMA

He wahi iwi mämä këia; ho‘okahi ‘ïniha a me kahapahä kona laulä, a he ‘umi ‘ïniha kona loa ikekahi manawa. Ma kahi i hui ‘ia ai me nä iwi leikona wahi pälahalaha. He pïlali ka ‘ao‘ao ma laloma ka houpo. Ua 5 paha iwi o ka umauma i kawä kamali‘i, a o‘o ke kanaka e hui läkou i 3 paha,a me kekahi manawa he ho‘okahi wale nö.

61. NO NÄ IWI KÄ

‘O ia ka inoa nui o nä iwi ‘oko‘a ‘ehä i hui pü ‘ia,a no ka poepoe ‘ana ua ho‘ohälike ‘ia me ka ipu.He mau iwi pa‘a këia, ‘o ke kumu ho‘i e noho aike kino, a me ke po‘o, a me ka lälä ma luna.

2 Iwi Päpäkole1 Iwi Kïkala1 Iwi ‘Ökole

60. IWI UMAUMA.

He wahi iwi mama keia; hookahi iniha a me kahapaha kona laula, a he umi iniha kona loa ikekahi manawa. Ma kahi i huiia’i me na iwi leikona wahi palahalaha. He pilali ka aoao malaloma ka houpo. Ua 5 paha iwi o ka umauma i kawa kamalii, a oo ke kanaka e hui lakou i 3 paha, ame kekahi manawa he hookahi wale no.

61. NO NA IWI KA.

Oia ka inoa nui o na iwi okoa eha i huipuia, a noka poepoe ana ua hoohalikeia me ka ipu. He mauiwi paa keia, o ke kumu hoi e noho ai ke kino, ame ke poo, a me ka lala maluna.

2 Iwi Papakole,1 Iwi Kikala,1 Iwi Okole.


80. BONES OF THE HIPS – Ossa Innominata.

Three bones, the os sacrum and the two ossainnominata or hips, are so united together as toform a kind of horizontal ring; within this ring,many important organs are found; on the out-side of each of the broad, thin hip bones, a deepsocket is seen, in which the heads of the thighbones are articulated.

. . .

62. THE INNOMINATE (HIP) BONES

These are two irregularly shaped bones: they arefused together at the front, and at the back theyare joined to the sacrum; but when we talk aboutthem we divide them both into three bones each.The flattened bone at the hips is called the ilium.The place where they join at the front is calledthe pubis, and the place a person rests uponwhen sitting is called the ischium. These bonesare all separate in early childhood, and as aperson ages, they fuse together to form one. Theplace where they fuse together is the acetabulumsocket for the head of the femur, with two fifths ofthe socket from the ilium, two fifths from theischium, and one fifth from the pubis. The iliumhas a rough upper edge where a great manymuscles attach; it is called the iliac crest. At theend of the front edge there are two bumpyregions: the upper one is called the superiorspine, and the one below it, the inferior spine ofthe ilium. Between the ischium and the pubis is alarge hole which is called the obturator foramen,and the part where the bones meet is called theramus of the pubis, and the ramus of the ischium.The hips of a woman are broad, and of a man,not so broad.

PLATE V – 11

Joint of the Head of the Femur

1, Ilium2, Socket for the Head of the Femur3, Femur (Thigh bone)4, Head of the Femur5, Ligament


62. IWI PÄPÄKOLE

‘Alua iwi ‘ewa‘ewa këia: ua hui pü ‘ia läua ma kealo, a ma ke kua ua hui pü me ka iwi kïkala, akäma ka ‘ölelo ‘ana ua pu‘unaue ‘ia läua i päkolu näiwi. ‘O ka iwi pälahalaha ma ka päpäkole ua kapa‘ia, iwi päpäkole. ‘O kahi e hui ai läua ma ke alo,iwi pu‘ukole, a ‘o kahi e noho iho ai ke kanakama ka noho, iwi lemu kona inoa. Ua ka‘awalekëia mau iwi i ka wä kamali‘i, a o‘o ke kanaka, ehui ‘ia läkou ‘ekolu i ho‘okahi. Aia ko läkou wahie hui ai ma ka lua o ka huamoa no ka iwi hilo,‘elua hapalima o ia lua no ka iwi päpäkole, ‘eluahapalima no ka iwi lemu, a ho‘okahi hapalima noka iwi pu‘ukole. He ka‘e kalakala ma luna o kaiwi päpäkole kahi e pili nui ai nä ‘i‘o; ua kapa ‘iaka lihi. Ma ka pau ‘ana o ka lihi ma ke alo, ‘eluawahi pu‘u: ua kapa ‘ia31 ka mea o luna, kihi oluna, a ‘o ka mea ma lalo iho, kihi o lalo o ka iwipäpäkole. Aia ma waena o ka iwi lemu a me ka iwipu‘ukole he puka nui, ua kapa ‘ia, puka pö‘ailö‘ihi,a ‘o kahi e hui ai ia mau iwi, ua kapa ‘ia kauwahi,ka lälä o ka iwi pu‘ukole, a ‘o ke kauwahi, ka läläo ka iwi lemu. He pälahalaha ka päpäkole o kawahine, a he pälahalaha ‘ole ko ke käne.

62. IWI PAPAKOLE.

Alua iwi ewaewa keia; ua huipuia laua ma ke alo;a ma ke kua ua huipu me ka iwi kikala, aka maka olelo ana ua puunaueia laua i pakolu na iwi.O ka iwi palahalaha ma ka papakole ua kapaia,iwi papakole. O kahi e hui ai laua ma ke alo, iwipuukole, a o kahi e noho iho ai ke kanaka ma kanoho, iwi lemu kona inoa. Ua kaawale keia mauiwi i ka wa kamalii a oo ke kanaka e huiia lakouekolu i hookahi. Aia ko lakou wahi e hui ai ma kalua o ka huamoa no ka iwi hilo, elua hapalima oia lua no ka iwi papakole, elua hapalima no kaiwi lemu, a hookahi hapalima no ka iwi puukole.He kae kalakala maluna o ka iwi papakole kahi epili nui ai na io, ua kapaia ka lihi. Ma ka pau anao ka lihi ma ke alo, elua wahi puu, ua kapai kamea oluna, kihi oluna, a o ka mea malalo iho,kihi olalo o ka iwi papakole. Aia mawaena o kaiwi lemu a me ka iwi puukole he puka nui, uakapaia, puka poailoihi, a o kahi e hui ai ia mauiwi ua kapaia kauwahi, ka lala o ka iwi puukole, ao ke kauwahi, ka lala o ka iwi lemu. He palahalahaka papakole o ka wahine, a he palahalaha ole koke kane.

KI‘I V – 11

Ho‘oku‘ina O Ka Huamoa

1, Iwi Päpäkole2, Lua no ka Huamoa3, Iwi Hilo4, Huamoa5, Kaula Olonä

31. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “kapai” ‘o ia ‘o “kapa ‘ia.”

“Kapai” was changed to “kapa ‘ia.”


79. BONES OF THE LOINS.

Five of the last vertebræ,19 <(known collectivelyas the sacrum)>, which are the largest andstrongest of the spine, contribute to theformation of the loins, or lumbar region.

. . .

63. THE SACRUM

This bone is like an isosceles triangle with the tippointing down. It is one bone, but in early child-hood, it is perhaps five. It has many holes in it,perhaps numbering ten, which provide for themany branches of the spinal cord to make theirexits.

64. THE COCCYX

This is attached to the point of the sacrum and itis bent inward. This bone is one piece, or perhapstwo, but in an animal, it is numerous and iscalled a tail.

19. He mana pela ‘o “vertebræ” o “vertebrae.”



63. IWI KÏKALA

He ‘ane‘ane huinakolu ‘elua ‘ao‘ao like kona ‘ano,ua huli ‘ia ka huina ‘oi ma lalo. He iwi ho‘okahikëia, akä, i ka wä kamali‘i ua ‘elima paha. Ua nuinä puka ma loko ona, he ‘umi paha, kahi e pukamai ai nä manamana o ke a‘alolo kuamo‘o.

64. IWI ‘ÖKOLE

Ua pili këia ma kahi ‘oi o ka iwi kïkala a uaho‘oke‘eke‘e ‘ia ma loko. He ho‘okahi këia iwi ike kanaka, he ‘elua paha, akä, ua kinikini ma näholoholona, a ua kapa ‘ia he huelo.

63. IWI KIKALA.

He aneane huinakolu elua aoao like kona ano, uahuliia ka huina oi malalo. He iwi hookahi keia,aka, i ka wa kamalii ua elima paha. Ua nui napuka maloko ona, he umi paha, kahi e puka maiai na manamana o ke aalolo kuomoo.

64. IWI OKOLE.

Ua pili keia ma kahi oi o ka iwi kikala a uahookeekeeia maloko. He hookahi keia iwi i kekanaka, he elua paha, aka, ua kinikini ma naholoholona, a ua kapaia he huelo.

From time to time, the journal presents special Legacy Materials. The background photograph on thecover of this issue shows a mat woven from the makaloa perennial sedge (Cyperus laevigatus), a solid-stemmed marsh plant unique to Hawai‘i that was best known for its semi-cultivation on Ni‘ihau wherethe weaving of makaloa mats flourished.

One of the most well-known makaloa mats was woven in the early 1870s by a Ni‘ihau woman namedKala‘i. Approximately seven feet by six feet, the mat was painstakingly woven with reddish-brown reedsheaths and lighter-colored reeds of the makaloa to produce an elaborate petition to the governmentrequesting a reduction in taxation on the people. Larry Kimura, Professor of Hawaiian Studies in KaHaka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani College of Hawaiian Language at the University of Hawai‘i at Hilo, kindlybrought this important historical artifact to the attention of the journal. The journal acknowledgesRoger G. Rose for his research on the mat published in his article, “Patterns of Protest” from BishopMuseum Occasional Papers, June 1990 (30:88-117) and also thanks Bishop Museum Library stafffor their assistance.

Most of the documents presented here were translated by a journal language specialist. However, thearticle “He Moena Päwehe Makana” (A Gift of a Patterned Mat) published May 2, 1874, in Ka NüpepaKü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press) and the translation of the mat’s text, which appears three times, isreproduced as part of the Hawaiian Ethnological Notes by Mary Kawena Pukui.

A Specially-Designed Mat

151

Aia aku aia mai, e ho‘opuka hou ‘ia ana he Palapala Ho‘oilina küikawä. He hö‘ike ke ki‘i kä‘ei kua o ka‘ili alo o nëia puke pai i ka moena makaloa (Cyperus laevigatus), he meakanu ulu i ke älia a i kaulana loaho‘i i kona ulana maiau launa ‘ole ‘ia ‘ana ma ka mokupuni ‘o Ni‘ihau.

‘O kekahi o nä moena makaloa kaulana loa ‘o ia ka i ulana ‘ia ma ka ho‘omaka ‘ana o nä makahiki 1870e kekahi wahine Ni‘ihau, ‘o Kala‘i kona inoa. Ma kahi o ka ‘ehiku kapua‘i i ka ‘eono kapua‘i ka loa meka laulä o këia moena i pa‘u nui ‘ia a pa‘a maila ka ulana ‘ia ‘ana o nä lau makaloa mäku‘e me nä lau‘ähiehie mai he noi kupaianaha i ke aupuni e ho‘ëmi ‘ia ka ‘auhau ma luna o nä holoholona. Na LarryKimura, he Polopeka Ha‘awina Hawai‘i ma Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani o ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo,i ho‘omaopopo ‘olu‘olu mai i këia puke pai nei no ua moena kahiko a makamae lä. Ke ho‘omaika‘iaku nei këia puke pai iä Roger Rose i pa‘i ‘ia kona noi‘i ‘ana no ua moena lä i loko o käna ‘atikala ‘o“Patterns of Protest” mai ka Bishop Museum Papers, Iune 1990 (30:88-117). Ke ho‘omaika‘i pü aku neii nä limahana o ka Hale Waihona Puke o ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha i ko läkou kökua.

Ua unuhi kekahi laekahi ‘ölelo o këia puke pai i ka hapanui o nä palapala ma lalo iho nei. Ua unuhi ‘ianö na‘e ka ‘atikala “He Moena Päwehe Makana” o Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a o ka lä 2 o Mei, 1874, a me ka‘ölelo ma ka moena, i hö‘ike ‘ia ‘ekolu manawa, na Mary Kawena Pukui mai loko mai o käna HawaiianEthnological Notes.

He Moena Päwehe Küikawä

150

This is a composite of the makaloa protest mattaken in three separate photographs around1990. The photographs were made underultraviolet light to reveal badly faded letters.(Bishop Musuem photographs by ChristineTakata.)

He ki‘i këia i ho‘opilipili ‘ia nä ‘äpana ki‘i he‘ekolu a ho‘okahi ma kahi o ka makahiki 1990.Ua pa‘i ‘ia ma lalo o ke kukui kuawehi. (He ki‘iHale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha na ChristineTakata.)

he moena päwehe küikawä 153152 ka ho‘oilina: journal of hawaiian language sources • 2003

he moena päwehe küikawä 155

Enlarged photograph of the top center of themat, taken under ultraviolet light. (BishopMusuem photograph by Christine Takata.)

He ki‘i i ho‘onui ‘ia o luna waena o ka moena malalo o ke kukui kuawehi. (He ki‘i Hale Hö‘ike‘ikeo Kamehameha na Christine Takata.)



1. Local News

We have heard that the woman of Ni‘ihau whoweaves geometric-designed mats, Kala‘i, wascommissioned by the King to weave several suchmats–two mats, one with the symbol of Americaand the other with that of Britain.

This article identifies the weaver who created the famous makaloa protest mat presented to KingKaläkaua. Upon receiving the skillfully fashioned piece, Kaläkaua asked the woman to weave twomats for the Philadelphia Centennial Exposition. It appears, however, that she did not, because nosuch mats are known to have been a part of the Exposition (Rose 30:93). From Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press), May 2, 1874. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440 (III:296-298), Mo‘okini 36-37.

Local News


1. Nü Hou Küloko

Ua lohe mäkou, ua kauoha ‘ia ka wahine ulanamoena päwehe o Ni‘ihau, ‘o ia ‘o Kala‘i, e kaMö‘ï, e ulana i mau moena päwehe i ‘elua maumoena me ke ki‘i hö‘ailona o ‘Amelika a pëlä nöho‘i ko Pelekänia.

1 Nu Hou Kuloko.

Ua lohe makou, ua kauohaia ka wahine ulanamoena pawehe o Niihau, oia o Kalai, e ka moi, eulana i mau moena pawehe i elua mau moename ke kii hoailona o Amerika a pela no hoi koBeritania.

He hö‘ike këia ‘atikala i ka inoa o ka wahine näna i ulana ka moena päwehe kü‘ë kaulana i hä‘awi ‘ia i kaMö‘ï Kaläkaua. Ma hope o ka loa‘a ‘ana mai o ua moena lä i hana ‘ia me ka maiau launa ‘ole, ua noi keAli‘i e ulana ka wahine i ‘elua moena hou no ka Philadelphia Centennial Exposition. ‘A‘ole nö na‘e paha‘o ia i hana no ka ‘ike ‘ole ‘ia ‘ana o ke komo o ka moena o ua ‘ano lä i ka Exposition (Rose 30:93). MaiKa Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a, Mei 2, 1874. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440 (III:296-298), Mo‘okini 36-37.

Nü Hou Küloko


1. Local News

The elderly woman who wove the mat that wasgiven as a gift to King Kaläkaua is perhapsalmost 80 years old and still lives in ‘A‘ala.

A week after the previous article, the following short article mentioning the protest mat appeared.Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press), May 9, 1874. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440 (III:296-298),Mo‘okini 36-37.

Local News

kolamu (column) 2

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ei” ‘o ia ‘o “eia.”

“Ei” was changed to “eia.”

2. ‘O ‘A‘ala he ‘äpana ‘äina ia ma ke kaona ‘o Honoluluma ke komohana o ka ‘äpana Päkë a ma uka ho‘i o keawa kü moku o Honolulu a me ‘A‘ala Päka.

‘A‘ala is a district of urban Honolulu, just to the westof Chinatown and inland from Honolulu Harbor andthe current ‘A‘ala Park.


1. Nü Hou Küloko

‘O ka luahine näna i ulana i ka moena päwehei makana ‘ia iho nei i ka Mö‘ï Kaläkaua, ua‘ane‘ane 80 paha makahiki, a eia1 a‘e nö kenoho mai nei i ‘A‘ala.2

1. Nu Hou Kuloko.

O ka luahine nana i ulana i ka moena pawehe imakanaia iho nei i ka Moi Kalakaua, ua aneane80 paha makahiki, a ei ae no ke noho mai nei iAala.

Ho‘okahi pule ma hope mai o ia ‘atikala mua iho nei, ua pa‘i ‘ia ka ‘atikala pökole ma lalo iho nei no kamoena kü‘ë. Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a, Mei 9, 1874. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440 (III:296-298), Mo‘okini 36-37.

Nü Hou Küloko


1. A GIFT OF A PATTERNED MAT

Last Monday, Mr. G. S. Gay of Ni‘ihau gave KingKaläkaua a beautiful, patterned mat woven byKala‘i, Ni‘ihau’s most skillful woman in thatparticular art. The mat was carefully woven, asit was intended for the late King, but he is gone,and so the gift is given to the present one. It ismade with great skill for words are woven intothe meshes. It took 11 months to make. Duringthe tenth month, however, the worker’s husbanddied, and she finished the article on which theyhad both labored. It was sold to Mr. G. S. Gay,and that was how he obtained it. Here below arethe words woven into it:

2. “Kamehameha provided for all the chiefs ofthe land thus establishing the ahupua‘a, kalana,‘okana, moku land sections and islands.1 Thatwas what Kamehameha did when he stood at thehead of his government. He placed the chiefsover the lands; all kinds of chiefs settled on theland. The chiefs and the commoners shared thepeace under the one law, ‘Let the aged sleep onthe highway unharmed; let the sugarcane growuntil it falls over; let the banana grow until it falls

In this article, dated May 2, 1874, Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press) reproduced the petitionwoven into the makaloa mat. This reproduction, however, is not an exact rendering of the petition’soriginal text which contained only capital letters without word spacing or punctuation. The newspaperseparated the words, added punctuation, and made some editorial changes. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440(III:296-298), Mo‘okini 36-37.

A Gift of a Patterned Mat

kolamu (column) 2

1. He pilikana ‘o George S. Gay no ka ‘ohana Sinclair,Gay, a me Robinson i lilo nona ka mokupuni ‘oNi‘ihau i ka makahiki 1864.

George S. Gay is a member of the Sinclair-Gay-Robinson family that has owned the island of Ni‘ihausince 1864.



3. ‘O “ka Mö‘ï i make,” ‘o ia ho‘i ‘o William Lunalilo.

“Ka Mö‘ï i make” (the late King) refers to WilliamLunalilo.

4. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “iai” ‘o ia ‘o “mai.”

“Iai” was changed to “mai.”

kolamu (column) 3

1. He mau inoa këia o nä ‘ano mähele like ‘ole o kamokupuni: ‘o ka moku, ‘o ia ka mähele nui loa o kamokupuni; ‘o ka ‘okana, he mähele o ka moku; ‘o kekalana, he mähele o ka ‘okana; a ‘o ke ahupua‘a ho‘i,he mähele ‘u‘uku iho i nä mea ‘ë a‘e a pau.

These Hawaiian terms name various land divisionsof the mokupuni (island): moku (district); ‘okana(subdistrict); kalana (section within a subdistrict);and ahupua‘a (the smallest land division of thoselisted here).


1. HE MOENA PÄWEHE MAKANA

Ma ka Po‘akahi aku nei, ua hä‘awi makana ‘iamai e Mr. G. S. Gay1 o Ni‘ihau i ka Mö‘ï Kaläkauahe moena päwehe nani i ulana ‘ia e ko Ni‘ihaukaikamahine ma‘ama‘alea i ia2 hana he ulana,‘o ia ‘o Kala‘i. Ua ulana ‘ia këia moena me keakahele no ka Mö‘ï i make3 ka mana‘o ‘ana, akä,ua hala ‘ë këlä, a no laila, ua ili iho ka ho‘okö ‘anano ka Mö‘ï hou. Ua hana akamai maoli ‘ia nö,‘oiai ua ulana pü ‘ia nä hua‘ölelo ma lalo iho maloko o kona mau maka moena. He 11 nä malamao ka ulana ‘ia ‘ana mai,4 a i ka ‘umi na‘e o kamalama, make käna käne male, a ua ho‘opa‘a loaaku ‘o ia i ko läua luhi. I kü‘ai ‘ia mai iä G. S. Gayi lilo ai. Eia iho nä ‘ölelo i ulana ‘ia ma luna ona:

2. “No ka hänai ‘ana o Kamehameha i nä ali‘i apau i ka ‘äina, a i kü ai ahupua‘a, a i kalana, a i‘okana, a i moku, a i mokupuni, ‘o ia ho‘i käKamehameha ‘oihana i ka wä i lanakila ai ‘oKamehameha ma luna o kona aupuni. Ho‘onohoakula ‘o ia i nä ali‘i a pau ma luna o ka ‘äina; këlä‘ano këia ‘ano o nä ali‘i a pau äna i ho‘onoho maluna o ka ‘äina. Like ho‘i ka malu o nä ali‘i menä maka‘äinana ma lalo o ke känäwai ho‘okahi:‘Hele ka luahine a moe i ke ala; kü ka pü kö a

1. He MOENA PAWEHE MAKANA.

Ma ka Poakahi aku nei, ua haawi makana ia maie Mr. G. S. Gay o Niihau i ka Moi Kalakaua, hemoena pawehe nani i ulanaia e ko Niihaukaikamahine maamaalea ia hana he ulana, oia oKalai. Ua ulanaia keia moena me ke akahele noka Moi i make ka manao ana, aka, ua hala e kela,a nolaila, ua ili iho ka hooko ana no ka Moi hou.Ua hana akamai maoli ia no, oiai, ua ulana pu iana huaolelo malalo iho maloko o kona mau makamoena. He 11 na malama o ka ulana ia ana iai, a ika umi nae o ka malama, make kana kane mare,a ua hoopaa loa aku oia i ko laua luhi. I kuai iamai ia G. S Gay i lilo ai. Eia iho na olelo i ulanaiamaluna ona:

2. “No ka hanai ana o Kamehameha i na’lii a paui ka aina, a i ku ai ahupuaa, ai kalana, ai okana,

ai moku, ai mokupuni, oia hoi ka Kamehamehaoihana i ka wa i lanakila ai o Kamehamehamaluna o kona Aupuni. Hoonoho aku la oia ina’lii a pau maluna o ka aina; kela ano keia anoo na alii a pau ana i hoonoho maluna o ka aina.Like hoi ka malu o na’lii me na makaainanamalalo o ke kanawai hookahi; ‘Hele ka Luahine amoe i ke ala;’ ku ka puko a hina ilalo, ku ka maia

Ma këia ‘atikala i Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a o ka lä 2 o Mei, 1874, ua pa‘i ‘ia ke noi i ulana ‘ia ma ka moenamakaloa. ‘A‘ole na‘e i like a like ia mea i pa‘i ‘ia me ka ‘ölelo i ulana ‘ia ma ka moena he hua ma‘aka walenö i ho‘oka‘awale ‘ole ‘ia nä hua‘ölelo a i komo ‘ole ho‘i ke kaha kiko. Na ka nüpepa i ho‘oka‘awale i nähua‘ölelo, ho‘okomo i nä kaha kiko, a ho‘oponopono ho‘i i kekahi mau ‘ölelo. Chapin 78-80, Forbes 2440(III:296-298), Mo‘okini 36-37.

He Moena Päwehe Makana


kolamu (column) 2

5. ‘O këia ke känäwai ‘o Mämalahoe i kau ‘ia eKamehameha I no ka mälama ‘ana i ka maluhia o kealanui e hele ‘ia e ke kanaka. Ho‘ololi iki ka mea nänaka ‘ölelo ma ka moena i kona ho‘okomo ‘ana i ka ‘ölelomana‘o kaona no ka ‘elemakule a me ka luahine e olame ka maluhia a me ka hana ‘ino ‘ole ‘ia mai a pau a‘e.Ua kapa pinepine pü ‘ia këia känäwai ‘o Mämalahoa.

This is the Mämalahoe law (literally, paddle fragment,commonly called the law of the splintered paddle),formulated by Kamehameha I. It guaranteed safety onthe highways to all. The mat’s author renders the lawin a poetic style which highlights its protection of theelderly who could expect to live unharmed and to dieof natural causes. This law is also often referred toas Mämalahoa.

6. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Mamaloa” ‘o ia ‘o “Mämalahoa.”

“Mamaloa” was changed to “Mämalahoa.”

7. I ka ulu ‘ana o ka mana aupuni o nä haole, e nui anaka loa‘a o ke aupuni mai nä ‘auhau i kau ‘ia ma lunao nä holoholona a nä maka‘äinana. Ua emi iho kapäkëneka ‘auhau a ka po‘e waiwai, ‘oiai ‘a‘ole i loa‘anä ‘auhau pilikino a pili hui paha. Ua komo ka nui oko ke aupuni loa‘a mai i nä lalohui pono‘ï a pilikanapaha o nä pä‘oihana nui.

The government, dominated for some time byforeigners, received a significant portion of its incomefrom taxes levied on animals owned by the generalcitizenry. These taxes fell heavily upon the masses,whereas the wealthy paid proportionately less becausethere were no personal or corporate income taxes.Much of the government’s income then went to director indirect subsidiaries of large businesses.

8. ‘O “nä haku o ka lewa,” ‘o ia nö paha ka Mö‘ï a me keaupuni Hawai‘i.

“Nä haku o ka lewa” (“masters from the sky”) probablyrefers to the King and the Hawaiian government.

kolamu (column) 3

2. Ua unuhi ‘ia ‘o “kauä kuapa‘a” ma HawaiianDictionary ‘o ia ‘o “hard-backed outcast,” he ‘öleloküamuamu ‘ino no “slaves,” ‘o ia ka unuhina aKawena Pukui ma ‘ane‘i.

“Kauä kuapa‘a” is translated in Hawaiian Dictionaryas “hard-backed outcast,” an epithet for “slaves,” thetranslation used here by Kawena Pukui.

over.’ The King questioned his messengers tofind out what they thought, ‘What are the oldwomen and the old men like? Are they like thesugarcane and banana stalks?’ They told himwhat they were like. That was Kamehameha’sconstitution–his peace. Peace was the symbolof his kingdom; the old women and old men,his constitution. There was no ruthless seizing.It brought peace to the Hawaiian Islands whenit was issued. It was issued because of his lovefor the people. Therefore he laid down hisMämalahoa law that there be no moredestruction of his foes.

3. “Therefore the people became free under theone law called the Mämalahoa, the giver of thegreatest peace in his kingdom, an honor and arevitalizing declaration that have come to usfrom an old kingdom, that of Kamehameha I. Letus rise to discuss the great cause for the decreaseof the Hawaiian people, a large population inthe olden days under Kamehameha, and to askthe King to change the taxes on animals, cattle,horses, asses, mules, and sheep, and let none ofthese taxes remain.

4. “Oh heavenly one, release us from the burdenof the law that keeps us slaves2 under mastersfrom the sky.

5. “By me, Kala‘i”


hina i lalo; kü ka mai‘a a hina i lalo.’5 Nïnau kaMö‘ï ma ka ho‘ohuahualau i nä ‘elele, ‘He aha ke‘ano o ka luahine a me ka ‘elemakule? He pü kö,he pü mai‘a?’ Ha‘i maila nä ‘elele i ke ‘ano o kaluahine a me ka ‘elemakule; ‘o ko Kamehamehakumukänäwai nö ia; ‘o ia nö kona maluhia.No ka mea he hö‘ailona maluhia nö ia o konaaupuni. ‘O ka luahine a me ka ‘elemakule, ‘o ianö nä kumukänäwai. ‘A‘ole e hao ‘ia. Ka maluhianui nö ia o ko Hawai‘i nei pae ‘äina i ka wä i pukamai ai. No loko mai o ke aloha i kona lähui känakai puka mai ai. No laila, kau a‘ela ia i kona känäwaiMämalahoa6 i mea e luku hou ‘ole aku ai i kona‘enemi.

3. “No laila, lanakila a‘ela ka lähui känaka malalo o ke känäwai ho‘okahi i ‘ölelo ‘ia heMämalahoa, ‘o ia nö ka maluhia nui o konaaupuni, a me ka hanohano, ha‘ina ho‘äla no keaupuni kahiko, no Kamehameha ‘Ekahi. E ala a‘ekäkou i nä kumu nui i emi ai ka lähui Hawai‘i, ame ka pi‘i ‘ana o ka lähui nui i ka wä kahiko iäKamehameha no ke noi ‘ana a nä maka‘äinanai ka Mö‘ï e ho‘ololi i ka ‘auhau ma luna o näholoholona, pipi, lio, hoki, miula, hipa.7 ‘A‘olee koe kekahi o ia ‘ano.

4. “E Kalani ë, e ho‘oku‘u a‘e iä mäkou i nä hanakänäwai, i ka noho kauä kuapa‘a ‘ana ma lalo onä haku o ka lewa.8

5. “Na‘u, na Kala‘i”

a hina ilalo;–ninau ka Moi ma ka hoohuahualaui na elele: ‘Heaha ke ano o ka Luahine a me kaElemakule?–He puko, he pu maia? Hai mai lana Elele i ke ano o ka luahine a me ka elemakule,o ko Kamehameha Kumukanawai no ia–oia nokona maluhia. No ka mea he hoailona maluhiano ia o kona aupuni. O ka luahine a me kaelemakule oia no na kumukanawai. Aole e hao ia.Ka maluhia nui no ia o ko Hawaii nei Pae Ainai ka wa i puka mai ai. Noloko mai o ke aloha ikona lahuikanaka i puka mai ai. Nolaila kau ae laia i kona kanawai Mamaloa i mea e luku hou oleaku ai i kona enemi.

3. “Nolaila lanakila ae la ka lahuikanaka malaloo ke kanawai hookahi i olelo ia, he mamalahoa,oia no ka maluhia nui o kona aupuni, a me kahanohano, hai na hoala no ke aupuni kahiko, noKamehameha Ekahi. E ala ae kakou i na kumunui i emi ai ka lahui Hawaii, a me ka pii ana o kalahui nui i ka wa kahiko ia Kamehameha no kenoi ana a na makaainana i ka Moi e hoololi i kaauhau maluna o na holoholona, bipi, lio, hoki,miula, hipa. Aole e koe kekahi o ia ano–

4. “E Kalani e: E hookuu ae ia makou i na hanakanawai, i ka noho kauwa kuapaa ana malalo ona haku o ka lewa.

5. Na’u na Kalai.”


1. A New Type of Gift for the King

Last Monday morning, Mr. George S. Gaypresented as a gift to the King a mat of makaloasedge. Sedge mats are not new to us, yet we stillappreciate the beauty and skill of the work,including the smooth artistry of the weaver.However, this particular sedge mat given to theKing was woven with the following words listedbelow:

2. “Kamehameha provided for all the chiefs ofthe land thus establishing the ahupua‘a, kalana,‘okana, moku land sections and islands.1 Thatwas what Kamehameha did when he stood at thehead of his government. He placed the chiefsover the lands; all kinds of chiefs settled on theland. The chiefs and the commoners shared thepeace under the one law, ‘Let the aged sleep onthe highway unharmed; let the sugarcane growuntil it falls over; let the banana grow until it fallsover.’ The King questioned his messengers tofind out what they thought, ‘What are the oldwomen and the old men like? Are they like thesugarcane and banana stalks?’ They told himwhat they were like. That was Kamehameha’sconstitution–his peace. Peace was the symbol ofhis kingdom; the old women and old men, hisconstitution. There was no ruthless seizing.It brought peace to the Hawaiian Islandswhen it was issued. It was issued because of hislove for the people. Therefore he laid down hisMämalahoa law that there be no more destruc-tion of his foes.

This article appeared in the newspaper Ko Hawai‘i Pono‘ï (Hawai‘i’s Own) on April 29, 1874, and presentsa slightly different reproduction of the mat’s text from that presented in the May 2, 1874, Ka NüpepaKü‘oko‘a (The Independent Press) article. Chapin 59, Forbes 3036 (III:570-571), Mo‘okini 21.

A New Type of Gift for the King

kolamu (column) 2

1. He pilikana ‘o George S. Gay no ka ‘ohana Sinclair,Gay, a me Robinson i lilo nona ka mokupuni ‘oNi‘ihau i ka makahiki 1864.

George S. Gay is a member of the Sinclair-Gay-Robinson family that has owned the island of Ni‘ihausince 1864.

2. ‘O këia ke känäwai ‘o Mämalahoe i kau ‘ia eKamehameha I no ka mälama ‘ana i ka maluhia o kealanui e hele ‘ia e ke kanaka. Ho‘ololi iki ka mea nänaka ‘ölelo ma ka moena i kona ho‘okomo ‘ana i ka‘ölelo mana‘o kaona no ka ‘elemakule a me ka luahinee ola me ka maluhia a me ka hana ‘ino ‘ole ‘ia mai apau a‘e. Ua kapa pinepine pü ‘ia këia känäwai ‘oMämalahoa.

This is the Mämalahoe law (literally, paddle fragment,commonly called the law of the splintered paddle),formulated by Kamehameha I. It guaranteed safety onthe highways to all. The mat’s author renders the lawin a poetic style which highlights its protection of theelderly who could expect to live unharmed and to dieof natural causes. This law is also often referred toas Mämalahoa.

kolamu (column) 3




1. He Makana ‘Ano Hou i ka Mö‘ï

Ma ke kakahiaka Po‘akahi iho nei, ua hä‘awimakana aku ‘o Mr. George S. Gay1 i ka Mö‘ï hemoena makoloa. He mea ‘ano nü hou ‘ole nämoena makoloa iä käkou, koe wale nö nä mahalo‘ana i ka nani a me ka no‘eau o nä ulana ‘ana elike me nä ho‘opäni‘o ‘ana a ka mea ulana, akä,‘o këia moena makoloa i hä‘awi ‘ia aku i ka Mö‘ï,ua ulana pü ‘ia me këia mau hua‘ölelo ma lalo iho:

2. “No ka hänai ‘ana o Kamehameha i nä ali‘i apau i ka ‘äina, a i kü ai ahupua‘a, a i kalana, ai ‘okana, a i moku, a i mokupuni, ‘o ia ho‘i käKamehameha ‘oihana i ka wä i lanakila ai ‘oKamehameha ma luna o kona aupuni. Ho‘onohoakula ‘o ia i nä ali‘i a pau ma luna o ka ‘äina; këlä‘ano këia ‘ano o nä ali‘i a pau äna i ho‘onoho aima luna o ka ‘äina. Like ho‘i ka malu o nä ali‘ia me nä maka‘äinana ma lalo o ke känäwaiho‘okahi: ‘Hele ka luahine a moe i ke ala; kü kapü kö a hina i lalo; kü ka mai‘a a hina i lalo.’2

Nïnau ka Mö‘ï ma ka ho‘ohuahualau i nä‘elele, ‘He aha lä ke ‘ano o ka luahine a me ka‘elemakule? He pü kö, he pü mai‘a?’ Ha‘i maila nä‘elele i ke ‘ano o ka luahine a me ka ‘elemakule;‘o ko Kamehameha kumukänäwai nö ia; ‘o ia nökona maluhia. No ka mea he hö‘ailona maluhianö ia o kona aupuni. ‘O ka luahine a me ka‘elemakule, ‘o ia nö nä hua kumukänäwai. ‘A‘olee hao ‘ia. Ka maluhia nui nö ia o ko Hawai‘i neipae ‘äina i ka wä i puka mai ai. No loko mai o kealoha i kona lähui känaka i puka mai ai. No laila,kau a‘ela ia i kona känäwai Mämalahoa i mea eluku hou ‘ole aku ai i kona ‘enemi.

1. He makana ano hou i ka Moi.

Ma ke kakahiaka Poakahi iho nei, ua haawimakana aku o Mr. Geo. S. Gay i ka Moi, hemoena makoloa. He mea ano nuhou ole namoena makoloa ia kakou, koe wale no na mahaloana i ka nani a me ka noeau o na ulana ana e likeme na hoopanio ana a ka mea ulana; aka, o keiamoena makoloa i haawi ia aku i ka Moi, ua ulanapu ia me keia mau huaolelo malalo iho:

2. “No ka hanai ana o Kamehameha i na ’lii apau i ka aina, a i ku ai ahupuaa, ai kalana, aiokana, ai moku, ai mokupuni, oia hoi kaKamehameha oihana i ka wa i lanakila ai oKamehameha maluna o kona Aupuni. Hoonohoaku la oia i na ’lii a pau maluna o ka aina; kelaano keia ano o na ’lii a pau ana i hoonoho aimaluna o ka aina. Like hoi ka malu o na ’lii a mena makaainana malalo o ke kanawai hookahi;‘Hele ka Luahine a moe i ke ala;’ ku ka puko ahina ilalo, ku ka maia a hina ilalo;–ninau ka Moima ka hoohuahualau i na elele: ‘Heaha la ke anoo ka Luahine a me ka Elemakule?–He pu ko,he pu maia? Hai mai la na Elele i ke ano o kaluahine a me ka elemakule, o ko KamehamehaKumukanawai no ia–oia no kona maluhia. Noka mea he hoailona maluhia no ia o kona aupuni.O ka luahine a me ka elemakule oia no na huakumukanawai. Aole e hao ia. Ka maluhia nui noia o ko Hawaii nei Pae Aina i ka wa i puka maiai. No loko mai o ke aloha i kona lahuikanaka ipuka mai ai. Nolaila kau ae la ia i kona kanawaimamalahoa i mea e luku hou ole aku ai i konaenemi.

No loko mai këia ‘atikala o ka nüpepa Ko Hawai‘i Pono‘ï o ka 29 ‘Apelila 1874. ‘Oko‘a iki ka ‘ölelo o kamoena i pa‘i ‘ia ma ‘ane‘i mai ka mea i pa‘i ‘ia ma Ka Nüpepa Kü‘oko‘a o ka 2 Mei 1874. Chapin 59,Forbes 3036 (III:570-571), Mo‘okini 21.

He Makana ‘Ano Hou i ka Mö‘ï


kolamu (column) 2

3. Kü nä hökü ma kahi o ka ‘ölelo moena i loa‘a ‘ole i kaNüpepa.

The stars indicate missing text from the mat.

4. I ka ulu ‘ana o ka mana aupuni o nä haole, e nui anaka loa‘a o ke aupuni mai nä ‘auhau i kau ‘ia ma luna onä holoholona a nä maka‘äinana. Ua emi iho kapäkëneka ‘auhau a ka po‘e waiwai, ‘oiai ‘a‘ole i loa‘anä ‘auhau pilikino a pili hui paha. Ua komo ka nui oko ke aupuni loa‘a mai i nä lalohui pono‘ï a pilikanapaha o nä pä‘oihana nui.



“Nä haku o ka lewa” (“masters from the sky”)probably refers to the King and the Hawaiiangovernment.

kolamu (column) 3



3. “Therefore the people became free under theone law called the Mämalahoa, the giver of thegreatest peace and honor in his kingdom. * * * *Let us rise to discuss the great cause for thedecrease of the Hawaiian people, a large popula-tion in the olden days under Kamehameha, andto ask the King to change the taxes on animals,cattle, horses, asses, mules, and sheep, and letnone of these taxes remain.

4. “Oh heavenly one, release us from the burdenof the law that keeps us slaves2 under mastersfrom the sky.

5. “By me, Kala‘i”

6. We do not pay much attention to the largeamount of text and its meaning atop the afore-mentioned mat. Instead, the labor and patienceof the weaver of this mat are acknowledged. Ms.Kala‘i from Waimea, Kaua‘i, is the person whoweaved this mat. We were told it took 11 monthsto weave the mat, and that it is 6 feet four incheswide, and more than 9 feet long. The top sectionof the mat is completely covered with the wordspresented above. Mr. Gay purchased this mat asa gift for the King.


3. “No laila, lanakila a‘ela ka lähui känakama lalo o ke känäwai ho‘okahi i ‘ölelo ‘ia heMämalahoa, ‘o ia nö ka maluhia nui o konaaupuni, a me ka hanohano. * * * *3 E ala a‘ekäkou i nä kumu nui i emi ai ka lähui Hawai‘i, ame ka pi‘i ‘ana o ka lähui mua i ka wä kahiko iäKamehameha no ka noi ‘ana a nä maka‘äinanai ka Mö‘ï e ho‘ololi i ka ‘auhau ma luna o näholoholona, pipi, lio, hoki, miula, hipa.4 ‘A‘oleloa e koe kekahi o ia ‘ano.

4. “E Kalani ë, e ho‘oku‘u a‘e iä mäkou i nä hanakänäwai, i ka noho kauä kuapa‘a ‘ana ma lalo onä haku o ka lewa.5

5. “Na‘u, na Kala‘i”

6. ‘O ke ‘ano nui o nä hopuna‘ölelo a me kamana‘o ma luna o ua moena nei, ‘a‘ole ia ‘okä käkou mea nänä nui, akä, ‘o ka luhi a meka ho‘omanawanui hana ‘ana o ka mea nänai ulana i këia moena. ‘O Kala‘i wahine ka meanäna i ulana, no Waimea i Kaua‘i. Ua ha‘i ‘ia maimäkou he 11 malama ka lö‘ihi o ka ulana ‘ia ‘ana,a ‘o ka laulä o ua moena nei ‘eono kapua‘i a me‘ehä ‘ïniha, a he ‘eiwa kapua‘i a keu ka loa, a uapiha loa ‘o luna o ua moena lä me nä hua‘öleloi hö‘ike ‘ia a‘ela ma luna. Ua kü‘ai ‘ia mai këiamoena e Mr. Gay i makana näna, i ka Mö‘ï.

3. “Nolaila lanakila ae la ka lahuikanaka malaloo ke kanawai hookahi i olelo ia, he mamalahoa,o ia no ka maluhia nui o kona aupuni, a me kahanohano. * * * * E ala ae kakou i na kumu nui iemi ai ka lahui Hawaii, a me ka pii ana o ka lahuimua i ka wa kahiko ia Kamehameha no ka noiana a na makaainana i ka Moi e hoololi i kaauhau maluna o na holoholona, bipi, lio, hoki,miula, hipa. Aole loa e koe kekahi o ia ano–

4. “ E Kalani e: E hookuu ae ia makou i na hanakanawai, i ka noho kauwa kuapaa ana malalo ona haku o ka lewa.

5. “Na’u na Kalai.”

6. O ke ano nui o na hopunaolelo a me ka manaomaluna o ua moena nei, aole ia o ka kakou meanana nui, aka, o ka luhi a me ka hoomanawanuihana ana o ka mea nana i ulana i keia moena. OKalai wahine ka mea nana i ulana, no Waimea iKauai. Ua hai ia mai makou he 11 malama kaloihi o ka ulana ia ana, a o ka laula o ua moenanei eono kapuai a me 4 iniha, a he 9 kapuai a keuka loa, a ua piha loa o luna o ua moena la me nahuaolelo i hoike ia ae la maluna. Ua kuai ia maikeia moena e Mr. Gay i makana nana i ka Moi.


1. No ka hänai ‘ana o Kamehameha i nä ali‘ia pau i ka ‘äina, a i kü ai ahupua‘a, i kalana, a i‘okana, a i moku, a i mokupuni,1 ‘o ia ho‘i käKamehameha ‘oihana i ka wä i lanakila ai ‘oKamehameha ma luna o kona aupuni. Ho‘onohoakula ‘o ia i nä ali‘i a pau ma luna o ka ‘äina; këlä‘ano këia ‘ano o nä ali‘i a pau äna i ho‘onohoai ma luna o ka ‘äina. Like ho‘i ka malu o näali‘i a me nä maka‘äinana ma lalo o ke känäwaiho‘okahi: “Hele ka luahine a moe i ke ala; hele ka‘elemakule a moe i ke ala. Kü ka pü kö a hina ilalo; kü ka pü mai‘a a hina i lalo.”2 Nïnau ka Mö‘ï

The mat’s original text is reproduced here in the first column as it appeared, without lower case, spaces,punctuation, or paragraph breaks. In the second column, letters appear in upper and lower case, spacesand punctuation were added, and paragraphs were separated. These changes in the text follow thosepresented in the article “Patterns of Protest” by Roger G. Rose, based on the work of Kawena Pukui. Themat’s text is presented in modern Hawaiian spelling in the third column and in English translation inthe fourth column.

Original Text of the Makaloa Protest Mat

1. Kamehameha provided for all the chiefsof the land thus establishing the ahupua‘a,kalana, ‘okana, moku land sections and islands.1

That was what Kamehameha did when he stoodat the head of his government. He placed thechiefs over the lands; all kinds of chiefs settled onthe land. The chiefs and the commoners sharedthe peace under the one law, “Let the aged sleepon the highway unharmed; let the sugarcanegrow until it falls over; let the banana growuntil it falls over.” The King questioned hismessengers to find out what they thought,

kolamu (column) 3

1. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “mokupun” ‘o ia ‘o “mokupuni.”

“Mokupun” was changed to “mokupuni.”

2. ‘O këia ke känäwai ‘o Mämalahoe i kau ‘ia eKamehameha I no ka mälama ‘ana i ka maluhia o kealanui e hele ‘ia e ke kanaka. Ho‘ololi iki ka mea nänaka ‘ölelo ma ka moena i kona ho‘okomo ‘ana i ka‘ölelo mana‘o kaona no ka ‘elemakule a me ka luahinee ola me ka maluhia a me ka hana ‘ino ‘ole ‘ia mai apau a‘e. Ua kapa pinepine pü ‘ia këia känäwai ‘oMämalahoa.

This is the Mämalahoe law (literally, paddle fragment,commonly called the law of the splintered paddle),formulated by Kamehameha I. It guaranteed safety onthe highways to all. The mat’s author renders the lawin a poetic style which highlights its protection of theelderly who could expect to live unharmed and to dieof natural causes. This law is also often referred to asMämalahoa.

kolamu (column) 4




1. No ka hanai ana o Kamehameha i nalii a pau i ka aina, a i ku ai ahupuaa, i kalana, aiokana, ai moku, ai mokupun, oia hoi kaKamehameha oihana i ka wa i lanakila ai oKamehameha maluna o kona Aupuni. Hoonohoaku la oia i nalii a pau maluna o ka aina; kela anokeia ano o nalii a pau ana i hoonoho ai maluna oka aina. Like hoi ka malu o nalii a me namakaainana malalo o ke kanawai hookahi: “Heleka Luahine a moe i ke ala. Hele ka elemakule amoe i ke ala. Ku ka puko a hina ilalo, ku ka pumaia a hina ilalo.” Ninau ka Moi ma ka

NOKAHANAIANAOKAMEHAMEHAINALIIAPAUIKAAINAAIKUAIAHUPUAAIKALANAAIOKANAAIMOKUAIMOKUPUNOIAHOIKAKAMEHAMEHAOIHANAIKAWAILANAKILAAIOKAMEHAMEHAMALUNAOKONAAUPUNIHOONOHOAKULAOIAINALIIAPAUMALUNAOKAAINAKELAANOKEIAANOONALIIAPAUANAIHOONOHOAIMALUNAOKAAINALIKEHOIKAMALUONALIIAMENAMAKAAINANAMALALOOKEKANAWAIHOOKAHIHELEKALUAHINEAMOEIKEALAHELEKAELEMAKULEAMOEIKEALAKUKAPUKOAHINAILALOKUKAPUMAIAAHINAILALONINA

Pa‘i hou ‘ia ke noi a Kala‘i ma ke kolamu mua e like me ka mea i pa‘a ma luna o käna moena me ka huapalapala na‘ina‘i ‘ole, ke ka‘ahua ‘ole, ke kaha kiko ‘ole, a me ke ka‘awale paukü ‘ole. Ma ke kolamu‘elua, pa‘i ‘ia nä hua palapala ma‘aka me ka na‘ina‘i, ho‘okomo ‘ia nä ka‘ahua me ke kaha kiko, aho‘oka‘awale ‘ia nä paukü. Ua like ia mau loli me ka mea i pa‘i ‘ia ma ka ‘atikala ‘o “Patterns of Protest”na Roger G. Rose i käkau ma muli o ka hana mua a Kawena Pukui. Aia ma ke kolamu ‘ekolu ka ‘ölelomoena i hö‘ano hou ‘ia a, ma ke kolamu ‘ehä, ka unuhina ‘ölelo Pelekänia.

Ka Mole Kumu o ka Moena Makaloa Kü‘ë


kolamu (column) 3

3. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “luahie” ‘o ia ‘o “luahine.”

“Luahie” was changed to “luahine.”

4. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “puwai” ‘o ia ‘o “pu‘uwai.”

“Puwai” was changed to “pu‘uwai.”

5. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “e la” ‘o ia ‘o “a‘ela.”

“E la” was changed to “a‘ela.”

6. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “maluhuia” ‘o ia ‘o “maluhia.”

“Maluhuia” was changed to “maluhia.”

7. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Kameha” ‘o ia ‘o “Kamehameha.”

“Kameha” was changed to “Kamehameha.”

8. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “lhui” ‘o ia ‘o “lähui.”

“Lhui” was changed to “lähui.”

ma ka ho‘ohuahualau i nä ‘elele, “He aha lä ke‘ano o ka luahine3 a me ka ‘elemakule? Pü kö,pü mai‘a?” Ha‘i maila nä ‘elele i ke ‘ano o kaluahine a me ka ‘elemakule, ‘o ko Kamehamehakumukänäwai nö ia–‘o ia nö kona maluhia. Noka mea ‘o ka hö‘ailona maluhia nö ia o konaaupuni. ‘O ka luahine me ka ‘elemakule, ‘o ia nönä hua kumukänäwai. E hao ‘ia. Ka maluhia nuinö ia o ko Hawai‘i nei pae ‘äina i ka wä i pukamai ai. No loko mai o ka pu‘uwai4 i puka mai ai‘o ke aloha i kona lähui känaka. No laila, kaua‘ela ia i kona känäwai Mämalahoa i mea e lukuhou ‘ole aku ai i kona ‘enemi.

2. No laila, lanakila a‘ela5 ka lähui känakama lalo o ke känäwai ho‘okahi i ‘ölelo ‘iaMämalahoa, ‘o ia nö ka maluhia6 nui o konaaupuni, a me ka hanohano, ha‘ina ho‘äla no keaupuni kahiko, iä Kamehameha7 ‘Ekahi. E alaa‘e käkou e kama‘ilio i nä kumu nui i emi ai kalähui Hawai‘i, a me ka pi‘i ‘ana o ka lähui8 muai ka wä kahiko iä Kamehameha no ke noi a nä

“What are the old women and the old men like?Are they like the sugarcane and banana stalks?”They told him what they were like. That wasKamehameha’s constitution–his peace. Peacewas the symbol of his kingdom; the old womenand old men, his constitution. There was noruthless seizing. It brought peace to the HawaiianIslands when it was issued. It was issued becauseof his love for the people. Therefore he laid downhis Mämalahoa law that there be no more destruc-tion of his foes.

2. Therefore the people became free under theone law called the Mämalahoa, the giver of thegreatest peace in his kingdom, an honor and arevitalizing declaration that have come to usfrom an old kingdom, that of Kamehameha I. Letus rise to discuss the great cause for the decreaseof the Hawaiian people, a large population in theolden days under Kamehameha, and to ask the


hoohuahualau i na elele: “Heaha la ke ano o kaluahie a me ka elemakule? Puko, pu maia?” Haimai la na Elele i ke ano o ka luahine a me kaelemakule, o ko Kamehameha kumukanawaino ia–oia no kona maluhia. No ka mea o kahoailona maluhia no ia o kona aupuni. O kaluahine me ka elemakule oia no na huakumukanawai. E hao ia. Ka maluhia nui no ia oko Hawaii nei Pae Aina i ka wa i puka mai ai.Noloko mai o ka puwai i puka mai ai o ke aloha ikona lahuikanaka. Nolaila kau ae la ia i konakanawai mamalahoa i mea e luku hou ole aku ai ikona enemi.

2. Nolaila lanakila e la ka lahuikanaka malaloo ke kanawai hookahi i olelo ia, mamalahoa, oiano ka maluhuia nui o kona aupuni, a me kahanohano, hai na hoala no ke aupuni kahiko, iaKameha Ekahi. E ala ae kakou e ka mailio i nakumu nui i emi ai ka lahui Hawaii, a me ka piiana o ka lhui mua i ka wa kahiko ia Kamehamehano ke noi ana makaainana i ka Moi e hoololi i ka

UKAMOIMAKAHOOHUAHUALAUINAELELEHEAHALAKEANOOKALUAHIEAMEKAELEMAKULEPUKOPUMAIAHAIMAILANAELELEIKEANOOKALUAHINEAMEKAELEMAKULEOKOKAMEHAMEHAKUMUKANAWAINOIAOIANOKONAMALUHIANOKAMEAOKAHOAILONAMALUHIANOIAOKONAAUPUNIOKALUAHINEMEKAELEMAKULEOIANONAHUAKUMUKANAWAIEHAOIAKAMALUHIANUINOIAOKOHAWAIINEIPAEAINAIKAWAIPUKAMAIAINOLOKOMAIOKAPUWAIIPUKAMAIAIOKEALOHAIKONALAHUIKANAKANOLAILAKAUAELAIAIKONAKANAWAIMAMALAHOAIMEAELUKUHOUOLEAKUAIIKONAENEMINOLAILALANAKILAELAKALAHUIKANAKAMALALOOKEKANAWAIHOOKAHIIOLELOIAMAMALAHOAOIANOKAMALUHUIANUIOKONAAUPUNIAMEKAHANOHANOHAINAHOALANOKEAUPUNIKAHIKOIAKAMEHAEKAHIEALAAEKAKOUEKAMAILIOINAKUMUNUIIEMIAIKALAHUIHAWAIIAMEKAPIIANAOKALHUIMUAIKAWAKAHIKOIAKAMEHAMEHANOKENOIANAMAKAAINANAIKAMOIEHOOLOLII


King to change the taxes on animals, cattle,horses, asses, mules, and sheep, and let noneof these taxes remain in the–

3. Oh heavenly one, release us from the burdenof the law that keeps us slaves2 under mastersfrom the sky.

4. By me, Kala‘i

kolamu (column) 3

9. I ka ulu ‘ana o ka mana aupuni o nä haole, e nui anaka loa‘a o ke aupuni mai nä ‘auhau i kau ‘ia ma luna onä holoholona a nä maka‘äinana. Ua emi iho kapäkëneka ‘auhau a ka po‘e waiwai, ‘oiai ‘a‘ole i loa‘anä ‘auhau pilikino a pili hui paha. Ua komo ka nui oko ke aupuni loa‘a mai i nä lalohui pono‘ï a pilikanapaha o nä pä‘oihana nui.


10. ‘A‘ole paha i piha pono ka mana‘o ma ‘ane‘i.

It appears the thought presented here is incomplete.

11. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “ia mkou ia makou” ‘o ia ‘o “iämäkou.”

“Ia mkou ia makou” was changed to “iä mäkou.”


“Nä haku o ka lewa” (“masters from the sky”)probably refers to the King and the Hawaiiangovernment.

13. Ua ho‘ololi ‘ia ‘o “Kala” ‘o ia ‘o “Kala‘i.”

“Kala” was changed to “Kala‘i.”

maka‘äinana i ka Mö‘ï e ho‘ololi i ka ‘auhau maluna o nä holoholona, pipi, lio, hoki, miula,hipa.9 ‘A‘ole loa e koe kekahi o ia ‘ano i ka–10

3. E Kalani ë, e ho‘oku‘u a‘e iä mäkou11 i nähana känäwai, i ka noho kauä kuapa‘a ‘ana malalo o nä haku o ka lewa.12

4. Na‘u na Kala‘i13

kolamu (column) 4




auhau maluna o na holoholona, pipi, lio, hoki,miula, hipa. Aole loa e koe kekahi o ia ano i ka–

3. E Kalani e: E hookuu ae ia mkou ia makou i nahana kanawai, i ka noho kauwa kuapaa anamalalo o na haku o ka lewa.

4. Nau na Kala

KAAUHAUMALUNAONAHOLOHOLONAPIPILIOHOKIMIULAHIPAAOLELOAEKOEKEKAHIOIAANOIKAEKALANIEEHOOKUUAEIAMKOUIAMAKOUINAHANAKANAWAIIKANOHOKAUWAKUAPAAANAMALALOONAHAKUOKALEWANAUNAKALA

Nä ‘Ölelo Ho‘omaika‘i(Acknowledgments)

Ke Kömike o nä Waihona Palapala Kahiko a me nä Waihona Puke (Archives & Libraries Committee):Jason Käpena Achiu, lälä küikawä (adjunct member), Hale Waihona Palapala Kahiko o ka Moku‘äina ‘o

Hawai‘i (Archives of Hawai‘i)DeSoto Brown, Ke‘ena Waihona Palapala Kahiko o ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha (Bishop Museum

Archives)Barbara Dunn, Hale Waihona Puke o ka Hui Mö‘aukala Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Historical Society Library)Joan Hori, Hale Waihona Puke ‘o Hamilton (Hamilton Library), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa

(University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Ruth Horie, Hale Waihona Puke ‘o Hamilton (Hamilton Library), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa

(University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Junko Nowaki, Hale Waihona Puke ‘o Mo‘okini (Mo‘okini Library), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo

(University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)Marilyn Reppun, Hale Waihona Puke o ka Hui Kamali‘i Mikiona Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Mission Children’s

Society Library)Susan Shaner, Hale Waihona Palapala Kahiko o ka Moku‘äina ‘o Hawai‘i (Archives of Hawai‘i)Carol Silva, Hale Waihona Palapala Kahiko o ka Moku‘äina ‘o Hawai‘i (Archives of Hawai‘i)Janet Zisk, luna o ke kömike (committee chair), Hale Waihona Palapala Kahiko o Nä Kula ‘o

Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools Archives)

Ke Kömike Ho‘oponopono (Editorial Committee):Kalani Akana, ‘Ahahui ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Language Association)Carlos Andrade, Kamakaküokalani (Gladys K. ‘Ainoa Brandt Center for Hawaiian Studies), Ke Kulanui o

Hawai‘i ma Mänoa (University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Lilinoe Andrews, hoa kükä (consultant)Kapulani Antonio, hoa kükä (consultant)Lökahi Antonio, hoa kükä (consultant)Henry Bennett, Hale Pa‘i o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools Press)Anita Bruce, ‘Oihana Ho‘ona‘auao o Hawai‘i (State Department of Education)John Charlot, Mähele Ho‘omana (Religion Department), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa (University of

Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Kaipo Hale, Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools)Emma Hanakeawe, hoa kükä (consultant)‘Ioli‘i Hawkins, Ke‘ena ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Language Section), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa

(University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Ku‘ualoha Ho‘omanawanui, hoa kükä (consultant)Pua Hopkins, hoa kükä (consultant)Makalapua Ka‘awa, Ke Kula ‘o Kamakau/‘Aha Pünana Leo (Kamakau School/ Language Nest

Organization)Lilikalä Kame‘eleihiwa, Kamakaküokalani (Gladys K. ‘Ainoa Brandt Center for Hawaiian Studies),

Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa (University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Keiki Kawai‘ae‘a, Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma

Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)Larry Kimura, Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma

Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)Ke‘ala Kwan, Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools)

175

Papa Alaka‘i o ALU LIKE (Board of Directors of ALU LIKE):Winona E. Rubin (Chair)David J. Lovell (1st Vice Chair)William Souza (2nd Vice Chair)Lincoln Keanini (Secretary)Leona Seto-Mook (Treasurer)Warren C.R. PerryKevin BaptistDavid C. Hulihe‘eTed KesajiErnest MatsumuraAnn NathanielLaura ThompsonAlan M.L. Yee

Luna Ho‘okö o ALU LIKE (Chief Executive Officer of ALU LIKE): Winona E. Rubin

Pu‘u Kälä Nui (Principal Funding): Ke‘ena Lawelawe Pono ‘Öiwi ‘Amelika (Administration for Native Americans)a me ka Hui Lawelawe Hale Hö‘ike‘ike a Hale Waihona Puke (Institute of Museum and Library Services) ma lalonä mea ‘elua o ke aupuni Pekelala (both of the Federal government) a me Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha(Kamehameha Schools).

Nä kuleana kope ‘ë a‘e: Nä unuhina ‘ölelo Pelekäniama loko o ka waihona HEN, kuleana kope © 2003 naka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha, i ho‘oponopono apa‘i hou ‘ia ma ‘ane‘i; a me ke ki‘i o ka moena makaloama ke kä‘ei kua o ka ‘ili o mua, kuleana kope © 2002na David Franzen.

Mahalo i ko ka Hale Hö‘ike‘ike o Kamehameha no koläkou ho‘olako ‘ana mai i nä palapala HEN me kamoena makaloa, a me ka ‘ae ‘ana mai ho‘i e ho‘ohana‘ia ia mau palapala i ho‘okuleana kope ‘ia: DeSotoBrown, Mea Mälama Palapala Kahiko, a me PattyBelcher läua ‘o Janet Short, nä Kahu Puke Noi‘i.

Mahalo iä David Franzen, he mea pa‘i ki‘i ‘oihana, noka ‘ae ‘ana mai e ho‘ohana i käna ki‘i i ho‘okuleanakope ‘ia ma ke kä‘ei kua o ka ‘ili o mua.

Mahalo iä John Breinich, Luna Ho‘okele; Judy Kearneya me Leilani Marshall, he mau Kahu Puke Noi‘i mamua; Carrie Cabral, he Hope Kahu Palapala Kahikoma mua–o ka Hale Waihona Puke Lapa‘au o Hawai‘i;a me Fran Smith, Kahu Puke ma ke Kalinika a me kaHaukapila ‘o Straub; no ka ho‘olako ‘ana mai i käSmith puke ‘anatomia (1834) me ko Lahaina Lunakikokikona ‘anatomia (1838), a me ka ‘ae ‘ana mai i näki‘i kikoho‘e o ia kikokikona lä.

Other copyrights: The original English materials fromthe HEN collection, copyright © 2003 by BishopMuseum, which are revised and reprinted here; andthe background cover photograph of a makaloa mat,copyright © 2002 by David Franzen.

Bishop Museum staff members DeSoto Brown,Archivist, and Patty Belcher and Janet Short, ReferenceLibrarians, are thanked for assisting in accessing theHEN materials, materials concerning the specialmakaloa mat, and for the use of these Bishop Museum-copyrighted documents.

David Franzen, professional photographer, is thankedfor the use of his copyrighted photograph of a makaloamat for the background of the cover.

John Breinich, Director; Judy Kearney and LeilaniMarshall, former Reference Librarians; Carrie Cabral,former Archivist Assistant–all of the Hawai‘i MedicalLibrary; and Fran Smith, Straub Clinic and HospitalLibrarian; are thanked for assisting in accessing the1834 Smith anatomy textbook and the 1838 LahainaLuna anatomy text, and allowing use of the Hawai‘iMedical Library’s digital images of the latter.

nä ‘ölelo ho‘omaika‘i 177176 ka ho‘oilina: journal of hawaiian language sources l 2003

Naomi Losch, Ke‘ena ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Language Section), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa(University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)

Davianna McGregor, Ethnic Studies Department, Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Mänoa (University of Hawai‘iat Mänoa)

‘Alika McNicoll, ‘Aha Pünana Leo (Language Nest Organization)Puakea Nogelmeier, Ke‘ena ‘Ölelo Hawai‘i (Hawaiian Language Section), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma

Mänoa (University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa)Hiapo Perreira, Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma

Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)Nämaka Rawlins, ‘Aha Pünana Leo (Language Nest Organization)Kalena Silva, luna o ke kömike (committee chair), Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian

Language), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)William Souza, Leo Kaiäulu Hawai‘i (Native Hawaiian Community Based Education Learning Center)Kamoa‘e Walk, Ka Hälau Nui a Hawai‘iloa (Jonathan Näpela Center for Hawaiian Language and Culture

Studies), Ke Kulanui ‘o Brigham Young-Hawai‘i (Brigham Young University-Hawai‘i)Puanani Wilhelm, ‘Oihana Ho‘ona‘auao o Hawai‘i (State Department of Education)Pila Wilson, Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language), Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo

(University of Hawai‘i at Hilo)

Kahu Pünaewele (Web Master): Keola Donaghy, Ka Haka ‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani (College of Hawaiian Language),Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo (University of Hawai‘i at Hilo); D L Consulting Limited

Mea Pa‘i Ki‘i (Journal Photographer): John Lutfey

Mea Hakulau (Journal Design): Barbara Pope Book Design

‘Enehana Puke Pai (Journal Production): Amy Yamamoto, Penmar Hawai‘i Corporation

Ho‘opuka ‘ia e ka Hale Pa‘i o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha me ke kökua o ka Hale Pa‘i o Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i no ALULIKE (Published by Kamehameha Schools Press in association with University of Hawai‘i Press for ALU LIKE)

Hale Pa‘i o Nä Kula ‘o Kamehameha (Kamehameha Schools Press): Henry Bennett, Luna Ho‘okele (Director)

Hale Pa‘i o Ke Kulanui o Hawai‘i (University of Hawai‘i Press):Bill Hamilton, Luna Ho‘okele (Director)Joel Bradshaw, Manakia Puke Pai (Journals Manager)Cindy Chun, Luna Ho‘oponopono ‘Enehana (Production Editor)

Kahu Papahana (Project Administrator): Mähealani Merryman

Manakia Ho‘oponopono (Managing Editor): Bob Stauffer

Nä Kökua Manakia Ho‘oponopono (Associate Managing Editors): Kiele Akana-GoochJosh HeimKaliko Trapp

Käkau ‘Ölelo Papahana (Project Secretary): Jessica Hauki

178 ka ho‘oilina: journal of hawaiian language sources l 2003

Mahalo iä Keiki Kawai‘ae‘a, Keola Donaghy, a menä limahana o ka Hale Kuamo‘o o Ka Haka ‘Ula OKe‘elikölani, Kulanui o Hawai‘i ma Hilo, no ko läkoukäko‘o mau mai me ka ‘olu‘olu.

Keiki Kawai‘ae‘a, Keola Donaghy, and the staff of HaleKuamo‘o Hawaiian Language Center of Ka Haka‘Ula O Ke‘elikölani College of Hawaiian Language,University of Hawai‘i at Hilo, are thanked for theirconsistent support and goodwill.